DOKMAR MARITIME P

m a r e n g in e E n g l is h underw ay
AUTHOR:
Wieslawa Buczkowska
Gdynia Maritime University,
Poland

LAY-OUT:
Klaas van Dokkum, Enkhuizen,
The Netherlands

PROOFREADING:
Alicja Buczkowska

PUBLISHED BY:
DOKMAR Maritime Publishers BV
P.O.Box 360
1600 AJ Enkhuizen, The Netherlands.

© Copyright 2014, 1st edition

Dokmar Maritime Publishers BV
Enkhuizen, The Netherlands

ISBN :978-90-71500-26-8

All rights reserved. No part of this

publication may be reproduced, stored
in a retrieval system or transmitted in
any form or by any means, including
electronic, mechanical, by photocopy,
through recording or otherwise, without
prior written permission of the publisher.
Great care has been taken with the
investigation of prior copyright.
In case of omission the rightful claimant
is requested to inform the publishers.

Great care has been taken with the

compilation of the text.
However, mistakes may occur for which
Dokmar accepts no responsibility.
M a r E ng ine E nglish
U nderway

WIESLAWA BUCZKOWSKA

1st edition

DOKMAR - 2014
 CONTENTS

U N IT 1. " A M arin e E n g in eer" 6 U N IT 6. "C a rg o S h ip s" 60

1. Marine Engineering 8 1. Passenger Liners 60

2. An Engine Room Cadet 9 2. Cruise Ships 61
3. Onboard Training 10 3. The COSTA CONCORDIA Case 63
4. The Ship Crew 12 4. Ferries 65
5. The Engineering Department 14 5. The ESTONIA Ferry 66
6. The Engine Room Staff 14 6. Passenger Coastwise Vessels 69
7. Watch Keeping 16
8. Signing-On/Off 18 U N IT 7. "In d u s tria l V e sse ls" 72
9. Engine Room Routine 20
1. Fishing Vessels 72
U N IT 2. " P a rts o f a S hip " 22 2. Offshore Units 74

1. A Hull 22 U N IT 8. "S e rv ice and A u x ilia ry S h ip s" 78

2. A Bow and a Stern 24
3. Ship Load Lines 26 1. Pilot Boats 78
4. Linear Dimensions of Ships 27 2. Icebreakers 80
5. Displacement and Tonnage of a Ship 29 3. Tug Boats 81
6. Sea-Going Qualities 30
7. Ship Movements on Water 32 U N IT 9. "T e ch n ica l S h ip s" 84
8. The Story of the TITANIC 34
1. Dredgers 84
U N IT 3. "B a s ic s o f S h ip b u ild in g " 36 2. Cable Laying Ships 86
3. Pipe Laying Vessels 88
1. History of Shipbuilding 36 4. Multi-Purpose Workboats 91
2. Steps of Building a Ship 38
3. A Hull Structure 40 U N IT 10. "M a te ria ls in E n g in e e rin g " 93
4. Bulkheads 41
1. Properties of Materials 93
U N IT 4. "S a ilin g S h ip s" 43 2. States of Matter 96
3. Testing of Materials 97
1. Sailing Ships Rigging 43 4. Types of Engineering Materials 100
2. Tall Ships and the Races 45 5. Metals and Alloys 102
6. Iron and Steel 104
U N IT 5. "P a s s e n g e r S h ip s" 48 7. New Materials in Shipbuilding 106

l. Introduction to Vessel Types 48 U N IT 11. "M e ta l W o rk in g P ro ce sse s" 107

2. Containerships 50
3. General Cargo Ships 51 1. Casting 107
4. Bulk Carriers 52 2. Forging 109
5. Car Carriers 53 3. Welding 111
6. Crude Oil Tankers 55 4. Machining 112
7. Product Tankers 56 5. Heat Treatment 116
8. Chemical Tankers 56
9. Gas (LPG/LNG) Tankers 58

CONTENTS
 CONT ENTS

UNIT 12. "Ship Propulsion" 119 UNIT 17. "M a rin e Pu m p s" 172

1. Propulsion Units 119 1. Types of Pumps 172

2. Common Ship Propulsion 121 2. Centrifugal Pumps 174
3. Propellers 122 3. Positive Displacement Pumps 176
4. Rudder Propellers 124
UNIT 18. "Engine Room Systems" 177
UNIT 13. "Internai Combustion Engines" 127
1. Fuel Oil Supply System 177
1. Internal Combustion Process 127 2. Fuel Injection System 180
2. Types of Diesel Engines 128 3. Jerk-Type Fuel Injection 181
3. The Four-Stroke Cycle 130 4. Common Rail Injection 182
4. The Two-Stroke Cycle 131 5. Dual Fuel Injection 186
5. A Four-Stroke Engine 133 6. Lubrication Oil System 188
6. A Two-Stroke Engine 135 7. Engine Cooling System 191
7. Engine Parameters 136 8. Engine Starting System 194
9. Air Charging System 196
UNIT 14. "Marine Fuels" 138
UNIT 19. "Marine Boilers" 198
1. Background of Marine Fuels 138
2. Marine Fuel Characteristics 140 1. Early Boilers 198
3. Classification of Marine Fuels 141 2. Water-Tube Boilers 199
4. Bunkering Operation 142 3. Fire-Tube Boilers 202

UNIT 15. "Engine Parts" 144 UNIT 20. "Maintenance and 202
T roubleshooting"
1. Engine Flousing 144
2. Stationary Parts of an Engine 146 1. Maintenance 204
3. Pistons 148 2. Operating Manuals 206
4. Piston Rings and Pins 150 3. Troubleshooting 208
5. Connecting Rods 152 4. Engine Room Safety 209
6. Crankshafts 153
7. Camshafts 155 Glossary 212
8. Bearings 157 Answer Key 226
Bibliography 238
UNIT 16. "Valves and Pipes" 161 Acknowledgements 238

1. Stop Valves 161

2. Check Valves 163
3. Multi-Function Automatic Valves 165
4. Ship Piping 167
5. Pipe Connections 168
6. Pipe Fitting 170

CONTENTS
From the Author
"MarEngine English Underway" is a
Marine Engineering English handbook
mainly intended for novice teachers of
ME, particularly at Marine Engineering
faculties and colleges, who are not
engineers but professional language
teachers and who just happened in
their life career to be confronted with
a challenge of teaching English within
difficult marine engineering terms and
concepts.
The handbook can also be used
as a practice teaching tool or for
self-studying. It definitely would
help students to visualize and
organize thematic content of marine
engineering vocabulary. Ail the
readings are followed by a number of
practice tasks which are provided with
answer keys.
Moreover, the handbook is intended
for learners who have at least the basic
knowledge of the common English
sentence structure and vocabulary.
The majority of foreign language
teachers working at maritime
institutions are not offered much
assistance in gaining knowledge and
experience from the shipping sector.
They rarely get a specialization in
marine or mechanical engineering.
Especially novice language teachers
encounter the confrontation with
difficult material. Sometimes,
teachers even feel frightened how
they can cope with helping students to
express ideas that they themselves do
not understand. A language teacher
should know that he is the person in
the classroom with sound background
knowledge of the subject field.
Finding suitable teaching materials
for marine engineering students is
a big and time-consuming challenge
for language teachers. Nowadays,
there are many ways to search for
technical publications, authentic
operating manuals of ship machinery,
maintenance procedures, etc. which
can be successfully exploited by a
teacher to give students good practice
in the four language skills. Still, to go
through such materials and make
the most of them for the benefit of
students requires the basic knowledge
of maritime and marine engineering
topics.
The functional aspect of Marine
Engineering English is mainly
informative. Users of Maritime English
within this highly technical field, that
is engineers working on board and
those who work ashore, are required
to communicate in a very formal and
precise way.
In "MarEngine English Underway",
I have intentionally focused on
readings intended to serve as
informative guidelines for language
teachers who have to cover many
marine engineering topics during the
teaching process.
"MarEngine English Underway"
consists of twenty thematically
selected units. The first eight ones
cover general maritime subjects
which focus on ship parts, ship
particulars and qualities, ship
manning, shipbuilding basics, cargo
and passenger ships and off shore
units.
Further units deal with the area of
marine engineering; specifically
with engineering materials, metal
working processes, ship propulsion
concepts, marine fuels, marine diesel
engine parts, valves, marine pumps
and pipes, ship and engine room
systems, marine boilers, machinery
maintenance and engine room safety.
Many handbooks are unilinear and
uncover grammar, structures and
topics page by page assuming that the
user starts at the beginning and goes
through the page sequence up to the
end. "MarEngine English Underway"
has been arranged as a multi-linear
learning tool which comes up to meet
the needs of an individual user who
can start practicing the language at
any unit.
Each of the units consists of several
readings firmly anchored in the scope
of Maritime and Marine Engineering
English. Thus, the language input is
always a text introducing a selected
up-to-date topic. The texts are
enhanced by diagrams, schemes,
drawings and photos. All these visual
tools are meant to take up informative
and explanatory function only.
Each reading is followed by a glossary
with descriptive explanations of
maritime terms that might be new for
the user. English-to-English glossary
gives a possibility to comprehend
new vocabulary without the need of
referring to the mother tongue of the
user. Also, the compilation of all the
glossary terms is enclosed at the end
of the handbook.
The practice tasks following the
readings are grouped under the
two main headings: Maritime and
MarEngine Workpieces and are
further differentiated into speaking,
comprehension, grammar and
vocabulary exercises. The exercises
are of different levels of cognitive
complexity. The tasks are called
pieces of work intentionally to give a
marine engineering-oriented user a
sense of achievement and to motivate
him to use both his engineering and
language skills.
The language practice offered in the
tasks focuses on the English most
engineers need to know. Definitely,
engineers tend to be interested in
technical topics. However, it is always
difficult for a teacher to decide what
language structures, patterns and
functions should introduced and
practiced with marine engineering
students. "MarEngine English
Underway" offers a sound guideline
for a teacher to the effective choice of
the language to be taught. The tasks
in the handbook familiarize students
with abbreviations, positive and
negative adjectives, prepositions of
position and direction. They instruct
how to describe a process, how to give
orders, how to handle with machinery
manuals and operating procedures,
how to express causes of failures and
also how to describe properties of
materials.
Although the handbook is not intended
to include a grammar course, the user
finds there a few grammar issues that
are of high relevance for learning or
teaching the English for engineers.
First of all, the passive pattern of
sentences is extensively highlighted in
both the readings and the tasks. The
reason is that in Marine Engineering
English, as in general technical
English, the passive sentence
structure is frequently preferred.
Engineers are more focused on action
and facts rather than doers.
Because the passive structure is
derived from the active one by
transferring the direct object to
the front of a sentence, the most
important information is introduced
first.
The next vital grammar issue concerns
noun compounds and clusters. Both of
them are embedded into the specific
context of engineering subjects. The
handbook provides a variety of tasks
to make the user get acquainted
with the process of conjoining words
and the meaning consequences.
The main strategy in the tasks is to
teach semantic relationships between
the morphemes of multi-word items
which create unique meanings.
"MarEngine English Underway" has
been created after the feedback
I received from my colleague
maritime teachers who work with
my first handbook entitled "English
across Marine Engineering". I was
encouraged to modify and update
many presentation concepts and
advised on creating various practice
tasks.
Wiesiawa Buczkowska
Senior Lecturer of Maritime
English
Gdynia Maritime University
Poland
 O A Marine Engineer
Marine engineers may specialize in Maritime industry is deeply involved
1. M arin e Eng ineering
certain kinds of equipment such as in the globalization process and cross­
pumps, engines, heaters, coolers country boarder workforce mobility.
Marine engineering deals with
or deck machinery. They may be What is more, everyone involved in
producing, installation and
inspectors supervising the process this sector must communicate well
maintenance of structures and
of machine construction or system with one another.
equipment used at sea and on board of
installation. They may specialize in The International Maritime
sea constructions like vessels, oil rigs
the repair of a ship when it is in a Organization has officially adopted
and boats. It is a broad field of study
dry dock. They may write operating Maritime English as the language of
and refers also to naval architecture
manuals and instructions for proper maritime industry.
or naval engineering concerned with
application and maintenance of ship It is the language of sea. Sound
the design of marine vehicles. Marine
equipment. knowledge of Maritime English
Engineering is also a very dynamic
Marine engineering is a truly ensures effective communication and
field due to constant research and
international profession as water safety of life at sea.
development of new technologies
provides means of transport for
which enhance machine improvement
about 80 per cent of the world cargo.
and marine machinery services.

Glossary:
equipment a set of devices necessary for a particular operation; gear;
oil rig a large installation for drilling oil at sea;
a vessel a craft designed for water transport; a ship;
naval relating to a ship;
marine related to sea and water transport;
maritime connected with sea and naval matters;
a boat a smaller craft for travelling on water;
a vehicle a construction used for transporting people and goods;
to enhance to intensify, to improve;
a pump a device used to force and move liquids or compress gases;
an engine a machine with moving parts that converts power into motion;
a heater a device for warming liquids or gases;
a cooler a device for lowering the temperature of liquids or gases;
a dry dock a dock with watertight gates used to build or repair ships;
an operating manual an book with usage and maintenance guide provided by a producer of equipment;
an application practical usage; a formal request in a written form;
to adopt take up and follow a way.

TASK 1. Maritime Terms

Classify the following words under the proper headings and rewrite them into the blank cells.
to specialize, to engineer, to machine, to produce, to inspect, to operate, to supervise, to design, to research, to apply;
an engineer, a constructor, an inspector, an operator, an instructor, a supervisor; engineering, specialization, construction,
production, instruction, design, research, an application; a specialty, a design, an instruction, an application.

Person Process O bject Activity

a specialist
an engine
supervision
a producer a product
a designer
to instruct
operation
inspection
a researcher a research
to construct
a machinist a machine
an applicant
TASK 2. Maritime Terms
Write simple definitions o f the professions using verbs from the table. Follow the example:
Example: A designer is a person who designs something.

1. A producer is a com pany.........

2. A researcher is a person .

3. An applicant is a person who

4. An engineer is

5. An inspector

6. An operator

7. A machinist

8. A supervisor

9. A constructor

10. A specialist

11. An instructor

2. An Engine Room Cadet For instance, he learns how to carry Successful candidates will be awarded
out machine repairs, such as opening a diploma which enables them to
Anyone who wants to be a marine up different bearings, sleeves and work on ships as qualified Marine
engineer must be prepared to spend rusty elements like nuts and bolts, Engineers Class Four. Later on, after
a long period of time in training. Much cleaning valves and filters. To gain a certain period of time spent working
attention is paid to practical training experience needed to become a on ships, marine engineers can sit for
because sea environment is very competent officers, all ship cadets Competence Certificates as class-
harsh. The sea training is not easy must follow a programme of practical two Marine Engineers. Again, after
and it starts after a candidate has onboard training. gaining some more sea working
gained enough knowledge to prepare Cadets are usually issued with a watch experience, they can sit for the class
him for going out to sea. keeping certificate on completion one certificate of competence which
An engine room cadet is usually their tour of duties. As per the STCW provides necessary qualifications to
assigned duties by the second regulations, all cadets must perform a take up the job of a Chief Engineer
engineer on board. A cadet has to minimum of six-month watch keeping on board of a ship.
learn new engineering skills and duties in the engine room, supervised A marine engineer can also be called
is instructed how to put them into either by a Chief Engineer or a a ship mechanic, a ship machinist, a
proper use. qualified, designated Engineer Officer. ship engine operator, or a ship engine
room attendant.
Glossary:
environment surroundings and all the conditions that influence it;
harsh unpleasant, severe, cruel;
to assign to attribute, to give a specific task;
duties activities required morally or legally;
repairs works on putting something back to good condition;
a bearing a part of a machine in or on which another part revolves;
a sleeve a tube part fitting over, or around another one;
rusty covered with rust, or having its colour;
a nut a small, metal block with a hole for fastening a bolt;
a valve any device that permits for fluid flow in one direction;
a bolt a metal rod with a head, used with a nut to hold parts together.

TASK 1. Maritime Terms Read carefully the sentences on sea

TASK 2. Maritime Speaking
life and tick your choice. Comment on three quotations from
Not the"Notes on Letters to Seamen" by
Yes sure No Joseph Conrad.
I am aware the job on board a ship is a tough one. >S - "A man is a worker. If he is not
I am sure the life on board a ship suits my personality. then he is nothing".
I am ready to spend a long time on training. - "The mere love of adventure is no
I know risk will become a part of my life. saving grace".
- "Seamen and duty are all the time
I suppose I will get skillful in any repair jobs.
inseparable companions".
I think I will make my life career at sea.
I respect harsh sea environment. ■
Ml

UNIT 1 - A M A R IN E EN G IN EE R
 I was able to assist in the main engine They need to use common sense and
3. Onboard Training
inspection that revealed a few loose excel in problem solving.
nuts on holding down bolts in one I remember the alarm that woke me
It was my second voyage on the
of the cylinders. Further inspection up one night. I did not panic but was
containership "Maersk Perth". The
showed that the bolts had to be quite uncertain what to do. I knew the
ship was built in 2001 and is propelled
replaced with spare ones. This was a health and safety rules in theory but
by MAN B&W 7S70 MC-C engine.
good learning experience for me, as not enough to follow them properly in
The route was the same. We set
now I know what can cause damage case of a real emergency.
off in Bremerhaven and headed for
to the main engine holding down Fortunately, it turned out to be a safety
Montreal.
bolts. drill. However, it made me understand
The engine department welcomed me
The engineers allowed me to how vital the safety procedures were.
on board and made me feel a true
participate in a close examination They need to be exercised by all the
member of the crew.
and pressure testing of the auxiliary crew members many times during the
The Chief engineer turned out to be
boiler. They showed me where exactly voyage.
not only an experienced seafarer and
the important valves and gauges On the whole, I learned a lot about
machinist but also an excellent coach.
were installed on the boiler. They running all mechanical equipment;
Under his supervision I got involved
suspected a leakage in some tubes including the operation and
in routine work in the Control Room.
because the boiler water consumption maintenance of pumps, fuel system,
I had the opportunity to trace most
had increased slightly. Finally, they cooling system and boilers.
of the systems on the control panels,
managed to find two tiny holes in one I now feel much more confident in the
check and read various parameters,
of the boiler tubes. This experience engine room. Although it is a large
observe pressure and temperature of
made me realize that engineers on space, there is no room for conflict
system liquids. This was very helpful
board must not neglect any symptoms among engineers.
to understand what was going on in
of machinery malfunction.
the engine room systems all the time.

Glossary:

crew all of a ship personnel;

a seafarer a sailor, a seaman;
a parameter a measurable feature of a technical thing;
a cylinder a cylindrical chamber where a piston can move freely;
to replace to provide a substitute for something;
spare additional, to be used as replacement;
damage harm that reduces usefulness;
boiler a tank in which water is turned to steam for heating;
auxiliary supporting, supplementary;
a gauge ( Am. English - a gage) - any device for measuring something;
leakage a crack that causes fluid escape;
a tube a pipe or long cylinder for housing something;
malfunction a failure in the proper functioning of something;
emergency sudden and dangerous situation requiring immediate action:
operation action of functioning;
maintenance keeping equipment in good operational condition.

TASK 1. Grammar Workpiece

Basic word order in simple statements.
A statement tells us about something. All the sentences in the reading are statements. A statement which contains one
verb or tells us about one thing is a simple statement.
The word order in a statement is very important for its meaning. The two statements below consist of the same words
but they do not mean the same.
• The cadet assisted the Chief Engineer.
• The Chief Engineer assisted the cadet.

In English, vou can change the meaning of a statement bv the word order in a sentence.

Each of the sentences contains the same words. Discuss the differences in meaning.
A. Only John is sad because thePresident is ill.
B. John is only sad because the President is ill.
C. John is sad because the President is only ill.
D. John is sad because only the President is ill.
E. John is sad only because the President is ill.
TASK 2. Grammar Workpiece
Study the order of the simple statements presented in the table:

Tim e Subject Action Object Manner Place Tim e

Who? Auxiliary Main W hom?

W hen? W hich? verb verb W hat? How? W here? W hen?
W hat? W hich?
in boiler
Finally, they found leakage (Finally)
tubes
They will need spare parts immediately.

Engine room
Every year are trained successfully at sea (every year)
cadets
Water
has increased slightly
consumption

Put the words in an order to get correct sentences.

1. received, company overalls, all the cadets 1,

2. very fast, repaired, the engineers, the pump 2.

3. is studying, he, at the engineering faculty 3.

4. the senior officers, before lunch, in the meeting, 4.

took part, in the Master's office

5. their skills, willingly, practice, cadets, every 5.

summer, on training vessels

6. a three-year training course, have, cadets 6.

7. regularly, starts, a working day, at 6 am 7.

8. the new ship, within a year, was completed 8.

TASK 3. Grammar Workpiece

Make questions to the following simple statements. Note all the sentences are in Simple Past Tense. So, remember to
insert "DID" in between the subject and the main verb in its basic form.

1. The alarm bell woke me up one night.

When did the ....................... ?

2. They suspected a leakage in boiler tubes.

Where did they .

3. They managed to find two tiny holes.

What did ?

4. He had a chance to trace the ship systems.

What . . . .. . . . . .. . . . J
5. All the cadets received the company overalls.

What ?
6. The cadet knew something about the safety at sea.

What ..,. .................... about?

7. The engineers repaired the pump very quickly.

How .....................1
8. He learned a lot about the engine room.

W h a t .................... ?
4. The Ship Crew
The ship master (short for the licensed
master mariner), or the captain, is
responsible for the overall operation
and maintenance of the ship together
with its crew. The master manages all
onboard administration and usually
keeps all ship records.
He is also responsible for dealings
with shore authorities and ports on
health and safety matters.The captain
is in overall command of the vessel.
He manages the ship navigation,
keeps discipline among his crew and
ensures safety of everyone on board.
He represents the shipowner and
arranges all the duties for effective
ship operation.

The Master is the ultimate authority aboard the ship

The Master must have excellent navigational, communication, organizational and planning skills. He should also have
good decision-making and mathematical ability as well as leadership, writing and computer skills.

The Master is responsible to the company for the safety of the ship

The organization of the ship crew varies and depends on the ship type and size but traditionally is formed into the
following four departments:

Master
Deck Engine Catering

Due to recent changes in the SOLAS convention, which resulted in replacing the manual ship-to-ship distress and
safety system with Global Maritime Distress and Safety System (GMDSS), the Deck Department has taken over the
responsibility of the communication systems.
Each of the departments has an officer in charge who is responsible to the captain and reports to him directly.

Master
Chief mate Chief engineer Chief steward

The chief mate (the Chief officer)
is directly responsible for all deck
operations including cargo storage
and handling, deck maintenance and
supplies.
He allocates tasks to the deck officers
and undertakes bridge watches.
The chief engineer is in accountable coordinates operations with shore and
to the Master for the efficient port engineers. The chief steward
operation of the engine room. He has manages ship catering and orders all
the overall control of the engineering the stock and provisions needed for
department and takes responsibility everyone on board.
for all decisions made within the
department. He ensures that all
planned mechanical and electrical
maintenance takes place. He also

Glossary:
overall including everything, total;
ultimate maximum, utmost;
to cater for to provide and serve food;
to be in charge to have control, supervision and responsibility;
the SOLAS convention the International Convention on Safety of Life at Sea;
authority power to give orders and require obedience;

TASK 1. Maritime Grasp

Finish the sentences with proper names o f ship departments.

- The Chief Officer is the head of

- The Chief Engineer is responsible for

- The Chief Steward m anages......... .........

U N IT 1 - A M A R IN E EN G IN E E R
TASK 2. Maritime Grasp

Complete the sentences about the Master's duties.

1. He is responsible for the safety of on the ship,

2. He is responsible for the and its cargo,
3. He is responsible for the of the crew,
4. He ensures that all rules are followed,
5. He oversees the harbour pilot when and leaving ports,
6. He arranges all for effective ship operation.

TASK 3. Maritime Grasp

Fill in the columns with your ideas on vital personal qualities of an excellent ship Master.

Vocational skills

Education

Personality

Physical
requirements

— — — ..... — — — —.
....
TASK 4. Grammar Workpiece
DECK 13 {
1302 C A P T A IN ------ _j
Make questions to the following sentences. ï 1303 C H IE F O F F IC E R
Note they are all in ■' 1 303 2 « E N G IN E E R
Simple Present Tense, so remember about using "DO" or 1310 C H IE F E N G IN E E R
- 1313 O F F IC E R
"DOES", appropriately. 1314 1 ” A ID R O O M
1315 H O S P IT A L
1. The Captain manages the ship navigation. ? 1316 2 « O F F IC E R
1317 E L E C T R IC IA N
What does the Captain 1318 3 « O F F IC E R
? 1319 3 ” E N G IN E E R
1320 4 « O F F IC E R
1321 4 ’* E N G IN E E R
2. The Chief Officers report to the Captain 1322 2 CADETS
1323 BOSUN
Who do the Chief officers 1324 ABLE SEAM A N
? 1325 M O TO RM AN
1326 ABLE SEA M A N
1 327 W IP E R
3. The Master represents the ship-owner. 1328 O R D IN A R Y S E A M A N
Who does 1329 W IP E R
1330 O R D IN A R Y S E A M A N
? 1331 E N G IN E B O Y
1332 2 DECK BOYS
1333 G ALLEY BOY
4. He arranges all the duties for safe ship operation.
1334 MESSMAN
What does 1335 2 COOK
1336 COOK
1338 S H IP 'S O F F IC E
1338A C A P T A IN 'S O F F IC E
1338B C H IE F E N G IN E E R S ' O F F IC E
5. The Chief Officers command their departments.
1343 SUEZ CREW
What
? DECK 14
I 1 404 P IL O T
6. The deck department ensures proper ship-to-shore : Ï4 Ö 5 OW NER
— '
communication.
What communication
7 TASK 5. Maritime Speaking
Discuss responsibilities and duties of the crew members
listed in the photo above.
 systems, refrigeration and ventilation While working with large machinery,
5. The E ngineering
systems, as well as sewage treatment engineers are required to be good
plants and purifiers. at adjusting, dismantling, repairing
D epartm ent
Members of the Engineering Team and reassembling machine parts
should possess a number of vocational if necessary, and to cope with any
Ships cannot function without the
skills in order to fulfill their everyday unexpected problems on the spot.
crucial work of the engineering
duties on board. Problem-solving skill An engine room is a tough job
department. Engineering team
is of great value in diagnosing the environment due to heavy noise and
maintains and operates all mechanical
equipment faults the engineers have high temperature of some spaces.
and electrical equipment on board.
to encounter. It is not easy to get used to such
Their work includes control of the ship
They need to be practical and able to working conditions even if you wear
engines, pumps and fuel systems,
work skillfully with their hands. ear protectors and special uniforms.
cargo handling equipment, computer-
They need to know how to use and
controlled engine management
handle machine tools safely.
Glossary: TASK 1. Maritime Terms
Match the verbs with their opposites:
to handle to manage, to deal with;
screw disconnect
to encounter to face, to meet accidentally;
crucial of great importance and influence; shut off uninstall
cargo handling a process of moving and transporting cargo;
sewage treatment the way waste substances on a ship are dealt with; close switch off
a plant a place where an industrial or similar process takes
place; mount decrease
a purifier a device that separates water and solid particles
from oil; switch on lower
a machine tool a powered tool used for cutting and shaping metals
increase dismount
and other materials;
to adjust to change parameters of a device to get a desired
loosen unscrew
setting, to regulate;
to dismantle to put a structure into pieces; raise open
to reassemble to put a structure together again;
to cope with to deal with something difficult successfully; connect tighten
ear protectors a device protecting ears against noise;
install start

6. The Engine Room S taff
The Chief Engineer is the head of the
Engine Department. He is responsible
for the entire technical operation of
the vessel, including all engineering,
electrical and mechanical aspects.
In particular, he is responsible for
all the propulsion machinery, power
generating equipment and auxiliaries.
He has to keep machinery documents
as well as supervise all repairs carried
out on board of the vessel. The Chief
Engineer also logs fuel consumption
and its requirements. A varied number
of officers, petty officers and ratings
assist the chief engineer. The engine
officers' hierarchy goes as follows:
1. The Second Engineer (or The Second Assistant Engineer) -
responsible for the daily maintenance and operation of al! engineering
and technical aspects of the vessel. He oversees the training of engineers
and has watch-keeping responsibilities.
2. The Third Engineer (or the Third Assistant Engineer) - his
responsibilities are directed by the chief engineering officer and usually
include the maintenance of lubricating systems and engine room
auxiliaries. He may look after the electrics if there is no electrician or ETO
on board. He has watch-keeping duties as well.
3. The Fourth Engineer (or The Fourth Assistant Engineer, sometimes
called the Junior Engineer) - supports the Third Engineer and is usually
responsibleforfuel and watersystems, maintenance of certain engine room
equipment, e.g. purifiers. He supervises tanks soundings and monitors
the boiler room equipment. He has watch-keeping responsibilities.
4. The Motorman - his duties are defined by the head of the engine
department and can include, for example, the daily maintenance and
cleaning of specific engine parts.
5. ETO - Electro-Technical Officer - is particularly responsible for the
maintenance of on board electronic and electrical systems including radio
communication and electronic navigation aids. Sometimes, he acts as a
replacement for the Electrician or IT Officer.
The engine room department can also
include some petty officers, such as
the Donkey man and the Storekeeper
and, if the ship is a tanker, there is
also the Pump-man.
The donkey man attends a donkey,
auxiliary boiler, especially when the
ship is in port.
The storekeeper is in charge of all
the spare equipment stored for the
engine room.
The pump-man, normally employed
on tankers, is responsible for operating
pumps and discharging liquid cargo
(mostly petroleum products). He
manages the maintenance and
repair of all the liquid cargo handling
equipment.
A fitter (Engineering Maintenance
Fitter) is usually the most senior
rating and is responsible for ensuring
the continuous running of machinery
and all equipment, organizing routine
maintenance procedures and any
necessary repairs.
Other engine room ratings (e.g.
oilers, wipers) are usually employed
on watches to support engineering
officers as and when required. They
are responsible for day-to-day
cleanliness of the engine room and for
routine oiling, greasing and servicing
of machinery.

Glossary:

auxiliary providing extra support;

auxiliaries engines used for supplementary power;
a log book a book in which events concerning a ship are entered;
to log to make a record in a log book;
fuel consumption an amount of fuel used per defined unit;
a petty officer a rank between an officer and a rating;
a rating not an officer; the relative standing of a sailor in a ship rank;
spare equipment extra equipment stored for replacement purposes;

TASK 1. Grammar Workpiece

Put the words into the proper order to create grammatical and logical sentences.

A. work, the, demands, job, physical

B. officers, chief, assist, the, junior, engineer

C. ratings, their, the, have, working, supervision, under, officers

D. running, engineers, care, take, ship, the, of, the, of

E. at, marine, the, heart, engineer, is, a, seaman

TASK 2. Grammar Workpiece

Change the sentences from active to passive constructions.

1. A marine engineer has to service all the machinery.

2. He has to maintain the machinery in good running condition.

3. He will have to repair any breakdown in piping.

4. He will have to patch up any leaks in tanks.

5. He may have to do vertical welding in rough seas.

TASK 3. Maritime Grasp TASK 4. Maritime Grasp

The functions that people perform and the role they take Read the short description of the seaman and guess his
up in the professional life hierarchy can be expressed by rank.
the following phrases:
He had to possess leadership qualities. He was courageous.
- to be in command of
He was chosen by his mates for his dominating character.
- to be in charge of He was often cruel. His power used to be absolute aboard
a sailing vessel. He would discipline anyone who disobeyed
- to be the head of
his orders. He was in charge of his crew when the ship was
- to be responsible to in action. He also had life and death power over anyone
taken prisoner.
- to be responsible for

- to take responsibilities for TASK 5. Maritime Speaking

- to manage
Discuss in pairs the following statement:
- to have an authority over "Seamen, with their sense of order, service and discipline
should really run the world."
Write your own sentences using all o f these phrases
describing the organization o f duties and functions people
perform at your place of work or at your college.

7. W atch Keeping
The machinery driving a vessel is
usually operated 24 hours a day.
In some cases, however, it is in
operation for 23 or 25 hours due to
time differences when a ship crosses
time zones.
All running machinery must be
monitored continuously because any
abnormality can potentially result in
a failure of the equipment.
The majority of control systems on
modern ships are automatic.
Therefore, the ship may operate
for agreed periods with unmanned
machinery (so-called: UMS
Unattended Machinery Spaces).
The conventional system of watches
adopted on board is usually a four-
hour period on duty, followed by
an eight-hour rest time. The word
"watch" means both the period itself
and the men working at that time.
The three watches in any 12 hour
period are usually: 12 to 4, 4 to 8, 8
to 12. Thus, for instance, an engineer
on the 8 to 12 watch duty works from
8 am. to 12 pm (noon) and from 8
pm. to 12 am (midnight).
Each member of the watch shoulc
know his duties and be familiar witl
the safety and survival equipment it
the machinery spaces. In particulai
he should be able to distinguisl
various alarms and understam
communication systems.
In ship-to-shore and shore-to-shi
mobile communication, the watc
must use The Standard Marin
Communication Phrases (SMCF
- a set of key phrases in Englis
developed by the IMO (Internation;
Maritime Organization) to be used b
mariners for clear communication.

Glossary:
a failure breakdown in operation of mechanism, a default;
crucial of great importance and influence;
a malfunction a failure in the proper functioning of something;
a breakdown an act of going out of working order;
UTC the Co-ordinated Universal Time, previously known as GMT (Greenwich Mean Time).
TASK 1. M aritim e Term s
Time at sea is expressed in the 24-hour system, as opposed to the 12-hour system commonly in use on land.
Moreover, it must be clearly stated whether UTC zone time or local time is used.

Note the rule:

On land
6.00 a.m. - six o'clock
1.30 p.m. - one thirty
5.25 p.m. - five twenty five
midnigTit
noon or midday
At sea
0600 - six hours (zero zero six zero)
1330 - thirteen hours thirty (one three three one)
1725 - seventeen hours twenty five (one seven two five)
(J000 or 2400 twenty four hours (zero zero zero zero)
T2TTO - twelve hours (one two zero zero)

Fill in the spaces in brackets with the 24-hour way o f telling the time at sea.
Write in words, not digits.

Traditionally, a 24-hour day is divided into seven watches. These are:

midnight to 4 a.m. ( ) called the mid-watch;

4 a.m. to 8 a.m. ( ) called the morning watch;

8 a.m. to noon ( ) called the forenoon watch;

noon to 4 p.m. ( ) called the afternoon watch;

4 p.m. to 6 p.m. ( ................ ................... ) called the first dog watch;

6 p.m. to 8 p.m. ( ......................................) called the second dog watch;

8 p.m. to midnight ( ) called the evening watch

TASK 2. M aritim e T erm s

Fill the gaps in the paragraph with the word "hour", either in singular or in its plural form.

The half of a watch are traditionally marked by striking of the ship bell.

One bell is struck when the first half- passes, two bells after one passes, three

bells after one and a half, four bells after two and so on.

When eight bells are struck, it is a signal to finish a watch, which is four in length.

Completing a watch without any troubles used to be reported as: "Eight bells and all is well".

TASK 3. SM CP W o rk p ie ce
The 24-hour clock system adopted for the mobile communication at sea should be expressed by means of four digits.
The first two indicate the hour past midnight and the last two the minutes past the hour.

Example:
0035 - 'ZERO ZERO THREE FIVE"

Express the following hours in the same way as shown in the example above.

- 0915

- 2110

- 1845

- 0100

- 1330
Letter TASK 4. SMCP Workpiece
Code
When spelling is necessary, only the spelling table (on the right) should be used:
A Alfa
B Bravo Spell the acronyms below using the SMCP model and write them in full:
C Charlie 1. SOLAS -
D Delta
E Echo
2. IMO
F Foxtrot
G Golf
3. UMS
H Hotel
I India
4. ETA
J Juliet
K Kilo
5. UTC
L Lima
M Mike
N November
TASK 5. Maritime Terms
O Oscar A good engineer uses all five of his senses in carrying out his duties i.e. sight, taste
P Papa hearing, smell and touch.
Choose the proper name o f a sense and complete the sentences:
Q Quebec
R Romeo 1. Pressure gauges are checked by
S Sierra 2. Any strange spots can be detected by
T Tango
3. You can check if they are hot by.........
U Uniform
Any abnormal noise can be perceived by
V Victor
5. Some gases can be recognized by .
w Whiskey
X X-ray 8. S ig n in g -O n /O ff
Y Yankee
Seamen working on ships must be familiar with signing-or
z Zulu and signing- off procedures. These terms mean joining anc
leaving a ship.
Seamen usually sign contracts for working on a ship and
consequently, they must obey the rules stated in it. /
shipowner or a crew agent enters into a written employment
agreement with every seaman to be employed on board. This
agreement stating terms of employment is called shipping
articles.
When a seaman signs on he fills out an allotment sheet. The
allotment is a part of his salary sent to someone at regulai
intervals during the voyage. The majority allotments are
decided upon before the voyage.
Every seaman is obliged to present his discharge book. /
discharge book is a record of the seaman's service at sea anc
includes all the details of the ships he worked on, his ranks
and some information about his character and abilities. The
master usually keeps this book until the end of the voyage.
Some seamen are required to have a special card stating thal
its holder has been inoculated against infectious diseases
This document is called the vaccination certificate.
In many maritime countries, there are shipping or crewinc
agencies that handle signing-on and signing-off of ship crev\
PPk. members. They usually arrange all the transport means, bool<
tickets, travel accommodation, etc.
Sometimes, they also help seamen to find employment at sea,

U N IT 1 - A M A R IN E E N G IN E E R
Glossary:

to sign to write a signature in order to confirm;

a contract a formal agreement between people, or parties, to cooperate;
to obey to carry out instructions or orders;
an interval a period of time between two points of time or events;
to inoculate to inject with a serum to create immunity, to vaccine;
vaccination inoculation, applying an injection against a disease;

TASK 1. M aritim e Grasp

Fill in the empty boxes with the information about your sea experience.
Optionally, you may interview a seaman for the details needed to complete this task.

Vessel Type Engine Rank S/on S /o ff O w ner

TASK 2. G ram m ar W o rk p ie ce
The 1st conditional (also called
conditional type 1) is a structure used
for expressing possibilities in the
future.
We are thinking about a particular
condition or situation in the future and
also about the result of this condition.
There is a real chance that this
condition will happen.
For instance, you are on board of a
tanker. It is an early morning and you
are expected to call at a port in the
afternoon. You plan to get ashore for
a while but you know that you have
the first dog watch this afternoon.
What can you plan?

IF Condition Result Result IF Condition

Present simple WILL + 1st verb WILL + 1st verb Present simple
form form
If The tanker stays I will visit the port I will visit the port if The tanker stays
longer longer

Write conditional type 1 sentences matching the following situation:

The Captain will discharge a seaman from a vessel if he does not obey the rules stated in the shipping
articles

1. You are not allowed to possess drugs on board. If you possess drugs, the captain will discharge you from the ship.
2. You must report on board at times specified by the master.

I f ........ . . . .................................................................... ................... ...............................

3. A seaman must not smuggle goods.

The captain
4. A seaman must perform assigned duties.

I f ......................................
5. Seamen are not allowed to fight on board.

The master

5. You must not assist to stowaways. If you, a seaman

 Tick the correct box Mr □ Mrs □ Miss □ MD OtherI
TASK 3. Maritime Writing
Your Surname
Here is a part o f an application form for a
Discharge Book. Fill it in in block capital letters. Christian or forenames
Your date of birth
Date/Mon t h/Ye a r
TASK 4. Grammar Workpiece Your place of birth (if
outside UK give country)
Compare the two sentences:
Nationality
A. Your application for a Discharge Book will not be
processed if it is not fully completed. Height in Metres
B. Your application for a Discharge Book will not be (see note 12)
processed unless it is fully completed. Distinguishing marks
Note: the sentences mean the same as "if not" National Insurance No.
means "unless". (please write dearly)

Change the following sentences using "unless" Have you ever held a Dis A or Discharge
instead of "if not" to make it similar in meaning to Book? If so, give its number
the sentence printed before it.
Your home address
1. Do not apply for a DB (Discharge Book) if you
(include your postcode)
already have one.

The return address

if different front home
2. You will not need a DB if you are employed on address (include postcode)
a vessel which does not go to sea.
Daytime telephone No. ____
(In case we need to contact you)

3. Do not submit your application for a DB if you Name of next of kin,

relationship to you and
work on an unregistered vessel.
their address

Has your name been

Your application for a DB will not be processed changed? If so, give
if you do not send your birth certificate details
UK CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY OR SERVICE (If any)

Number Date of issue

4. You will not obtain a DB if you do not enclose Are you a member of a trade union
the appropriate fee. or association? If so, please give
details

Are you a member of a pension

Fund? If so, please give details

9. Engine Room R ou tine
A day for the men in the engine room
starts around 7 am. Before breakfast,
they have time for morning exercises
and taking a shower.
Most engine rooms operate on a
UMS (Unattended Machinery Spaces)
system. It means the ER does not
have to be continuously manned by
watch keeping. The ER people work
from 8 am (8.00 hours) to 6 pm
(18.00 hours). Every night, there is
also a Duty Engineer present - he is
on call to answer any alarm that may
occur. Breakfast is usually followed by
the engine room staff meeting in the
engine control room.
During the meeting, engineers,
motormen and fitters receive their
orders for the day. On the "to do" list
are jobs that are done as a routine
schedule, as well as some that need
to be done due to breakdown or
malfunction.
The routine jobs are called planned
maintenance jobs. They follow
computer system installed in the ER
so the jobs to be done can be checked
easily. Every week, engineers are
handed checklists of their routine jobs
created by the Chief engineer on the
basis of computer readings.
These check list jobs depend on the
ship operation and vary when a ship
is in port, at sea, at anchor, in dry
dock, during cargo work, etc.
Unplanned maintenance jobs an
called breakdown maintenance.
Engineers carry out these jobs ii
accordance with orders received fo
the day.
After one-hour lunch break, at 120i
hours, all ER crew members continue
with their tasks under the inspectioi
of the Chief Engineer. He logs thi
running parameters of the propulsioi
plant and keeps an eye on the El
works to make sure everything run
clearly, efficiently and safely.
After dinner, the men behind tfr
power supply have some time ti
relax, read home mail and have tirm
for chatting.
Glossary:
a supplier a person or a company that provides with something ordered;
lube oil (lubricating oil, lubrication oil) oil used for smoothing the surface of moving parts;

TASK 1. Grammar Workpiece

The table below exemplifies a checklist for Chief Engineer routine jobs when a ship is in port:
No ROUTINE JOB Done Not / Yet

1. Contact the shore representative V

2. Receive ordered spare parts from the supplier V

3. Receive fuel oil and lube oil V

4. Lock ER after work V

5. Test firefighting equipment V

6. Lock bilge overboard valve V

7. Check operation of sewage plant V

Use the table contents to write sentences about the Chief Engineer routine jobs. Use the Present Perfect Tense.
1. The Chief Engineer has already contacted the shore representative.

2. He

3.

4. ..................................... ......................... .............................................................................................

5............... ......................... ......................... ...........................................................................................

6. ...................... .......................... ................................................................................................

7... .................................................................................... ..............

TASK 2. Grammar Workpiece

Following the table contents in the previous task, write YES/NO questions
in the Present Perfect Tense.
1. Has the Chief Engineer contacted the shore representative?

2. Has he ..................................................................................................................................................

3. Has he ..................................................................................................................................................

4. Has ......................................................................................................................................... .............

5 .............................................................................................................................................................

6 .....................................................................................................................................
7...............................................................................................................................................................

TASK 3. Grammar Workpiece

Take turns in asking and answering questions. Use the Present Perfect Tense as the example indicates.
1. Receive orders for the day - Have you received orders for the day?

2. Plan breakdown maintenance for the week - Have you

3. Log the engine parameters - Have

4. Check the sewage plant operation

5. Read the mail from the supplier -

6. Lock the engine control room -

r
Q Parts of a Ship
All other elements used in constructing In that case, water needs to b
1. A Hull
the hull are attached either directly or pumped out of the bilges.
indirectly to the keel. Watertight vertical walls, calle<
A hull is the main body of a ship. It
Underwater sections of the hull are bulkheads, divide the interior of a hu
is plated from the outside and usually
usually made stronger than the into sections. Bulkheads increase th
has a rectangular cross section. When
higher ones. This is because they are structural rigidity of the ship, creat
building a ship hull, the first thing
exposed to high pressure of water. watertight compartments that ca
being laid is a keel - a backbone of the
They are double-walled and the space contain water in case of hull leak am
ship. It runs along the middle of the
in between the walls may be made can arrest fire.
ship bottom and if it does not extend
into tanks for storing fuel oil or ballast Decks are horizontal structures tha
below it, it is known as a flat keel. Its
seawater. divide the ship into levels. They givi
usual shape is that of an I-beam. The
The bottom of a ship just over and the ship hull additional strength am
keel has to be made very strong to
around the keel is called bilges. Since rigidity and house internal spaces.
withstand various forces and water
bilges make the lowest part of a ship, Modern ship hulls are made of ligh
pressure.
water may collect there. steel alloys with good corrosioi
resistance properties.

to plate to cover a construction with metal sheets;

a cross section a cutting through something;
a backbone main support;
I-beam a piece of metal with the cross section in the shape of letter "I";
to withstand to oppose, to resist;
watertight able to prevent any water from entering it;
a tank a large container for storing fluids;
rigidity ability not to bend or change shape easily;
a leak a hole in something that a liquid or gas comes out of it;
an alloy a mixture of at least two metals;
resistance opposition to something;
corrosion a process of slow damage of metals by water or chemicals;
a property quality of something;
underway (about a ship) moving, not at anchor, not aground;
' ' I I I I I I I ! i lIJLtX
l t I I f I I 1J
to load to put cargo into or onto a ship; Double Bottom
to unload (to discharge) to remove cargo from a ship, a container or a vehicle;
a destination port a port at which cargo is delivered;

TASK 1. MarEngine Speaking

Note the differences between the three hull cross sections (on the right) and describe
them briefly.
Double Hull
TASK 2. MarEngine Grasp Ballast water is the sea water taken into ballast water
tanks located in double-bottom and side spaces.
To sail safely on water, ships need to be stable. Water used Ship ballasting and de-ballasting processes generally take
for providing the required stability is called ballast water. place together with the cargo loading and unloading.

First, look at the four pictures and fill in the blanks with proper headings.
1. Loading Cargo
2. Cargo Hold Empty
3. Cargo Hold Full
4. Unloading Cargo

Next, match the following phrases to the pictures by rewriting them into the right columns of the table below.

ballasting; de-ballasting; at port; underway; ballast tanks full; ballast tanks empty;
loading ballast water; discharging ballast water; discharging cargo; at loading port; at destination port;
unloading ballast water; ballast tanks half-full; ballast tanks half-empty.

A B C D
 Ship areas are identified by of their The tube is sealed to prevent seawater
2. A Bow and a Stern
locations and directions relating to the from entering it.
ship ends and its sides. The rudder extends vertically at the
The front end of a ship is called a bow.
When you move towards the bow, you stern. It is used to steer the moving
Bows are strengthened against waves
are going forward. When a vessel is ship by redirecting the water moving
and can take different shapes, usually
moving forward, it is going ahead. past the hull.
wedge-like ones, to reduce water
The rear end of the ship is called the Its mechanism is housed in the
resistance and modify water flows
stern. When the ship is underway, the steering gear compartment.
around the hull.
visible part of the stern is usually flat When you move in the direction of the
The inside part of the bow contains
or rounded. stern, you are going aft. When the
the anchor chain lockers and the
The stern houses the propeller, the ship goes in this direction, it is going
forepeak tank. Sometimes, ships have
propeller shaft and the rudder. astern.
a forecastle (pronounced "fohk'sel").
The propeller is a screw that turns in The entire right side of a vessel from
The forecastle is a deck ,or a
water to propel the ship. Propellers bow to stern is called the starboard
superstructure, erected above
use the energy of the ship engine side and the left side is the port side.
the main deck where the anchor
and create a force in water. This force In darkness, the starboard is indicated
machinery is located.
moves the ship in a required direction. by a green light and the port side by
The engine rotates the propeller via a red one.
the propeller shaft. It turns inside
the oil-lubricated tube fitted with
bearings.

Port side
Port quarter Port beam Port bow

Stern Bow

Starboard side

Glossary:

a wedge a piece of a hard material with a thin edge that can be forced into a narrow opening;
an anchor a heavy object lowered to keep a ship in place;
a screw propeller a rotating device with twisted blades used for pushing a ship or an aircraft;
to rotate to turn around, to revolve;
a blade a broad, fiat part of something;
via by means of, by way of;
a shaft a bar transmitting motion to a mechanical part;
to seal to close tightly to make something watertight or airtight;
a tube a long pipe or a cylinder used for housing something;
to house to provide space for installing something;
beam maximum breadth of a ship;
abeam position on either ship side and in line with a ship.
TASK 1. Maritime Terms
Rearrange the letters to discover words. Explain briefly what they mean.

1. 1u 1h

2. o bw

3. o ra hc n

4. o bt mot

5. ng ne ie

6. t hf sa

7. e b a 1d

8. kat n

9. ta pe 1

10. w r e s c

TASK 2. Maritime Grasp TASK 3. SMCP Workpiece

Following the explanations o f ship directions Spelling of digits and numbers
and locations shown in the diagram, match the NOTE: Some of digits and numbers have a modified
terms to their definitions: pronunciation compared to general English:

Term Definition Number Spelling SMCP Pronunciation

inboard the front right bow 0 zero [ZEERO]

athwart ships the front left bow 1 one [WUN]

outboard the right centre side 2 two [TOO]

port quarter the left centre side 3 three [TREE]

4 four [FOWER]
starboard bow the right rear section
5 five [FIFE]
port beam the left rear section
6 six [SIX]
direction from the centre
starboard
line towards either 7 seven [SEVEN]
quarter
starboard or port side
8 eight [AIT]
direction from either side
oort bow toward the 9 nine [NINER]
centre line 1000 thousand [TOUSAND]
a line running from side
starboard beam
to side NOTE:
Over the radio, each number is said digit by digit.
Before the decimal, say "point", or "decimal"
Examples:
"My draught is one two decimal six meters" or
"My draught is one two point six meters"

Rewrite the following message changing the words into numbers

and then pronounce the sentence using SMCP model.
"This is two-one-one-four-eight-zero-nine-one-six motor vessel
"Seashell".
Call sign delta alpha mike tango.
Position six two degrees one one decimal eight minutes north;
zero zero seven degrees four four minutes east"

UNIT 2 - P A R TS O F A SHIP
 In other words, they mark the
3. Ship Load Lines
minimum freeboard permitted in
different water areas of the world
Ship load lines stand for a set of lines
during different seasons. The term
painted on both sides of the ship hull.
freeboard essentially means the
They indicate the depth to which the
distance the ship rises above the line
merchant ship may be legally and
of water.
safely loaded.
The Plimsoll mark is another name
for ship load lines, named after
Samuel Plimsoll, a member of the
UK parliament in the 19th century. He
used to campaign actively for safety
of people working at sea.
The freeboard rules are laid down
by IMO (the International Maritime
Organization) and local authorities.

Glossary:

a line a long, thin mark, sometimes indefinite;

to indicate to show, to point out, to express;
to permit to allow, to give possibility;
fresh water water that is not salty and/or can be consumed by people;

TASK 1. Maritime Grasp

The sketch presents load lines commonly used nowadays.

Look at it and fill in the blanks in the definitions: Fresh water- Sea water

S Summer load line is the waterline to which a ship can be loaded in............................ ;

W Winter load line is the waterline to which a ship can be in winter;

WNA Winter North Atlantic load line is the for the North conditions;

T Tropical load line is the waterline for conditions;

F Fresh water load line is the waterline for . water conditions;

TF Tropical fresh water load line is the waterline to which a ship can be for tropical conditions.

TASK 2. Maritime Grasp

Finish the following sentences presenting your own ideas on differences between various waterline draughts (or drafts).
Draught is a term that defines a distance from the bottom of a ship to a waterline.

- The winter freeboard draught is less than

- The freeboard draught for tropical seas i s ..... .., ............

- The lowest waterline seems to be . . . .

- The highest of all is ............ ............ ........

TASK 3. Maritime Speaking

Answer the following questions providing your own explanations.
- Why is the winter freeboard draught less than that valid for summer?
- What does the depth to which the ship may be safely loaded depend on?
- Why should ''new waterlines" be accepted and given permission by international maritime institutions?
- Who is responsible for complying with the waterline rules when the ship is loaded?

TASK 4. SMCP Workpiece

Message marker application has been adopted into the IMO SMCP in order to increase the probability of clear and proper
understanding of messages in shore-to-ship and ship-to-shore communication. There are eight Message Markers:
INSTRUCTION ADVICE
WARNING INFORMATION
QUESTION ANSWER
REQUEST INTENTION
Message Markers must be spoken preceding the message itself as shown in the example below:
"QUESTION. What is your present maximum draught?"
The use of this marker removes any doubt that the answer to the message is required or expected.
"ANSWER. My present draught is seven decimal five meters"
The use of this marker is to indicate the message is the reply to the previous question.
Provide questions and SMCP Message Markers to the following answers:

1.

My freeboard is six meters.

2.

My present speed is 25 knots.

3. ?

My last port of call was Singapore.

4.

I am approaching from Hong Kong.

5.

My maximum draught is six decimal five meters.

4. Linear D im e nsions o f
Ships
A ship is a three-dimensional structure
having length, width and depth.
Main linear dimensions of a ship are
measured on the basis of a solid ship
hull.
The dimensions shown below describe
the hull form and refer to the design
draught which is normally less than,
or equal to, the summer freeboard
draught.
The draught (draft) is the vertical
distance from the waterline to the
point of the hull which is most
submerged in water, usually to the
keel. The draught indicates the height
of the immersed part of a hull.
The freeboard is the part of the hull
which emerges from water.
The depth of a vessel is measured
vertically from the lowest point in the
hull (ordinarily from the bottom of the
keel) to the side of any deck that you
may choose as a reference point.
Therefore, it has to be stated in specific
terms, such as depth to upper deck
amidships. (If such a measurement
were made for a building, taken from
a floor to a ceiling, it would be called
height.)
The breadth on waterline (BWL)
is measured at amidships. BWL is
the maximum distance between side
frames.
The height is the distance from the
waterline to the top of the highest
superstructure.

The length between

perpendiculars (Lpp) is the distance
between the foremost perpendicular,
i.e. a vertical line going through the
stern intersection with the waterline,
and the aftmost perpendicular which
normally coincides with the rudder
axis. It is measured along the
waterline when the ship is at full load.
The length on load waterline (Lwl)
is measured along the waterline from
forward to aft.
The length overall (LOA) is the
distance between the extreme points
of the bow and the stern.
LqA is the maximum length of the hull.

Glossary:

dimensions measurements in length, width and sometimes depth;

an intersection a point where two lines or surfaces meet, or cross;
to coincide with to be identical, to take up the same position;
an axis (pi. axes) a straight line around which something rotates, or along which something is symmetrical;
to immerse to submerge in liquid;
to emerge to become visible;

TASK 1. Maritime Speaking

Answer the following questions:

- Which dimensions depend on the ship loading?
- Which ones depend on the ship design?

UNIT 2 - P A R TS O F A SH IP
TASK 2. Maritime Terms

Identify the ship dimensions in the

simplified drawing of a hull shown on
the right.
Fill in the blank boxes with the full
names of dimensions.

TASK 3. Maritime Terms

There are many ways of expressing dimensions in English.
However, two of them are used for speaking about dimensions of a ship.
Look at the two examples and note the differences in verbs and the word order.

1. The overall length of the ship is 123 meters.

2. The ship has an overall length of 123 meters.

Ship name BOA GALATEA CRUISE EUROPA MAARTJE THEADORA

(a survey vessel) (a passenger ferry) (a fishing vessel)
Dimension

Length overall 80.35 metre 225.30 metre 141.50 metre

Maximum draft 6.83 metre 13.00 metre 9.70 metre

Extreme breadth 13.31 metre 31.00 metre 7.30 metre

Use the chart presenting the basic dimensions o f the three ships for describing and comparing them.
Work with your colleague to practice the SMCP model.

TASK 4. Maritime Terms

Fill in the table cells with the names of ship dimensions indicated by numbers in the two pictures below:
5. Displacement and Tonnage of a Ship

Ship sizes are commonly described with reference to their displacement and tonnage.
The two measurements refer to the weight and internal capacity of the vessel.
When a loaded ship floats at any water line, its displacement, according to the Archimedes law, is equal to the relevant
mass of water displaced by it. Displacement is thus equal to the total weight of this ship, normally in seawater with a
mass density of 1.025 t/m3.
In other words, displacement refers to the weight of the ship and is measured in metric tons (MT).

The following list of items can be of much help to understand the ship tonnage:
A = the weight of the hull and its complete equipment systems and devices, furniture etc.
B = the weight of the machinery main engines, generators, propeller, shafts, etc.
C = the weight of liquids reserves of fuel, water for boilers, fresh water for cooling systems, etc.
D = the weight of supply crew, passengers with their luggage, food storage, fresh water.
E = the weight of carried cargo either on deck or in holds.

A + B + C + D + E = LOAD DISPLACEMENT

So, the load displacement is defined as the weight of the fully loaded ship.
Generally, lightweight, or light displacement is the weight of an unloaded ship.

A + B = LIGHT DISPLACEMENT = LIGHT WEIGHT

Tonnage, also known as registered tonnage, is used for determining the internal capacity of all the spaces in the ship.
The unit in use is called registered ton and is equal to 2.83 cubic meters which is equal to 100 English cubic feet.

1 REGISTER TON (RT) = 100 ENGLISH CUBIC FEET = 2.83 M3

The gross tonnage refers to the capacity of all the closed spaces on the vessel.
The net tonnage refers to the volume of all the ship spaces which earn money for the shipowner, such as passenger
cabins, cargo holds etc.
Both measurements are expressed in units: GRT (Gross Register Tons) and NRT (Net Register Tons)

Every ship gets a certificate stating its register tonnage. Obviously, this is done according to specific international or
local rules.

Deadweight tonnage generally includes the total weight of the entire cargo when the vessel is with its maximum
draft. Therefore, we can once more make use of the items defined under letters from A to E:

DEADWEIGHT = C + D + E

This tonnage is the most frequently used in shipping and is measured in metric tons.

Glossary:

to float to stay on a liquid surface;

relevant relating to, having a logical relationship with;
total complete, entire, including all elements;
TASK 2. M aritim e Speaking
density mass of an object to its volume, thickness;
a generator a machine for producing gas, steam or electricity;
Discuss the following drawing, its
a propeller a device with twisted blades which rotate and make a boat move;
colours and the formula below.
a shaft a bar transmitting motion to a mechanical part;
lubricating oil oil used for making moving parts smooth;
capacity volume, content, the amount of space that c

TASK 1. M aritim e G rasp

Fill in the blanks with the right arithmetic symbols; "+", or

deadweight displacement ........... light weight

displacement light weight deadweight

6. Sea-going Qualities

All vessels must have a number of qualities which allow them to move on waters safely and in good condition. The
required qualities are as follows:
1. Floatability (or Buoyancy)
Floatability (buoyancy) is the capability of a ship to float with certain amount of cargo on board while being immersed
to its load waterline. Every ship has free waterproof space between its load waterline and the deck line. The free space
is called reserved floatability and is measured in terms of the freeboard height.
2. Stability
Stability means the capability of a ship not to lean or tip easily together with being able to regain its
balance. In other words, this is the tendency of a ship to remain upright or return to upright position. Longitudinal
stability is the stability of the bow - stern direction. Cross stability refers to the ship being able to resist the inclinations
from side to side
3. Maneuverability
This quality is defined as the ability of a vessel to readily change its course in any direction when commanded from the
navigating bridge and to keep the course.
4. Movability
It is the ability of a ship to go at a speed required by the main engine capacity. The most important is operational speed
which determines the time of voyages. The speed is measured in knots.
5. Unsinkability
It is characterized by the ship's ability to stay stable and floatable in case one or more of the ship compartments are
flooded. A ship sinks because taking water in is just like loading extra cargo. This, obviously, increases the ship's draft.
Most often, ships sink because they spring a leak in rough seas. A 30-foot wave moving at 30 miles per hour exerts a
force of one million foot-pounds.
That is enough to tear cargo hatches open and allow water to pour inside.
6. Soundness
Soundness is defined as the capability of a vessel to resist the force of waves and wind, even while sailing fully loaded
in rough seas.

1 KNOT = 1 NAUTICAL MILE PER HOUR

1 KNOT = 1.852 KM PER HOUR

Glossary:

to displace to replace, to take the place of;

to expose to to lay open to something, to leave unprotected;
a principle a fundamental truth, a law;
to immerse to drop or dip into liquid;
waterproof keeping out water completely;
to tip over to turn over, to turn upside down;
to regain to get back to, to reach something again;
to heel to lean to one side;
to determine to define, to calculate, to decide;
to spring a leak to begin to leak suddenly;
to exert to apply with great energy or effort;
to tear (tore/torn) open to open violently, by force, to remove by pulling;
a hatch a lid, a covering, an opening in a deck through which cargo is loaded and unloaded.

TASK 1. Maritime Speaking

Think about steps that can be taken in order to improve unsinkability. Discuss the ideas below.
waterproof sections;
bulkheads;
double hull (inner and outer one);
high technology, computerization;
human mistakes (losing control of the ship);
overloading.

TASK 2. Maritime Speaking

How do you understand the following saying? "You can't idiot-proof a ship"
TASK 3. Maritime Terms

Read the text and then fill in the gaps with the words given below.

ballast, collided, crew, decision, fuel, full, Harbour, hull, ocean, port, pump, sank, ship, side, States,
voyages

To keep its massive in balance, t h e ................................ of ANDREA DORIA had to pump

seawater into its tanks as the fuel was burned up on trans-Atlantic ,

Approaching the coast of the United ............ on 25th July 1956, the ship tanks were .

of this "dirty ballast". Instead of having it pumped into barges in New Y o r k ............................... the crew decided

to ................. . the ballast out into the open ,, .. before they reached the

This turned out to be a fatal

The ANDREA DORIA with a smaller cruise ............ and began to take on

water on her starboard .

This made the ship list and because of the lack of the proper the ship capsized and

TASK 4. Maritime Grasp

Decide whether the statements below are true or false. I f you think they are false, make them true.

1. The weight of the boat pushes it up.

2. The Archimedes Law explains how things float.

3. Rescue at sea is always possible.

When you move around in a small boat you change its gravity center.

5. A vessel heels when it leans over to its starboard.


7. Ship Movements on W ater
A vessel on water always moves. It moves even while
floating with its engines stopped. A vessel undergoes
various forces made by waves, currents, tides and winds.
This is because water in sailing areas like rivers, lakes,
seas and oceans is never motionless.
When a vessel is propelled and ploughs water, it is affected
by many different movements.
Generally, there are six motions in water and they are
called "six degrees of freedom". These are rolling, surging,
pitching, swaying, yawing and heaving. All the movements
are either along or around the ship axes.
The scheme below shows briefly the ship axes and all the
six motions.
First of all, the three axes have to be considered.
- the vertical axis, marked with the letter "Z " - also
called the yaw axis
- the "X' axis, called the longitudinal axis
- the transverse axis - also called the lateral axis, marked
in the scheme above by the letter "Y ".
Each of the axes is involved in two motions, one linear and
one rotary. The linear motion is a motion along an axis.
The rotary motion is a motion around an axis. So, as there
are three axes in a ship, we get six motions altogether.
The linear movement along the "X" axis is called surging.
A ship surges when it is pushed forward by waves and
then falls back into a trough.
The rotary movement around the longitudinal axis is called
roiling.
A ship rolls when it moves with waves from the starboard
side to the port side with. When a wave strikes a ship on
one side, the underwater volume of this side increases.
This causes the ship to incline to port side.
When a wave strikes the port side, a ship inclines to its
starboard. Rolling can make people on board seasick.
The "Y" axis passes from side to side. The linear movement
along it is called swaying. A ship sways when it moves
bodily to its starboard and then to the port side.
When a wave crest strikes the starboard side, a ship is
pushed in the direction of the wave to the port side.
When a wave trough forms at the starboard, a ship is
pulled bodily towards this side.
The rotary movement around this transverse axis is called
pitching.
A ship pitches when its bow and stern rise and fall with
waves.
When a wave crest hits a ship at its bow, the underwater
volume of water increases and makes a ship incline to its
stern.
The "Z" axis is drawn from top to bottom and is
perpendicular to the other two axes. The linear movement
along this vertical axis is called heaving.
A ship heaves when it rises up and then falls back into a
wave trough. This can be easily observed on rough waters.
When a huge wave gets under the ship bottom, the whole
ship is lifted up. When it gets into a wave trough, it is
lowered down bodily.
The rotary movement around the vertical axis is called
yawing.
A ship yaws its bow is pushed towards the starboard and
then to the port side. When a wave crest strikes the bow
on the starboard side, the bow is pushed in the direction
of the wave towards the port side.
When a wave trough forms at the bow on the starboard,
the ship is pushed bodily towards this side.
Ships at sea experience a combination of all these
movements continuously.
Glossary:

longitudinal situated or running along the length; opposed to transverse;

transverse situated or running across; opposed to longitudinal;
to plough (about a ship) to travel through water area;
motionless stationary, not moving;
to strike (struck/struck) to hit against something; (about a ship) to collide wit- an object;
to incline to get a leaning;
a wave crest the top of a wave;
a wave trough the bottom of a wave;
bodily in one mass; as a whole;
to increase to get or make greater in amount, size or degree;
perpendicular at 90° angle to a line or a plane;
rough waters stormy, turbulent waters;
to push to apply force on something or somebody to move them away; to press;
to pull to hold on to something or somebody applying force in order to move them;
continuously without interruption.

TASK 1. Maritime Terms

Place the names o f the "six degrees o f freedom" under the right headings.
LINEAR MOTION ROTARY MOTION

TASK 2. Maritime Terms

TASK 3. Maritime Grasp

Match the features with the correct ship movements by drawing a „tick" in the boxes

FEATURE swaying pitching heaving heaving yawing surging

linear
along axis
vertical axis
side-to-side
transverse
around axis
bow-to-stern
longitudinal
 In addition, the ship had 4 collapsible In fact, only 12 doors could be closed
8. The Story o f the "T ita n ic "
boats which were stored on top of the electrically, which is only one-third
officer quarters. (1/3) of all. The rest had to be closed
The famous "Titanic" was a British
The fact is that the "Titanic" had manually. The night the Titanic sank,
passenger ship that went to the sea
been designed to carry 48 lifeboats. not all the doors were closed.
bottom after a collision with a huge
However, the plans to add some Many of the electric doors in the
iceberg.
extra boats were rejected, because bottom of the ship were reopened in
This disaster occurred on the liner's
so many lifeboats on the deck would order to rig the pumps.
first voyage from Southampton to
have made it appear too cluttered. The Titanic was designed to be
New York in 1912. The impact caused
The outfitting of the Titanic was able to float with any two adjoining
a number of cracks and damaged
completed in March and on 2nd April compartments flooded.
riveted seams in the ship hull.
the liner set out for its sea trials. The Experts on naval architecture say that
Seawater entered through the ship
trails lasted only half a day and only the Titanic would have been able to
side. Nearly three hours later, the
one test was done. float with even any three of the first
vessel hull broke into two parts and
The only test carried out was the one five compartments flooded.
the ship sank.
that checked how fast the ship could The problem was that water got into
The "Titanic" was the largest and
stop. The result was that it took the the first five compartments.
most luxurious ocean liner of its time.
vessel 3 minutes and 15 seconds to As they had been filled with water, the
It displaced more than 52,000 metric
stop. bow of the ship was sinking deeper
tons of water and measured 8821
Both engines had been in reverse and deeper allowing the water to enter
feet, which is nearly the length of
position and it had been going at the the next sections. The ship could not
three standard football fields.
speed of 18 knots. survive this, but its many watertight
The "Titanic" carried enough lifeboats
Many people believed the ship was bulkheads did retard the flooding so
for only about half of its 2,200
unsinkable because its hull was divided that it required two hours and forty
passengers and crew. Actually, the
into 16 watertight compartments five minutes for the "Titanic" to sink.
46,000-ton ship had twenty lifeboats
made by 15 watertight bulkheads.
on board.
The bulkheads had electric doors that
There were 14 regular wooden
could be controlled from the bridge.
lifeboats and 2 smaller ones which
This system was regarded as making
were kept swung out on either side of
the ship unsinkable.
the bridge for a quick launch in case
of emergency.

Glossary:

to sink (sank/sunk) to go beneath the surface of water and be covered by it;

a collision striking at something with force;
an iceberg an ice mountain, mass of ice floating on water;
to occur to take place, to happen;
an impact a force of colliding one with another;
a crack a break, usually without separation of parts;
riveted fastened with metal bolts inserted through holes;
a seam a line formed by joining together two pieces of material;
to swing (swung/swung) to move, or cause to move, back and forth or side to side
collapsible able to be folded into a small space;
to reject to refuse to accept;
cluttered filled with an untidy collection of objects;
watertight constructed so tightly as not to leak or take into any water;
manually done with hands;
to rig to prepare for use;
adjoining touching the same point or a line;
to retard to make slow, to delay in progress or development;

UNIT 2 - P A R TS O F A SH IP
 TASK 1. G ram m ar W o rk p ie ce
Scan the reading for the conditional sentences. Define the conditional type of the identified sentences.

The third conditional sentences refer to the past. We talk about the condition in the past that did not happen. That
is why there is no chance for this condition to happen.

We use the following verb forms to express this conditional:

CONDITION RESULT

If PAST PERFECT WOULD+HAVE+3rd verb form

they had been in the

If they would have survived
lifeboat

Complete the following sentences.

Vote that all of them refer to the definite time in the past.

1. If there had been more lifeboats

2. If ali the bulkhead doors had been closed

3. If the Titanic had hit the iceberg with its bow, not its side,

4. If the sea trails had lasted more than half a day,

5. If the Titanic had not been traveling too fast through an area with icebergs,

TASK 2. M aritim e Term s

'•'atch words from column A to the ones o f similar meaning in column B.

A B
ship compartments
with hand nautical miles
move out of place manually
sections displace
buoyancy adding equipment

outfitting floatability
knots to perforate

freight vessel

to make holes in cargo

-N IT 2 - PA R TS O F A SH IP
 0 Basics of Shipbuilding
______________________________________________________________________)

Later on, when Rome became the ruler It was an ocean-going vessel built
1. H istory of S hip b u ild in g of the Mediterranean Sea, Romans and used by Spaniards for their
built different types of battleships to exploration voyages.
dominate the sea routes. During the 15th century, the sailing
Shipbuilding industry is basically A typical Roman vessel was an vessel was constructed. It was a war
■ 'volved in design, construction and improved copy of the Egyptian ship about 70m long and 15m wide.
modification of ships. vessels. It had one main mast with a It was huge and magnificent, fitted
All these processes are carried out in sail and a smaller sail at the bow. The with three high masts. She could
shipyards. Roman vessel was driven by two long carry up to 1200 men and was armed
It is difficult to trace back to the very rows of oars. with 100 guns.
beginning of shipbuilding, but a few A gaily was a standard ship in the At the beginning of the 19th century,
steps in the development of vessels Mediterranean region since the 10th the first steam-driven ship was
are worth mentioning. century. It followed the style of the constructed in America. It needed 22
Around 4000 B.C., the first trunks of Byzantine vessel and was widely used hours to cross the distance of 287 km
papyrus-tree were used for floating until the 18th century. Slaves and on rivers. It had a wooden hull and
on waters of the Nile river by ancient prisoners were used for rowing. A was fitted with paddle wheels.
Egyptians. One trunk was too small to gaily was armed with guns and a tool Early steamers were fitted with masts
carry any cargo, so later on, several for moving from one ship to another and steam engines.
tree trunks were joined tightly with during battles. In 1858, Great Eastern constructed
primitive leather ropes to increase Caravel was most commonly used the first steam ship made of steel
the space for carrying goods and between the 12th and 16th century. It intended for transatlantic voyages.
some people. This is how a raft was had three maim masts, each with sails, It was 211 meters long and her
invented. known as the mainmast, the foremast deadweight was 20000 tons.
A long pole was used for steering and and the mizzenmast. Caravel ships This ship was a forerunner of today's
pushirg it through water. Very soon, it were designed to sail near shallow modern ships. Steel gradually
.■ .as repiaced by oars to increase the waters and coral reefs and were very replaced wood in building ships.
speed of this primitive boat. suitable for long voyages. They were The first steel hulls were riveted but
Between 2500 and 2000 B.C. the relatively light and easy to maneuver, from 1940s onwards, steel hulls are
Egypt ans constructed the first vessel. Christopher Columbus had caravels usually welded.
It was about 35 meters long and had among his fleet. Nowadays, motorboats and
a mast with sails. A huge vessel gave water transport a combustion engine ships are very
Oars, used for moving through water, new sense of achievement. popular. They are used for commercial,
were situated amidships, whereas pleasure and military purposes.
oars for changing direction were
placed astern.
TASK 1. Maritime Grasp
Put the following ways of vessel driving
into chronological order.
Glossary:
exclusive use of steam engines
a trunk the main stem of a tree;
a rope a thick, strong cord; exclusive use of man power
to invent to create or design something new;
to steer to guide or control movements of an object; use of steam engines supported by wind force
speed a rate of movement
an oar a pole with a blade for rowing a boat; use of manpower supported by wind force
a slave (here) someone who is forced to obey another person;
a prisoner a person captured and kept confined by his enemy; use of diesel engines
shallow of small depth;
a reef coral or rock just above or below the surface of water; exclusive use of wind force
to maneuver to turn and direct objects;
a paddle each of boards fitted around a turning wheel; use of wind force supported by man power
a forerunner a sign of something new to come;
riveted bolted together for holding together two plates of metal use of wind force supoorted by steam engines
welded joined together by heating metal surfaces.
use of steam eng --es supported by diesel power
 TASK 2 Maritime Grasp
Fill in the blanks with the right names of vessels introduced in the reading:

- FLOATING TRUNK - CARAVEL (12th -16th century; masts; Columbus)

- RAFT
- PRIMITIVE BOAT (made of a tree)
- EGYPTIAN V E S S E L(2500 BC) (ONE-MASTED)
- ROMAN VESSEL
- GALLY (10th century; slaves used for rowing)
- HUGE VESSEL ( ocean -going; Spanish )
- SAILING VESSEL (war ship; armed with guns)
- STEAMSHIP (19th century; America)

A B C

-N IT 3 - BASICS OF SH IPBUILD ING

2. Steps of Building a Ship
S" :s ='= ces : _ec, constructed,
-eca 'e: arc sometimes modified in
shipyards - snipyard is an industrial
: ant _=-ally located close to seas,
h vers or lakes, equipped with
■ =c : es <e slipways, gantry cranes,
■ 'cat-g and dry docks, storehouses
="C .vorkshops, required for the
construction of a ship.
‘ .aval architects are responsible for
the very first step of building a ship.
Theirtaskistopreparethebasicdesign
of a new ship and all specifications
meeting the shipowner demands
concerning the ship parameters and
application.
As soon as the basic plans are
approved by the shipowner, the
contract for building a ship is signed
by the parties. When the detailed
plans of a ship are drawn, they have
to be approved by a classification
society.
On the basis of this plan, full-size
templates of a hull are prepared.
They are often made of plywood
and serve as patterns to be copied
while cutting and bending structural
elements of the ship.
The construction process starts
with preparing the hull sections and
frames. Particular sections are made
separately in different workshop
stations and then assembled into
blocks. Each block includes sections
of bottom plating, side framing and
bulkheads. Nowadays, thanks to new
technologies, blocks are pre-outfitted
with light equipment like piping and
cable trays. Ready blocks are then
transported to the building berth that
is to a slipway or a building dock.
Most often, the stern block is placed
into position as the first one. Then,
other blocks are fitted together one
by one. Blocks are assembled by
welding.
Next, all heavy equipment is installed,
decks and superstructures are
mounted. The equipped ship is ready
to be launched.
Launching from a building dock is
performed by flooding the dock to the
depth needed to make the ship float.
Some ships are launched as soon as
the hull is completed sufficiently to
float safely. Then, they are moved to
the outfitting dock for completion.
The final stage of completion includes
testing the ship and all systems
installed on board.
As soon as all machinery is in
operational condition, the ship goes
for sea trials. Usually, the shipowner
prepares a checklist of tests to be
conducted during the trials.
When all goes well and the ship
operation meets the contract
agreement, the ship is delivered to
the shipowner.
Finally, a classification society
classifies and registers the vessel.

Glossary:

a plant a place where an industrial or manufacturing process takes place;

a slipway a slope leading down into water, used for launching or landing vessels;
a gantry crane a crane with a hoist fitted in a trolley for parallel moving;
a storehouse a nouse for <eeping supplies and stock;
a naval architect a person who designs ships;
an application putting something into use;
a party people forming one side in an agreement;
a template a piece of rigid material used as a pattern for cutting out or drilling;
plywood thin wooden board consisting of several layers glued and pressed together;
to bend (bent/bent) to make something become curved;
to assemble to fit together separate components to make a whole;
cable trays ducts for housing cables;
to mount place, fix or fasten something on a support;
a checklist a list of things to be done;
to register to enter an official list.
 TASK 1. Maritime Speaking
D e s c r ib e th e p r o c e s s o f b u ild in g a s h ip u s in g th e fo llo w in g g ra p h ic.
NOTE: U s e w o rd s h ig h lig h tin g th e s e q u e n c e o f e v e n ts first, next, later on, then, finally, in the beginning, at the
end, etc.

TASK 2. Maritime Speaking

D e s c r ib e th e p ic tu re . U se v o c a b u la r y fro m th e re a d in g .

a
TASK 3. Maritime Grasp
P u t th e fo llo w in g s e n t e n c e s in th e c o r r e c t s e q u e n c e g iv in g a n o u tlin e s u m m a r y o f a s h ip b u ild in g b
p ro cess.
c
a. The ship is launched. d
The equipped ship is tested at sea.
: The plans receive the approval of the classification society. e
3. The new owners take possession of their vessel, f
e. The order for the ship is placed.
The parts of the hull are prepared, g
g. The sections are assembled on the building berth. h
The final plans are drawn up.
The parts are welded together to form sections. i
;. The ship is fitted out.
j
 Frames, running athwartship are It is arranged in a series of fore and
3. A Hull S tructure
secured to the keel. They provide the aft strakes. The strake of side plating
shape and strength to the hull. Deck at the deck is known as the sheer
A ship hu s a box girder structure
beams and bulkheads support the strake. The thickest strakes are the
betow the ~ 2 in deck. Generally, a
decks and give additional strength to flat plate keel and the sheer strake.
hul of a modem ship consists of
resist the pressure of water. The bottom shell is strengthened
an ojts;Ge plating (or skin) and an
forward to resist pounding.
ns de 'ramework to which the skin is
The skin, or shell plating, provides A rounded gunwale, that is the upper
secured. The skin and framework are
water-tightness. The plates have edge of the sheer strake, is now
-5-5 y made of steel and secured by
various thickness. The heaviest plates common in tankers and dry cargo
welding. The steel skin may also be
are put on amidships. Using plates of ships.
cal ed shell plating.
various thickness reduces the weight The framework, which stiffens the ship
of the metal used and gives the vessel hull, is in effect the combination of two
The main structural part of the hull
additional strength at its broadest systems of framing - the longitudinal
is the keel. It runs from the stem at
part. The plates, put on in rows from and the transverse systems.
the bow to the sternpost at the stern.
bow to stern, are called strakes. The usual construction form used
The keel is frequently referred to as
They are marked with consecutive today in dry cargo ships is where the
the backbone of the hull due to its
letters, beginning at the keel and ship sides are stiffened transversely
important contribution to resisting
going upward. The shell plating is while the decks and bottom are
bending action. It consists of the
the principal longitudinal strength stiffened longitudinally.
center girder, the middle line strake of
member of the hull.
the inner bottom plating and the flat
plate keel of the outer bottom plating.

Longitudinally-framed hull

Glossary:

a keel longitudinal structure at a bottom of a hull;

frames hull side elements attached to a keel like ribs;
a stem a structural element forming a ship bow;
a stanchion a pillar that supports decks;
a sternpost a vertical piece coming from the keel to the main deck at stern;
consecutive following each other continuously;
a member an essential piece of a complex structure;
pounding rhythmical beating;
to strengthen to make or become stronger;
to stiffen to make or become stiff or rigid;
a stiffener an element that makes something more rigid;
exposed unprotected, especially from weather conditions;
stress pressure or tension exerted on a material object;
to reinforce to strengthen with extra elements.

4'.*
m U N IT 3 - BASICS O F SH IPBUILD IN G
TASK 1. Maritime Grasp
L o o k a t th e tw o s e c tio n s o f a d o u b le b o tto m o il ta n k e r a n d m a tc h th e n a m e s o f
h u ll e le m e n ts to th e n u m b e r s in p ic tu re s .
transverse frame

hull side girder

main deck plating

(l) inner bottom shell plating

keel frame

outer bottom shell plating

transverse bulkhead

longitudinal stiffener

longitudinal girder
Side section view

TASK 2. Maritime Terms

F ill in th e b la n k s w ith th e r ig h t w o r d s fr o m th e fo llo w in g list:
bottom, bulkheads, framing, framed, longitudinal, plates, plating, reinforce, sections, steel, structure

Nowadays, ship hulls are constructed of sections and steel which form the ship shell,

^ ese elements are usually arranged in two systems, either the longitudinal or the combined

In t h e ......... framing, the hull consists of longitudinal frames reinforced by

transverse . All the elements are secured by deck

In the combined system, the huli and decks are longitudinally framed, while the hull sides,

die bow and the stern are transversely.

-ongitudinal framing strengthens the hull exposed to bending stress.

'-ansversal framing the sections which are subjected to transverse stresses.

However, the minimum required is the

4. B ulkheads
~-ansverse walls in the ship hull are
3 ed bulkheads. They serve a variety
of functions. The main purpose of
rrviding a hull into bulkheads is to
c-eate watertight compartments
*nich can be used for storing cargo or
accommodating people. This means
r a t in case of hull damage, the water
"take is confined to the damaged
compartment.
5_kheads have very considerable
cansverse rigidity, so they prevent
n e deformation of the hull structure.
Plates attached to the shell, deck and
tank top form watertight bulkheads.
Bulkheads are usually plated
horizontally and stiffened vertically.
Since water pressure increases with
the head and the bulkhead is designed
to withstand such loading, it is clear
that the plating on the lower part of
the bulkhead is thicker than that at
the top.
The number of bulkheads in a ship
depends on the length of the ship, the
location of the machinery spaces and
the vessel classification rules.
forepeak , the after-peak one and the
engine room bulkheads.
If watertight bulkheads form
accommodation or machinery spaces,
they must be provided with watertight
doors.
All ships are required to have a
collision bulkhead extending to the
uppermost continuous deck.
The stern tube must be enclosed in
a watertight compartment formed by
the stern frame and the after peak
bulkhead.
The propeller shaft is enclosed in a
watertight tunnel.

mmmmM
UNIT 3 - BAS ICS O F SH IPBUILD IN G
Glossary:

admitted allowed to enter;

confined restricted in area or volume;
deformation action of distorting shape or form under load;
watertight constructed so tightly as not to leak or take into any water;
a stern tube propeller shaft housing.

TASK 1. Maritime Terms

C h o o s e th e r ig h t v e rb in th e lis t o f m a in b u lk h e a d fu n c tio n s p r e s e n t e d b e lo w :
- Form /Admit holds for storing cargo.
- Deform/Create accommodation spaces.
- Provide/Confine structural stability.
- Enclose/Ensure structural rigidity.
- Reinforce/ Minimize forces generated by waves.
- Prevent /Provide water from entering in case of flooding.

TASK 2. Maritime Speaking

The required minimum number of bulkheads in a ship is given
in the following table, published in the rules of classification
societies.
D is c u s s th e n u m b e r o f r e q u ir e d b u lk h e a d s

Engine room Engine

Length (m)
midships room, aft

90 - 105

105 - 115

125 - 145
145 - 165

165 - 190

TASK 3. Maritime Terms

Fill in th e b la n k s w ith w o rd s fro m th e list.
arrangement, bulkhead, bulkheads, case, compartments, different, divide, flame, hull, number, safety,
ships, watertight

These type of are used nowadays in all most all types of

They provide maximum in times of flooding or damage of

They the ship into compartments, which prevents seeping of water

to other parts of the ship in the hull is broken.

The number o f .................. that a particular ship has depends on the type and requirement of the vessel.

They also facilitate storage of types of cargo at the same time. In case there is a fire, they

prevent the source of fire or the to pass over to other compartment.

They increase the overall strength of the ship by increasing the transverse strength.

The of bulkheads depends on the length of the ship and of machinery.

It is imperative for ail the ships to have a collision


1. S ailin g Ship R igging
There has always been a great
demand for clear and exact names
cor all parts of a sailing ship. A few
supporting sails and masts, together
with hundreds of separate lines,
cables, ropes, spars, blocks, tackles
and lifts, make a complex steering
and propelling system. Along with the
null parts, each element of rigging has
cs name. The term "rigging" refers to
:ne whole of ship masts and sails and
the way they are arranged.
Sailing ships are rated according to
Sailing Ships
the way they are rigged. However, the
most important feature is whether
they are rigged with square sails and
whether they carry fore-and-aft sails.
The fully-rigged ship, or a full-rigger,
has at least three masts and carries
square sails on all of them. "DAR
MtODZIEZY", the training ship of the
Gdynia Maritime University in Poland,
belongs to this category.
In the fore-and-aft rigging, the sails
lie along the same plane as the ship
fore-and-aft line.
Dar Mtodziezy
In the square rigging, the sails are
arranged across (athwart) the ship.
Traditional fore-and-aft ships
generally carried only two sails per
mast. Although they were often
slower than the square-riggers, they
were easier to operate,
A vessel can be rigged with only
fore-and-aft sails and square rigged
vessels can carry fore-and-aft sails in
the form of staysails.
Glossary:

an oar a long, wooden pole with a blade at one end used for rowing a boat;
to roar to make loud, deep sound;
a yard a spar fixed horizontally to a mast for supporting a sail;
a cable a rope or chain fastened to an anchor. (Also, a nautical unit of distance, 1/1 Oth of a nautical mile);
a rope a thick, strong line made of twisted strands of wire, fiber or leather;
a spar a general term for a mast, a yard or a boom;
a block a spar holding the foot of a fore-and-aft sail;
a tackle an arrangement of blocks with connecting ropes;
a hand palm inner surface of a hand, from fingers to a wrist;
a stay a line or a wire from the mast to the bow or stern of a ship, for supporting the mast, leading forward
(forestays) and to the sides (backstays);
a tiller a horizontal bar fitted into the head of the rudder used for steering;
a centerboard a movable board lowered through an opening in the floor of a sailboat to prevent drifting;
a trunk a boxlike casing for a centerboard;
a shroud standing rigging supporting a mast on either side;
a spreader a small spar between a mast and a shroud;
a boom a spar holding the foot of a fore-and-aft sail.

TASK 1. Maritime Grasp TASK 2. Maritime Terms

Fill in p r o p e r n a m e s o f s a ilin g b o a t p a r t s in to b o x e s. R e w r ite th e n a m e s o f th e s h ip p a r t s u n d e r th e p r o p e r h e a d in g s :

Sails Masts Hull

Main topmast Fore topmast

Flying jib

Main boom Bow sprit

Forecast deck
Hull
Rudder Forecast look
\ X Mast step
Captain's cabin Bulkhead Keel Ma n oeck Hold
TASK 3. Maritime Grasp
M a tc h th e p ic tu r e s o f fiv e d iffe r e n t ty p e s o f r ig g in g to th e fo llo w in g d e s c rip tio n s :
1. A full-rigged ship square rigged on all masts;
A brig a two-masted vessel square rigged on both masts;
A bark a three-masted vessel; the fore and main masts are square rigged and the after mast is -cce:
fore-and-aft;
4. A barquentine a vessel with the fore mast rigged square, and the other masts rigged fore-and-aft;
5. A brigantine a two-masted vessel, square-rigged on the foremast with fore-and-aft sails on the main mast.

2. Tall S hips and th e Races
1. A tall ship can actually be one of any
-umber of differently-rigged ships.
I: could be a schooner, a brigantine, a
S'oop or a fully-rigged ship.
=or the purpose of classification and
-ace ratings, the International Sail
"-aining Association (ISTA) divides
tall ships into the following classes:
Class A: all vessels more than
160 feet in length, regardless of
rigging, and all square-riggers
more than 120 feet in length.
Class A Division II: All square-
rigged vessels less than 120 feet
in length.
Class B: Fore-and-aft rigged
vessels between 100 and 160 feet
n length
- Class C: All other fore-and-aft
rigged vessels at least 30 feet
long.
2. In 1955, a London solicitor, Bernard
Morgan, came up with an idea to
organize a race to bring together the
ast of the world great square-riggers.
With the support of some influential
reople from the sailing community,
-e organized a spectacular race from
Torbay to Lisbon in 1956.
The race attracted a great deal of
;:tention from the mass media.
The press used the name "Tall Ships"
to describe the great sailing ships
which took part in the event.
Thus, the name for racing sailing
ships was born and has changed since
then. The first race turned out to be
such a success that the event hosts
planned to run a Race every second
year. The Race, however, has proved
to be much more popular so today, at
least one Race takes place every year.
The aim of the Races is "to enable
young people of all nations to race
together at sea and under sail".
3. The "Cutty Sark" Tall Ships Race is,
in fact, a "race" in name only.
The fastest ship does not take the
most prestigious prize.
The prize goes to the ship with the
crew that does its best to promote
international understanding and
friendship.
All captains of the participating ships
nominate the winner.
The captains act on the advice of their
crew members.
As a rule, half of the crew must be
between 15 and 25 years of age.
The Cutty Sark
4. The "Cutty Sark", launched in
1860, is the most famous British tea
clipper. To be classified as a clipper,
a ship needed to have a narrow hull
that was deeper in the back than in
the front and many large sails.
The name "clipper" came from the
way ships "clipped off" water miles
of. Traders used clippers to transport
tea and opium from China and wool
and gold from Australia.
The "Cutty Sark" was the fastest ship
taking the Cape of Good Hope route.
The name of the ship comes from
the poem "Tarn O'Shanter" by Robert
Burns. Tarn meets a group of ugly
witches. Among them there is Nannie,
young and beautiful and described as
wearing only a "cutty sark", i.e. a short
shirt. The ship's figurehead represents
her. The ship is the only preserved tea
clipper. It can be admired in a dry
dock at Greenwich in London.
G lossary:
a brigantine 2 r,vo-masted vessel with the foremast square-rigged and the mainmast fore-and-aft rigged;
a sloop 2 sing e-masted fore-and-aft rigged vessel with a single sail on the forestay;
a solicitor 2 -r e ~ D e r of a legal profession who asks for contributions or permission;
a prize 2 g ft for the winner of a contest;
to participate to take part;
to launch to set a boat or ship onto water after docking;
to dip off to move rapidly through some area;
a trader a person who trades; a ship used for trading;
a witch a person supposed to have supernatural power and contact with devils;
a figurehead a curved figure, or a head, in the ship front;
a dry dock a dock with a watertight gate used for building or repairing ships;

TASK 1. Maritime Grasp

S u g g e s t h e a d in g s f o r th e f o u r p a r a g r a p h s in th e r e a d in g a n d w r ite th e m in th e b o x e s.

TASK 2. Maritime Speaking

D e s c r ib e th e r o u te o f T h e T a ll S h ip s R a c e s 2 0 1 4 o r g a n iz e d b y S a il T r a in in g In te rn a tio n a l.

TASK 3. Maritime Terms

F ill in th e g a p s w ith w o rd s fro m th e list: built, captain, clipper, crew, hull, launched, masts, named, sails, tea,
tons, voyage

The THERMOPYLAE was the fastest tea .................... ..

The highly experienced Kemball together with the of 30 skilled

men commanded it.

The ship w a s ............. in 1868 and registered at 948

She was after the Greek "Battle of Thermopylae".

She was designed and ...... for speed.

Speed was the key parameter on the route to bring to Europe as quickly as possible.

With a green-painted white and snow-white .................................... she looked

magnificent while setting sails at the beginning of her maiden in November 1868.
TASK 4. Maritime Terms
Guess words matching the clues given below and write them into the crossword puzz e
The password is already revealed.

I. the bottom edge of a sail;

the after end of a vessel;
UJ M

a figure, or a head, under the ship bowsprit;

wooden panels around the vessel above the deck;
I-

an arrangement of masts and sails;

<l> l i t

a nautical mile;
a two-masted, square-rigged vessel;
the forward end of a ship;
a very fast sailing ship for carrying cargo, for instance, tea;
10. an angle of a ship in sailing against the wind;
II. a place from which the ship is steered and controlled.

TASK 5. Maritime Speaking

•Vnat does the phrase "feeling blue" mean nowadays?

..NIT 4 - S A ILIN G SH IPS

 'N

Cargo Ships
V J
1. Intro d u ctio n to Vessel
Types

Following the present economic needs

and transportation demands, different
types of ships have been developed in
the world of ship industry. Nowadays,
there are about 4000 different names
£j .. "r.V
W fÊ m r ImmÊF
of types of ships and boats. In various
language areas, however, the same The main purpose of merchant ships is to carry either cargo or passengers.
type of a ship can be called differently. Some of them are designed to carry both cargo and people. Therefore, we can
classify them further into the following groups:
Ship categories can be set out
according to many various criteria,
such as:
1. The kind of cargo ships are MERCHANT
designed to carry (e.g. dry cargo SHIPS
ships, liquid cargo ships)
2. The water area they are supposed I i
to operate on (e.g. inland water
ships, coastal ships)
3. The kind of material ship hulls
are made of (e.g. wooden ships,
Especially, the Americans can also call
steel ships)
cargo ships freighters.
4. The kind of propulsion installed
This category includes ships carrying
on ships (e.g. diesel engine
both dry and liquid cargo.
ships, steamships, sailing ships,
nuclear ships) B shh
5. The general application of ships
(e.g. cargo ships, passenger PRODUCT
ships)
6. The main purpose the ships are
designed for (e.g. naval ships
and non-military ships)
\ TANKERS

CHEMICAL

7. The kind of buoyancy the ships

are subject to (e.g. hydrofoils,
hovercrafts, semisubmersible
\ TANKERS

CRUDE

\
OIL /
ships). CARRIERS ƒ

Some vessels can be placed in more

than one category. LPG
CARRIERS

Generally, however, the types of ships

are distinguished on the basis of their LNG
application and main duties they are CARRIERS ƒ
designed to perform.

Non-military ships, also called civil OBO

CARRIERS
ships, can be further subdivided into
types and subtypes depending on
what a ship is used for.
The diagram (left) presents types of
contemporary cargo vessels. It is by
no means a complete overview but
RO-RO gives an outline of the main groups

\
VESSELS
cargo vessels can be divided into.
Glossary:

needs necessities, things required or wanted;

demands desires of services, clients, conditions, etc;
application putting something into usage or operation;
to distinguish to recognize as different;
to subdivide to divide a separate unit further on;
a semisubmersible ship a heavy lift ship that is capable of going below water surface in order to load large
cargo mounted on barges;
a carrier a vessel engaged in transporting goods or peooie across waters;
crude oil flammable liquid naturally found in rock formations;
an ore a natural substance from which metals or minerals can be extracted;
LPG liquefied petroleum gas;
LNG liquefied natural gas;
OBO ore-bulk-oil;
bulk cargo loose cargo, not packed;
general cargo cargo packed into boxes, crates or any other than containers packages;
a tanker (a tank ship) a vessel for carrying liquid cargo;
a reefer (a refrigerated vessel) a vessel designed for carrying goods requiring transportation at low temperatures;
RO-RO vessels roll on / roll off ships for carrying vehicles;
a passenger ship a ship that carries more than twelve passengers.

TASK 1. Maritime Grasp

1. A container ship is designed to carry cargo in containers.
Z, A container ship is designed for carrying cargo.
3. A container ship carries cargo in containers.

-allowing the patterns above, make sentences describing the application of other ship types.

a passenger ship

a car carrier

a dry cargo ship

a reefer

a crude oil carrier

a tanker
 Containerships carry containers both In addition, loading and unloading
2. C on tain ersh ip s
in holds and on the main deck. work can be done extremely fast with
In holds, there is a special cellular the use of shore-based moving gantry
The principle of a container is very
structure of guide rails where cranes.
simple. A number of small packages
containers are stowed one on the top The primary advantage of containers
are stowed inside one large container
of another. That is why containerships is the possibility of transporting cargo
which is then transported further as
are also called cellular vessels. directly to the customer, not only from
one unit. The container is a "box" with
These ships usually have one deck one port to another.
doors at one end or at the side for
with the machinery spaces located Container vessels have grown in
loading goods into it.
towards the aft end of a ship. capacity up to 18.000 TEU.
Containerships carry cargo in
Additional containers are stowed on Large container vessels usually do not
containers. Transported goods are
the open deck and anchored in place have their own loading gear.
locked and sealed in huge boxes of
by wire ropes. However, small, or medium-sized
standard sizes. The ISO standards
Containerships have revolutionized ones, called container feeders, are
distinguish the TEU (twenty feet
water transport. Their main advantage very often equipped with cargo gear.
equivalent unit) and FEU (forty feet
over other cargo ships is the higher Some of the multi-purpose ships can
equivalent unit).
speed of around 25 knots. also operate as container feeders.

Glossary:

to lock to fasten by means of a lock, to close tightly;

to seal to close completely, securing the contents;
the ISO the International Organization for Standardization;
a foot a unit of length equal to 30.48 cm
cellular consisting of, or containing cells;
an angle a shape made by two straight lines starting at the same point;
a knot a unit of speed equal to one nautical mile per hour;
a guide a part that controls the motion of other parts;
to stow to pack in an orderly, compact way;
a gantry crane a crane with a hoist fitted in a trolley for parallel moving;

TASK 1. Maritime Speaking

Present your opinion on the following ideas.
a. Even cars and ships can be carried in standard containers.
b. Containers transported by rail and by road are of a different size.
c. Cargo on a containership is not messy.
d. Seamen employed on containerships usually have much time to spend in ports.

TASK 2. Grammar Workpiece

Following the rule o f using the... (comparative), the... (comparative) in order to express that
one feature depends on another one, choose the right adjective in the sentences below:
1. The faster the ship, the cheaper / cheaper /the slower the transport of goods.
2. The bigger the port, easier / the easier/ the cheaper going ashore.
3. The bigger the containership, less / more / the more cargo it can carry.
4. The less the time of cargo handling, higher / the lower / cheaper the harbour fees.
5. The better the loading gear, fewer / the larger / the less the number of containers it can handle.
6. The less messy the cargo, the safer/ faster / the stronger the ship voyage.
7. The stronger the guide rails, the heavier / the bigger / the better the stowage of containers.
 Some of them, with derricks on the Nowadays, the term "general cargo
3. General Cargo Ships
main deck, had steel cables running ships" may refer to multi-purpose
all around. vessels and may cover many different
Typical general cargo ships belong
A system of winches and pulleys ship designs.
to the smaller ships category and
was used during cargo handling All of them, however, are flexible
jsed to be very popular back in the
operations. Cargo was first lifted, then enough to transport various types of
day. Their carrying capacity ranged
moved horizontally, then swung over cargo.
:'om 6,000 to 15,000 tonnes and
the side of a ship and finally, owered General cargo ships can carry both
they usually carried goods packed
down to the wharf. break-bulk cargo (in boxes, in bags,
n boxes, barrels, bags, cans, bars,
General cargo ships usually had on pa lets, etc.) vehicles, machinery,
sacks, crates, cases, bottles, etc.
spacious holds such as, for example, steel, food products and containers.
Some of the items such as pipes,
refrigerating chambers for keeping Multi-purpose ships with cargo
bricks, machinery, timber, etc. were
perishable goods and air-conditioned loading gear nste ed on them can
not packed but were transported
systems for the cargo of special care. operate in ports where cranes are not
oosely.
available. However, they are heavier
General cargo ships usually had their
than similar vessels without the cargo
own cargo loading gear.
gear and, consequently, their loading
capacity is decreased.
Glossary:
a barrel a large, cylindrical or wooden container with flat, circular ends;
a crate a large basket, or box, made of wood or plastic;
timber wood for building;
gear equipment for some particular operation;
a derrick a large device on ship deck for lifting and moving heavy objects;
a winch a device operated for hoisting heavy objects with a drum upon which a cable is attached;
a pulley a small wheel with a rope or chain for lifting;
to swing (swung/swung) to move backwards and forwards regularly;
a wharf a structure of wood, stone or concrete, built at a shore of a harbour for ships to lie
alongside as for loading and unloading;
spacious large, having more than enough space;
a route a way or a course of travelling;
flexible able to adapt easily.

TASK 1. Maritime Terms

In English, there are many words that describe different types of packages. Some of them have been mentioned
~ the reading above.

~hink about materials they can be made o f and decide what their contents can be. Complete the table below.

~~e following names of materials may help you to complete the task:

wood, plastic, paper, metal, cloth, glass, china, leather, cardboard;

Package type Material Contents

TASK 2. Maritime Speaking
General cargo ships are not as popular as they used to be.
bag
Can you think of any reasons? Discuss the time of loading
barrel and people involved.
Can cargo handling be dangerous for stevedores and the
basket ship itself?

bottle

box

can

case

crate

tube
 Bulkers usually have one deck, with which simply blow light cargo into
4. Bulk Carriers
an engine room at the stern and a holds. Port cargo handling facilities
deckhouse above it. may include special conveyors that
The concept of a large bulk carrier
Holds are constructed with longitudinal drop cargo inside. When one hold is
was initially developed in the Great
and cross walls, called bulkheads. full, cargo is being loaded into the
Lakes where, at the beginning of the
Cargo in bulk is easily stowed in next one.
20th century, large single-deck ships
between them. Bulk cargo ships Bulk carriers have large upper and
were used for carrying ore.
are not equipped with any handling lower ballast tanks to shape holds for
Bulk carriers, or simply bulkers, are
gear, except for handy size ones, automatic loose cargo stowage and
ships designed especially to carry
up to 30,000 tons of deadweight. to ensure the required draught and
loose goods in bulk. The cargo
All loading and unloading is done by stability to an empty vessel.
transported in bulkcommonly includes
means of shore devices like grabs or Some bulk carriers are designed to
mostly wood, coal, ore, grain, coke,
suction pipes. Some of the devices function also as tankers. Such vessels
fertilizers, cement, light minerals,
make use of flexible ducting and fans are called Ore Bulk Oil (OBO) carriers.
sugar and sand.

Glossary:

coke coal from which most of the gases have been removed, used as fuel in industry;
bauxite claylike ore from which aluminum is obtained;
fertilizer chemical substance put into the soil to improve its quality;
longitudinal running or placed along the length; opposite to transversal;
flexible able to bend without breaking;
a ducting a tube or a canal through which some liquid or gas moves;
a fan a device for blowing air or some light cargo in bulk, i.e. grain;
a grab a device for clutching, lifting and moving goods in bulk;
a conveyor a mechanical chain or belt for carrying;
a hopper tank an enclosed space formed as a permanent structure in a ship hull; a self-unloading one is
used for storing ballast water;
an OBO carrier a bulk carrier with hull structure reinforced to deal with ore and high density cargo;
a handy size bulk carrier a bulk carrier of 30,000 tons deadweight, equipped with own cargo gear;

TASK 1. Maritime Grasp

Look at the drawing of the transverse section ballast w ater upper hopper tank
o f a bulk carrier. Discuss functions o f the
presented sections.

Water ballast is the weight of water

carried in ballast tanks for stability.

Think about the conditions and situations

when ballasting is o f key importance for the
safety of a ship.
TASK 2. Maritime Terms
Fill in the empty column o f the table with words matching their definitions.

WORD DEFINITION

any natural substance from which materials can be extracted

a tube through which some liquid moves

tiny, loose particles of worn rock deposited along shores, or in deserts

device for blowing air or some light material in bulk

mechanical belt for transporting goods

mechanical belt for transporting goods

something put into the soil to improve its quality

coal without gases used as fuel

device for clutching something to be hoisted

5. Car C arriers
'•'odern car carriers, called PC/TC
3ure Car/Truck Car) are designed to
carry large number of passenger cars
and trucks.
Car manufacturers, mainly from
Japan, Korea and Europe use these
■ essels to transport their products all
over the world.
The largest car carriers of today can
■ andle over 6000 units.
—ne "Elbe Highway", an innovative
^ /TC Ro-Ro car carrier was built in
2005 in Gdynia Shipyard S.A., Poland,
*:r a long-term charter for Kawasaki
Europe.
iV th the overall length (L0A) of 143
-eters and breadth (B) of 25 meters,
:~e ship can carry up to 2100 units,
so the total car deck capacity is
comparatively small.
In fact, the "Elbe Highway" can be
classified as the most unique ship
ever designed and built for carrying
vehicles. The intention was to follow
the innovative approach to world car
transport.
The crucial idea is to reduce the cost
of port stay by employing smaller
cargo ships, operating as feeders.
The vessel is constructed with two
hydraulically-operated external stern
ramps, a straight stern ramp and
another a quarter stern ramp. Each of
them has a safe working load of 70
tonnes and a 6-meter long drive way.
All vehicles ranging from passenger
cars to heavy movable machinery can
be loaded and discharged through
these two ramps.
For PC/TC carriers, a stern quarter
ramp offers considerable advantages
for cargo access and handling.
Its main benefit is that it allows the
vessel to berth in the normal manner
alongside the quay, without the need
for special shore facilities.
The motor vehicles carried by the
"Elbe Highway" can be handled at any
port in the world, not only at ro-ro
terminals with trailer quays.
The carrier has eight cargo decks
altogether. Two of them are liftable
car decks, which enhances greatly the
operational flexibility of the vessel.
Unlike hoistable car decks, liftable
decks have no integral lifting
mechanism but are deployed by a
mobile deck lifts, also called mobile
scissors lifts. To shorten the time spent
in port, the arrangement of internal
ramps and fixed car decks mirrors the
main design concept. Deck supporting
pillars have been designed off the ship
centre line, making the construction
asymmetrical, but allowing for better
cargo access.
Glossary:

a truck a large road vehicle used for carrying goods;

innovative featuring new ideas, designs, methods;
approach a way of dealing with a problem or a subject;
a ramp a movable slope surface for joining two levels to enable access;
shore facilities facilities located on shore used for vessels and their cargo handling;
to berth to secure a vessel in a port;
a trailer quay a large van designed to be pulled by a vehicle;
a pillar tall vertical element made of strong material and used for support;
to enhance to intensify, to improve further.

TASK 1. Maritime Speaking

D is c u s s th e a d v a n t a g e s o f th e r a m p lo c a t io n s h o w n in th e p h o t o b e lo w :

TASK 2. Maritime Terms

M a tc h th e n o u n fro m th e le ft c o lu m n
w ith th e p r o p e r n o u n in th e r ig h t o n e
to m a k e n o u n c o m p o u n d s ,
fo r e x a m p le : car carrier.

passenger lift
deck way
car ramp
stern transport
shore facilities
trailer access
deck cars
cargo quays
drive capacity
 - the VLCC - Very Large Crude From the transverse pipelines, the oil
6. Crude Oil Tankers
Carrier , 200.000 - 300.000 DWT goes down through the drop lines to
- the ULCC - Ultra Large Crude the lines at the ship bottom. Then,
Crude oil tankers carry crude oil from
Carrier , over 300.000 DWT branch lines deliver oil to tanks.
a loading port near oil fields or from
Crude oil tankers are the largest of all The pumps installed on ship are used
the end of a pipeline to a refinery.
cargo ships. Their capacity can reach for discharging the oil cargo.They
Tankers are one-deck vessels with the
up to 500.000 tons and, consequently, d^aw the oil from cargo tanks upwards
engine room and the superstructure
their large draught limits tne r sa to the deck lines and then the oil is
at the stern. The deck itself is full
routes. There are a few ports that discharged through the hoses ashore.
of pipelines as tankers have their
supertankers can enter and thus Usua . ioad'ng and undloading can
own cargo pumps which are usually
they are mostly loaded and unloaded take up to 3 days.
noused at the bow.
from off-shore pumping stations.
the central part of a ship consists
The liquefied cargo can be loaded by
of a number of oil tanks. They are
pipes from shore facilities or through
separated from the outside hull by
flexible pipelines mounted on a jetty.
oouble cross walls.
The hoses are temporarily connected
Tankers are built in a range of sizes,
to the transverse pipes on deck. The
from 1000 DWT bunkering ones which
oil is pumped on board by shore
are used for refueling larger vessels,
pumps.
to the really giagantic ones, such as:

Glossary:

a pipe a tube for conveying liquids or gases;

a pipeline (a line) a system of pipes and channels for supplying liquids and gases;
to bunker to supply a ship with fuel;
a jetty a landing pier, a dock;
a hose a flexible tube for conveying water or other liquid substances;

TASK 1. Maritime Grasp

: ead the text and decide whether the eight statements are true or false. True False
: Crude carriers are floating refineries.
2 _ower temperatures are needed to keep the gases liquefied. 1
3 Supertankers are too big to enter any port.
- Tankers are multi-deck vessels. 2
5 Tankers come in different sizes.
5 You can spot a tanker by vast piping on the main deck. 3
All liquefied gases can be transported by supertankers.
5 -oading of tankers never takes place in ports. 4

5
TASK 2. Maritime Speaking
at the cross section of a 6
cude oil carrier and explain
r e function of its double hull.
7

8
 The refined products transported by Especially for the transportation of
7. Product Tankers
tankers can create corrosion and, "clean products", there are strict
in consequence, damage a tanker. requirements that the tanks must be
Product tankers are built to transport
Coated cargo holds are easier to completely clean before a new product
refined : products from one oil
handle and clean. is loaded to avoid contamination of
refinery to anotner or to the final
"Dirty products" include heavy oils the cargo.
destination.
(such as crude oil) or refined oil Furthermore, to ensure as clean
Product tankers primarily carry
products (such as fuel oil, diesel oil or a product as possible, charterers
refined, "clean" products such as
bunker oil). often specify the type of cargo that
jet fuel, naphtha, heating gas oil and
If a product tanker carries "dirty can be carried by a tanker prior to
kerosene. Product tankers are smaller
products", it will require particularly transporting "clean products".
vessels than crude oil carriers and the
thorough cleaning before being able
main difference is their large number
to transport "clean products".
of coated cargo tanks covered with
epoxy-based paint.

Glossary:

a refinery an industrial plant where a substance is refined;

jet fuel fuel used in aviation;
naphtha flammable oil obtained by dry distillation of coal or petroleum;
kerosene light fuel oil obtained by distilling petroleum; paraffin oil;
to coat to provide a layer or a covering of something;
epoxy adhesive, plastic material belonging to synthetic polymers;
corrosion process of metal damage by air or water; rusting;
fuel oil oil used as fuei in engines
bunker oil oil filling fuel tanks of a ship;
contamination process of making impure with unwanted or dangerous substances;
a film a thin layer covering a surface;

TASK 1. Maritime Terms

Fill in the blanks with words from the list:
cargo, coating, days, tank, ventilation

A coated has to be ventilated well. This can take up to a few

depending on the type of type of and the film thickness. Sea water

should not be used for cleaning until the . ......... . is finished.

TASK 2. Maritime Grasp

\ . P R E V IO U S
The guide for cargo tank cleaning presented below
KER O S EN ES

C RUD E O IL
\ C ARG O LU BE O ILS
NAPHTHA

JE T FU ELS

covers some "clean" and "dirty" products in coated

G A S O IL

tanks. CARGO\
The numbers in the table match the following TO BE \
instructions: LO A D ED \

1. no washing required; drain and ventilate well

2. wash with cold sea water NAPHTHA
n
mam
3. wash with hot sea water
4. specific cleaning instructions needed
GAS O ILS
KM
KER O S EN ES
D KM
Choose a few cargo options, describe them and give
clear instruction for the proper method o f cleaning.
JE T FU ELS
KM
Example:
LU BE O ILS
KM
We have just unloaded gas oil. We are going to load
kerosene. "Wash the tanks with cold water, drain them
C RUD E O ILS
D
and ventilate well".

8. Chem ical T an k ers
Chemical tankers are vessels constructed or adapted for
transporting chemicals in bulk. Many chemical cargoes are
highly flammable, corrosive, poisonous or volatile. This is
why chemical carriers are required to comply with various
safety aspects, such as providing special conditions and
safety precautions during storage and habdling, listed by
IMO in the IBC Code.
The most commonly transported chemicals include
sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid ammonia, asphalt, liquid
sulphur, alcohol, edible oils and monomers. Cargo tanks,
pump rooms and other closec spaces may be deficient in
oxygen or may contain fla'^'^able or toxic vapour.

UNIT 5 - C A R G O SHIPS
Additonally, some of the liquid cargo may be Glossary:
absorbed through skin or by swallowing. Therefore, corrosive gradually worn by rusting, or causing rusting;
:ne degree of risk is very high. poisonous capable of injuring or killing by a substance,
Chemical tankers are built with tanks of high toxic;
safety grade. All cargo tanks are separated from volatile able to change into vapour very fast;
me outer shell by a ballast tank. They must also the IBC Code the International Bulk Chemical Code - the
oe separated from the engine room bulkhead code issued by the IMO; contains rules and
oy a cofferdam. To prevent hazardous reactions regulations for carriage of dangerous chemicals;
securing between different cargoes, a cofferdam precaution care taken in advance;
separation is often required between tanks. an acid chemically, any compound that can react to
form a salt;
The IBC Code defines three classes of chemical ammonia NH2, a colourless gas;
tankers toxicity: sulphur sulfur, symbol S, a pale-yellow, non-metallic
- Type 1 is for the most toxic chemicals that element found in crystal form;
require the maximum safety precautions. a monomer a molecule that can fom a polymer by bonding;
- Type 2 is for less toxic cargoes requiring deficient lacking something, inadequate, incomplete;
significant preventive measures. flammable easily set on fire;
• Type 3 is for transporting the least toxic toxic acting as a poison, or caused by it;
chemicals. vapour tiny particles of a liquid suspended in the air;
mie requirements for each toxicity type are also to swallow to pass food or drink down to a stomach;
'elated to the ship ability to survive the damage a cofferdam a space for safety between compartments left
ith no cargo spillage or loss. empty or filled with ballast water.

TASK 1. Maritime Terms

Read the short definitions and match them with words chosen from the reading above:

a. substance in a gaseous state ......

b. gas essential for breathing

c. natural elementof petroleum products

d. causing rust on metals

e. capable of killing by poison ..... ......................................................

NH3, colourless gas

g. it tastes sour in water solution

~. inadequate in amount or quality .,

TASK 2. Maritime Grasp Match the properties to the three states. First, find examples in the
-"ysically, ail material substances fall into reading and then add your own ones
nree main categories, or states of matter:
solids, gases and liquids. They have certain Liquids Solids Gases
c-aracteristics and properties like, for instance,
r-ey:
- can be measured in 3 dimensions;
- can fill their container completely;
- can spread out very quickly and always easily;
- can be used for cooking;
- can expand indefinitely;
- can flow easily;
- can take the form of their container;
- can keep their volume;
- can be used for lighting;
- can keep their form easily;
- cannot expand indefinitely;

UNIT 5 CARGO SHIPS

9. Gas (LPG/LNG) Tankers
Gas tankers are designed to carry
quefied gases in both pressurized
and refrigerated tanks.
An LPG carrier is built to carry liquid
gases, either natural or products of
oil processing, i.e. methane, propane,
butane. All gases have to be kept
in a liquid state, cooled and under
appropriate pressure.
Butane is the most common petroleum
gas transported in the liquefied form,
as only low pressure is needed to
sustain it in its liquid state at ambient
temperature.
LNG carriers are designed to carry
liquefied natural gas. Natural gas has
the highest energy efficiency of all
fossil fuels.
When transported by an LNG carrier,
the gas is liquefied by lowering its
service temperature to about -160° C.
This reduces its volume considerably.
Natural gas is odourless, so artificial
chemical odorants are added to help
potential leak detection. When it
burns, it emits no dust, soot or smoke.
During the combustion process, we
get water vapour and carbon dioxide.
Natural gas also does not contain
any corrosive components, so LNG
carriers, if properly maintained, have
quite a long lifetime.
Gases are carried in separate gas
tanks of various shapes. They can be
cubic, cylindrical or spherical. Tanks
are installed in a hold on their own
supports. Because gases are cooled
down to a very low temperature,
ranging down to -160°C, the tanks
they are transported in cannot be
made of steel.
Such a low temperature makes
steel very brittle, which is why only
materials like aluminium, nickel or
magnesium alloys are used for gas
transportation tanks.
Sometimes, various chemical
reactions can occur between gases,
so all ship compartments have to be
thoroughly ventilated. Moreover, all
accommodation spaces on a tanker
must be equipped with special devices
supplying oxygen. All the internal
surfaces of gas tanks are heavily
insulated to prevent the increase of
pressure.
Loading and unloading of gas tankers
is carried out in a tightly closed system
to prevent the escape of vapours into
the atmoshere.
Gas tankers that carry gases
liquefied by pressurization under
normal temperature are referred to
as pressure gas carriers. Tankers
carrying gas products liquefied by
refrigeration and pressurization
are called semi-refrigerated gas
carriers. Gas carriers that transport
gases liquefied by refrigeration under
atmospheric pressure are known as
refrigerated gas carriers.

LNG Tanks
Ballast
Tank

TASK 1. Maritime Grasp

Identify the two types o f gas tankers
shown in the photos and write their
full names.

A. B.

Two- Three-
kmention Noun Adjective -dinnentional Noun Adjective
figures figures

Square Squat* Cube Cube

.........
Rectangle Rectangular Cyhnder Cylindrical
m m

A Triangle Triangular
1 1
a iW
Pyramid

Ê Ê Ë
Pyramidal

TASK 2. Maritime Terms

o Circle Circular
€>
;
Sphere Spherical

\ ■
In the reading, there are three words
describing shapes. Can you find them?
Are they nouns or adjectives?

Sermerrcie Semicircular
o Hemisphere Hemispherical
Do they refer to two dimensions or
three dimensions?
The terms relating to shapes of
figures will help you to find the correct
Ehpse/oval ;ElipttcatfovaJ Cone Conical answers.

U N IT 5 - C A R G O SHIPS
Glossary:
efficiency ability to get a desired effect with a minimum of energy, cost, etc;
volume amount of space occupied in three dimensions;
reduction process of making smaller or lower;
ambient temperature temperature of the surrounding;
a factor any condition or element that brings about a result;
odourless having no odour; cannot be detected by smelling;
to leak to escape accidentally through a hole or a crack; (refers to quids and gases);
carbon dioxide C02, gas present in the products of burning;
soot a black carbon substance formed by incomplete combustion;
vapour tiny particles of a liquid suspended in the air;
maintenance work of keeping machinery in good condition
to cool to bring the temperature down;
appropriate right, suitable, proper;
fragile easily broken or damaged, delicate;
an alloy a substance that is a mixture of two or more metals;
thoroughly very exactly, completely;
to supply to give, to provide what is needed or wanted;
oxygen O, a chemical element essential to life and burning.

TASK 3. M aritim e G rasp
-allowing the instructions step by step, make a drawing.
Z'aw it in the rectangular space. Its head is cube-shaped.
~~ere are two small oval eyes placed in the two top corners
zf its square face. Its nose is shaped like a cylinder, is
below the eyes, in the centre o f the face.
It is smiling at you. Its mouth is semicircular, with endsof
:~e curved line facing down.
Its body is as wide as the head and is three-dimensional,
cylindrical. Everybody can see five, identical triangles on
the front of its body. Its hands are rectangular; the left
one is twice as long as the right one.
Both of them have visible hands of the same size and
shape: they are triangles.
Its legs are longer than the hands and come in the shape
o f cylinders. It walks on two conical in shape feet.

TASK 4. G ram m ar W o rk p ie ce
suffix meaning examples
Arectives can be formed by adding suffixes.
- suffix is a syllable added at the end of a
•C'd to change its meaning, or to change -al of, like chemical, natural, conical
ts word-class. In the following diagram, the
most common adjective-forming suffixes are -ar having quality circular, rectangular, cellurar
resented.
Sr-dy their meanings. Recognize the suffixes -ic having quality cubic, automatic, magnetic
r zhe following adjectives and explain their
—eaning: -able, perishable, flammable,
worthy of, capable of being
additional, flexible, visible, central, -ble accessible, detectible
.arious, spherical, careful, identical,
’'eatable, gaseous, triangular, spacious, -ous like, full of, characterized by poisonous, dangerous
possible
- ezognize the suffixes in the following -ful full of, having qualities of meaningful, helpful, useful
z: actives and explain their meaning:
additional, flexible, visible, central, -less without, lacking quality odourless, clourless, useless
arious, spherical, careful, identical,
eatable, gaseous, triangular, spacious,
-ish like yellowish, reddish
eossible
-ed having the quality of liquefied, processed

-ive having tendency toward corrosive, creative, interactive

-y having the quality, being like healthy, rusty, dusty

 o Passenger Ships

1. P assen g e r Liners The history of transoceanic voyages space is of major importance.

A passenger ship is usually defined as
a ship that carries more than twelve
passengers.
Passenger liners which transported
people on regular international and
intercontinental routes used to be
very popular up to the middle of the
20th century.
Liners were able to accommodate
about 2,000 passengers and could
reach the speed of 30 to 35 knots.
The most characteristic element
of their design was a step-like
superstructure with many windows.
Glossary:
remembers very luxurious liners
like "Queen Elizabeth II", "Batory"
followed by "Stefan Batory".
The days when crossing the Atlantic
on a huge liner made any kind of
economic sense are long gone.
Such a voyage is too short and too
monotonous for an exciting holiday.
It is too long for people travelling for
business.
Modern passenger ships are used
mainly for luxurious holiday trips
and are generally called cruise ships,
or cruise liners if they operate in a
defined touristic region.
On passenger ships, the passenger
Such space includes both cabins
and public rooms like dining
rooms, lounges, cinemas, theatres,
swimming pools, casinos, shopping
areas, restaurants and promenades.
Generally, the comfort and safety of
passengers on board is the primary
requirement for passenger ships.
Passenger ships operating today
are subject to many regulations and
standards covering every aspect of
ship construction and running. A
number of incidents over the years
have led to improvements in safety
requirements, including those relating
to compulsory fire safety measures
such as escape routes, fire protections
systems and life-saving appliances.

luxurious extremely comfortable and elegant involving great expense;

major important, significant;
a lounge a public space for sitting and relaxing;
a promenade a wide path for taking a walk;
an incident an unexpected event which may have the potential to become an accident;
an escape route a clearly marked way out of a vessel to be followed in case of emergency;
life-saving appliances equipment designed for people to use in order to survive;
to abandon a vessel to evacuate all people from a vessel following a distress;
an assembly station an assigned place on a ship where crew and passengers must meet when an emergency
announcement is made;
TASK 1. Maritime Terms

Fill in the blanks with words from the list:

cabin, crew, drill, escape, instructed, life boat, lifejackets,
passenger, passengers, ship, stairs, stations, voyage
ABANDON SHIP
All going on a cruise are required to go through a life boat

safety drill. On most the drill takes place on the first day m ,
of the . When a passenger enters his ................ ,

a life jacket, complete with a flashlight and a whistle is laid out on his bed.
rl
nn® V . .- pihr
Within a very short time of entering his cabin, he hears announcements about

the drill. The drill is obligatory of all passengers. All the

cabins are checked by the and there is a roll call at all □ H

the life boat stations. When the starts, passengers must -f f

put on their and go immediately to the assigned life boat JÓL It*
stations. In cabins, there are diagrams of the ship with

arrows indicating the routes to "assigned" life boat

Passengersmustfollowthemexactlyas

and must only use the as all of the elevators are shut

down during the drill.

UNIT 6 - PA S S E N G E R SHIPS
TASK 2. SMCP Workpiece

"e "Passenger Care" chapter B4 of SMCP should help crew members of passenger ships to inform passengers on safety
aspects and to manage them in case of an emergency. Announcements on emergency can be expressed in two ways:
- We request all passengers to go to their assembly stations.
- All passengers are requested to go to their assembly stations.

-allowing the above patterns, make announcements instructing passengers to:

- attend the drill

- read all the notes on safety

- follow the crew members

- put on their life jackets

- use the stairs ..........

- go to the lifeboat stations

- wait for the further orders

- obey all the orders

2. Cruise Ships
Cruise ships take tourist for
excursions around attractive areas
se the Mediterranean Sea, the
Caribbean Sea, Mexico, the Hawaii
is ands, around West Europe, along
r e Nile river, the Canaries, Great
_akes, the Far East, etc. Sometimes
tourists are taken even to the Arctic
-egion for trips through iced waters,
in fact, contemporary cruise ships
riat arrange trips along the same
mutes are very often referred to as
trJse liners.
Cruise liners are designed as hotel
accommodation with not only
soacious cabins but also with large
: -blic spaces and leisure areas.
~~ey are like modern resort cities.
~-e largest cruise liner of today, the
jre of the Seas, The Oasis Class, was
re vered by STX Turku New Shipyard
r October 2010. It is registered in
■ ~e Bahamas. For its maiden voyage
t ..ent to the Caribbean region.
The Oasis Class cruise ships are owned
by the Royal Caribbean International.
The vessel snatched the title of the
largest cruise ship in the world from
its sister ship, the Oasis of the Seas.
The 12,000- tonne ship is 360 meters
long and has a height of 65 meters
above the waterline, with a maximum
width of 64 meters.
The ship can travel at a cruising speed
of 22 knots.
The Allure of the Seas is designed with
16 decks and can accommodate up
to 5,400 passengers in 2,704 double
occupancy staterooms and suites.
Decks 6 to 14 include staterooms and
the top two decks house the suites.
There are also five dining rooms, a
concierge club, a theatre, a library and
a business centre. Each of the seven
themed areas contains a variety of
restaurants and bars with floor-to-
ceiling windows offering sea views.
The Amber theatre in the
Entertainment Place offers a novelty
on cruise ships - 3D movies.
The Entertainment Place also arranges
musical evenings, dancing classes
and competitions. In the Youth Zone,
younger passengers can enjoy a
variety of inter-active games.
Pool and sport zones are located on
the highest deck. The deck includes
four pools for passengers of all ages,
four bars, a lounge with whirlpools and
a restaurant. This zone also features
a sports deck with basketball and
volleyball courts, two surf simulators
and a miniature golf course.
The Allure of the Seas was built to
meet the requirements of the latest
international safety rules.
The evacuation of the ship must be as
easy as that of a smaller passenger
vessel.
In addition to 18 lifeboats, the ship
has two fast rescue boats and four
MES evacuation chute points, each
one offering 450 places.

- r A llu r e o f th e S e a s
Glossary:

contemporary in the state of present times;

a maiden voyage the first voyage of a new ship after delivering it to a
shipowner;
to snatch to take something over eagerly;
a stateroom an apartment on a ship;
a suite a set of rooms for exclusive usage;
to house to provide with shelter or accommodation;
a theme a setting given to some public area for evoking a
particular country, culture, etc.;
a novelty something totally new;
a simulator a machine for providing an imitation of real actions;
a lifeboat a boat kept on board to rescue people from a ship in
distress;
a rescue boat a boat designed for the purpose of rescuing;
the MES the Marine Evacuation System
an evacuation chute a vertical or inclined passage deployed to enable
people access to lifeboats.

TASK 1. SMCP Workpiece

Take the role of the crew member

assisting passengers in embarking
a lifeboat. Brief passengers on
embarkation a lifeboat and instruct
them how to behave in a lifeboat.
Examples:
"Do not push each other"; "Keep your
lifejackets on"

TASK 2. Grammar Workpiece

Study the rules on the usage o f definite article "the" with some geographical and proper names. Write examples into
the right rows o f the tables.
Rule 1.
"the" is generally put in front of the following names:

Names of Example from the Reading Your Example

AREAS

GROUPS OF ISLANDS

OCEANS

SEAS

CHANNELS

STRAITS

GULFS

RIVERS

SHIPS

THEATRES

m m
MMiBSSEpeSSS&raBvl
Rule 2.
'the" is NOT used in front of the following names:

Names of Example from the Reading Your example

CONTINENTS

COUNTRIES

CITIES

ISLANDS

SINGLE MOUNTAINS
LAKES

TASK 3. Grammar Workpiece

- in the blanks with "the" where necessary.

large archipelago o f ..... Indonesia which is located at , - south-east of Asiatic mainland at

ar tude o f ........ Equator and between . Indian and Pacific Oceans, has a population of approximately __ 210

_ ion, the third largest in Asia, after .. China and . India.

total area of .. . state, including territorial waters, is about 5.2 ., __ million square kilometres, but the

actual land area, including West New Guinea and East Timor, amounts only to about 2 km2.

- most two-thirds of population of , ., Indonesia lives on Java, ., Bali and Madera.

five-star comfort cruise yacht is employed mainly on American charter duties and also for German

:>-ganizers such as ... Hapag-Lloyd in North Sea and Baltic, in .. western Mediterranean in

autumn and in , coastal waters of Venezuela,.. Mexico and California in ........ winter.

The Independence of
the Seas

3 The Costa C onco rdia Case
~~e grounding of the Costa Concordia
:r Friday the 13th of January 2012
■ as one of the most serious sea
see dents in the recent history of
se ships.
~*o and a half hours after leaving
“ 6 oort of Civitavecchia in Italy, the
I:sea Concordia struck an exposed
~cc< with a speed of 15 knots while
sa. ng past the island of Giglio. The
noact severly damaged the port
see of the hull. As the ship started
Bi 3 ke water and listed to one side,
the captain tried to change the course
positioning it towards the island port.
Unfortunately, the ship tilted
dangerously and started to sink with
more than 4000 people on board.
Finally, it rested on the seabed in
water about 20 m deep.
When the "abandon ship" order was
given, most passengers managed
to get into lifeboats, but evacuation
was made difficult by the angle of the
tilting ship, so some of the passengers
had to be picked up to safety by
helicopters.
Although the rescue operation
continued for two days and the search
for survivors for much longer, 24
people did not survive the disaster and
more than 20 people were reported
missing.
The captain had left the ship in a
lifeboat before ensuring that all the
passengers were rescued. He faced
not only the accusation of abandoning
the vessel, but also of sailing too close
to the island in order to show the ship
to locals.
The Costa Concordia case is still under
thorough investigation.
Glossary:

to ground to run or go aground while underway;

to strike (struck/struck) to hit with force;
an impact action of getting forcibly into contact with something;
to list to get an inclination to lean to one side;
to position to direct intentionally to a particular way;
to tilt to move into a sloping position;
to winch to hoist with a winch;
an accusation a charge that someone has done something illegal or wrong;

TASK 1. Maritime Speaking

Look at the map illustrating the

Costa Concordia routes and relate
what happened. Use Simple Past
Tense.

ww. thesun.co. uk
 ASK 2 . Maritime Terms

vatch the sentences o f similar meanings.

"Tie captain changed the course of the route.
Hie ship struck a rock with its port side.
^Tie passengers were winched by helicopters.
"he cruise liner left the port at 19.00.
"he vessel listed to the port side.
"he crew left the sinking ship.
The cruise liner set its sails at 7 pm.
The vessel tilted to the side.
The master positioned the ship off course.
The crew abandoned the ship.
The port side of the vessel hit reef.
Helicopters picked up the passengers.

TASK 3. Grammar Workpiece

~~e Captain of the Costa Concordia was questioned on the accident.

~~ nk of questions you would ask him.
Example:
W h y did you change the course?"

4, Ferries

=eople have used ferries for hundreds

of years. Early ferries included rafts
a-d small boats that were rowed,
sailed or moved by poles across water,
■ 'any ferries were guided by steel
caoles stretched between shores.
Some cable-guided ferries were
rushed by motorboats. Nowadays,
r-dges and tunnels have replaced
—any ferries operating on rivers and
“arrow canals.

Contemporary ferries are very often

arge vessels designed to carry
commercial vehicles, drop trailers,
«arts, factory-new cars, passengers The cable ferry is still operating across the Vistula river near Gniew, Poland.
a~d their cars and sometimes wagons
a“d are powered by their own
engines. Quick, drive-on and drive-
discharge and loading is done by
huge, hydraulically-operated gates,
os ed a ramp.
"he ramp can be located either at the
dow or at the stern of a ferry. Ferries
ca-rying wagons are also equipped
* tti rails fitting into railroads ashore.
Passenger accommodations and
seats, together with all the facilities
ike restaurants, bars, conference
-corns, etc. are located on two or
rwee enclosed decks. Thus, ferries
took similar to cruise ships, but have
«enicle decks and sometimes even a
“testable car deck.
Carries of different sizes are now
• cely used in sea transportation all A passenger ferry in the port o f Terschelling. Netherlands.
:. 5' the world.
Glossary: TASK 1. Maritime Speaking

a raft a flat boat, made of boards fastened together; Locate the highlighted parts o f a
to row to propel a boat by oars; car ferry drawn below. Make a short
a pole a long, thin piece of wood or metal; speech on their functions.
commercial connected with trade, made for profit;
a van a closed truck for carrying cargo;
a trailer a large van designed to be pulled by a van;
a drop trailer a trailer that can be left as a place to work or live;
hoistable being able to lift, pull up;
Boat deck
Wheelhouse
Open verandah Lounge
Cafeteria Smoke room
Upper deck
a

Stores Crew ace. Tank Bow rudder

5. The Estonia Ferry
The ramp was pulled fully open, However, also some other theories
The Estonia ferry was delivered allowing vast amounts of water to were presented. According to one of
in 1980 to operate in the Baltic Sea enter the car deck. Consequently, the them, the problem was that the bow
region. The Estonia was constructed ship listed heavily to the starboard. visor was placed in such a position
for the Finnish company and was put Many passengers were trapped in that it could not be seen from the
in service between Stockholm and their cabins with no chance of getting bridge. The crew would have probably
Turku. In January 1993, the vessel out in time. Twenty minutes later, all of reacted differently if they had been
was bought by Estline Marine Co. the four main engines stopped working able to observe the visor clearly.
Ltd. to operate on the route between and the list increased as the water Another theory is based on the fact
Stockholm and Tallinn. started to enter the accommodation that the Estonia ferry had not met
She was manned by Estonian area. This part of the ferry was being the requirement of having an extra
crew with a few Swedish officers in flooded with considerable speed and collision bulkhead.
assistance. the starboard side submerged ten If the collision bulkhead had been
The ship was built with one bow minutes later. The ship was sinking there, it would have prevented water
loading ramp located on the car rapidly and disappeared from the from entering the car deck and,
deck, enclosed by a hinged bow visor radar screen half an hour later. consequently, prevented the loss of
that opened upwards, and two stern The alleged cause of water coming 852 lives.
loading ramps. The entrance doors for into the car deck was due to poor Therefore, the attempts to build
2000 passengers were arranged on construction and bad maintenance of vessels strong enough to restrain the
decks 4 and 5. the visor and bow ramp, together with sea once again have been conquered
The bow ramp was hinged at car too high speed. by the forces of the nature.
deck level and was closed when
raised.
In a closed position, the upper end of
the ramp was extended into a box­
like housing on the forecastle deck.
The reason for such a construction
was to make room for the ramp when
the visor was in its closed position.
The ramp was placed behind the
bow visor. Thus, the ramp was longer
than the available height of the deck.
There was only one reason for such
a long ramp. Namely, the bulb had
become so long that the ramp needed
to be extended to reach the edge of
the quay. While operating in the Baltic
Sea on the 28th of September 1994
the visor separated from the bow and
tilted over the stern.
Glossary:

manned with crew on board controlling operation of a vessel;

enclosed shut in all around, surrounded, confined;
hinged equipped with joints that enable swinging;
a visor a movable section of a bow, usually on ferries;
a ramp a movable slope surface for joining two levels to enable access;
bunkering supplying a ship with fuel;
housing a frame, a box for containing some part or a mechanism;
a bulb the very front part of a bow below waterline intended to reduce water resistance;
an actuator a motor which puts a mechanism in motion;
a quay a solid structure built at the shore of a harbour with cargo handling facilities;
to tilt to incline, to list;
trapped caught inside, not able to escape;
alleged so-calied, declared but without proof;
to restrain to limit, to restrict, to hold back from action;
to conquer to get control by overcoming some forces, to win;

TASK 1. Maritime Terms

-ere is the list o f nouns. Some o f them can be found in the reading. Write verbs related to them in their infinitive
mrms and past participle forms, as illustrated in the first row of the table:

NOUN IN F IN IT IV E PAST P A R T IC IP LE
an entrance to enter entered

a collision

a requirement

C'evention

cjilding

a" attempt

a "eaction

reservation

a ist

a construction

ceding

a* assistance

an arrangement

2 nouse

a- nstallation

an extension

: reration

—alntenance

. S I T 6 - PA S S E N G E R SHIPS
TASK 2. Grammar Workpiece

Study the bolded passive verb forms in the reading. Compare the following pairs o f sentences:
• The company named it "Estonia". - active form
It was named "Estonia" by the company. - passive form

• The shipyard built the ferry in 1980. - active form

The ferry was built in 1980. - passive form

• People presented other theories. - active form

Other theories were presented. - passive form

Note, that the second sentence in each pair has been transformed from the first one.
How has it been done? Has the meaning changed?
The meaning of passive:
1. The focus is on the activity itself, the message to pass is about the change o f the name, not about the
company.
2. It is obvious who builds ships, so this information can be left out; the focus is on the ship and the time
o f its building.
3. "people" does not refer to definite men. It is impersonal. Only people define theories and can present
them.

Passive is constructed by the rule:

TO BE 3rd form of the VERBID

in the proper tense or structure Or VERB, -ed, -d(b>
where is for irregular verbs and (b) for regular verbs

Identify the tenses or constructions and write their names into the last column of the table:

are maintained Present Simple Tense

is being repaired

have been conquered

could not be seen

were trapped

had been loaded

should have been placed

to be separated

were being built

will be extended

have been being arranged

TASK 3. Grammar Workpiece

Change the form o f the sentences into passive starting with the underlined phrases.
a. The builder of the Estonia had not met the requirements.

The requirements...............
b. SOLAS rules stated the need for an extension of the collision bulkhead.

c. The German Group have presented a new theory.

d. Experts will measure the list for every kind of leak.

e. The shipowner will put the vessel into service next month.
5. P assen g e r C oastw ise
V essels

leastwise vessels usually operate

3-ong or by way of the coast between * ,4 *0
:no or more ports and take fewer HYDROFOIL
rassengers than cruise ships, but
r~eir average speed is higher and can
■ each 80 knots. Both a hydrofoil and a
hovercraft fall into this category.
- hydrofoil is a boat with the possibility
r fting its hull above the surface of
water when going at high speeds. It has
■ rings, called foils which are designed
*: move under water.
a ■’•overcraft is a vehicle that can travel P O S ITIO N
across land, ice or water being held
off the surfaces by a large cushion
;■ air contained inside a flexible skirt. Wait on the deck.
I: operates by creating a cushion of
~ c h pressure air between the hull of i_ Stay off the boat.
a .essel and the surface below. This
rrocess creates a very thin layer of air The yacht is anchored along the quay.
oetween a hovercraft and the ground,
"suiting in very little resistance, _L They went quickly across the channel.
-overcrafts have powerful motors that
s_ck air down and push it out through
- - f i r ----- B— A is in front of B.
me bottom of the vehicle. They are also
known as air-cushion vehicles (ACV).
_"ey have many applications as,
- - f r ----- A— A is behind B.
instance, supporting emergency A
services in difficult search and rescue A is beside B.
B
:aerations.
A 1-------- A is opposite B.

Glossary:
it is up the wave.

coastwise along, by way of or following a coast; It is down the wave.

coastal located on or close to a coast;
3 wing the main side structure of an airplane It is under A.
designed for balance;
3 cushion a soft pad for absorbing shock or for
comfort; It is over A.
to suck to draw in water or air by creating Now, it is over A.
vacuum;
A
a -ayer a single thickness of some material;
SsSsS' The hovercraft is above the water.
resistance a force that opposes motion;

r © They were swiming around the buoy.

’ ASK 1. G ram m ar W o rk p ie ce The rope is around the windlass.
©
~he highlighted words in the reading are
zs ed prepositions. They are used to
Q The machinery is in (inside) the engine room.
r c cate position, direction and passage.

1r '0 The cargo is (out) outside the ship.

[a ] Stay at home.

--A -—■ The pilot boat is past the lighthouse.

. NI T 6 - PA S S E N G E R SHIPS
 DIRECTION PASSAGE

------------ ►

A ------ ---- *
A Sail to A.

Sail away from the rocks.

UP f
He went up
DOWN
i
They got down
the stairs. to the holds.
A <----- ------ Sail back to A.

---- A t— * Sail through the storm.

ACROSS
nit ALONG
They were
They sailed going along
They have sailed past the islands. across the the coast.
canal.

— t, - «
§
»■ Come into my cabin.
2

Get out of the hold.

TASK 2. Grammar Workpiece

Fill in the blanks with the proper prepositions.

a. The gondolier pushes the b o a t ......................the water with a long oar.

b. Many ferries were guided by cables stretched . . . shores.

c. Passenger hydrofoils operate the English Channel.

d. The foils are attached ........ .... the hull.

e. The iceberg cut a huge gash ................... the vessel hull.

f. When g e ttin g .................... a small boat, always try to s t e p ............ . its center.

g. The passengers entered the boat by walking the stages.

h. Even big boats had to travel the rivers in summertime.

i. There were many people waiting the landing.

j. Funnels usually raise high ... the boat.

k. The valley is the sea level.

TASK 3. Grammar Workpiece

Choose the right preposition:

I. They are jointly serving the route Tokyo and Hokkaido.

A. between B. along C. over

n. They will provide separate accommodations....................... two higher levels.

A. across B. on C. off

HI. The free h eig h t..... ................. the main deck is 4.6 meters.
A. in B. over C. at

IV. A hoistable ramp is incorporated the port side of the main deck.
A. on B. above C. off

V. The passengers will embark . the stern ro-ro access.

A. in B. across C. through

VI. The Astilleros Gondan is ............. the leading Spanish shipbuilding companies.
A. among B. between C, under

.11. It is marked on the chart by a dot with a circle .................... it.

A. round B. on C. back to

■ III. The sailor climbed ,.. ... ....... the mast to get a better view.
A. onto B. up C. over

TASK 4. SMCP Workpiece

P re p o sitio n s m ost often used in the SMCP. Guess the function o f the preposition in the following sentences and
: assify them into position, direction or passage prepositions. Note that some o f them carry other meaning.

'Tie fire is on the main deck. POSITION

I am on fire.

Stow containers onto the hatch covers.

Cool down the container.

keep under observation.

_;ejackets are under your beds.

Oi! escaping into sea.

I nave damage below the waterline.

Do not jump off the boat.

I am drifting into danger.

3'oceed along the ice channel

T ie ship is under way.

Stay on board.

I am not under command.

I am under attack by pirates.

Advise you to proceed along the quay.

\avigation is dangerous in the area around the island.

3ump the water into the tanks.

r
Industrial Vessels
1. Fishing Vessels
Industrial ships carry out certain
industrial processes at sea. Fishing
vessels also fall into this category
as nowadays they function as fish
factories.
Fishing vessels are designed to
draw out raw materials and food
resources from waters. The processes
taking place on board of these ships
include extracting oil and mineral
salts or catching or processing fish
and various crustaceans like crabs,
shrimps and lobsters.
A beam trawler (DAMEN Shipyard sources)
A trawler is the most popular type
among fishing ships. Its name
derives from the name of the activity,
"trawling", which means catching fish
by dragging a fishing net along the
sea bed. This is why a trawler can also
be called a dragger. The trawl can be
launched either over the ship sides or
over the stern.
The beam trawler pulls two fishing
nets, one on either side of the ship.
Fishing nets are launched from two
derricks that are lowered as close to
water surface as possible.
The stern trawler operates with one
fishing net lowered from the stern.
J
Spain and Norway currently have
been taking the lead when it comes
to the number, size and complexity of
trawlers built.
A seiner makes use of a special kind
of a net called a seine net. A seine
net hangs vertically in water with its
top edge floating and its bottom being
weighted and equipped with a rope.
When a shoal of fish swims into the
net, the rope tightens and closes it.
Processing ships receive fish or other
sea goods from extractive ships,
process them into products, and bring
them to ports. All processing ships
are fitted with facilities for processing.
canning and storing.
Glossary:

resources something that a country owns and can use for its advantage;
to extract to obtain by drawing out;
crustaceans water animals having a shell or a crust;
a crab a crustacean with four pairs of legs and one pair of pincers;
a shrimp a small, long-tailed crustacean, highly valued for food;
a lobster a large, sea crustacean with five pairs of legs; turns red while boiled;
a net a loosely knotted structure made from threads, used for catching;
a shoal of fish a large group offish in one area;
to tighten to make closely and firmly held;

TASK 1. Grammar Workpiece

the underlined words in the reading end with "-ing". They fall into the following grammar categories a n d c a n
A ll
-jnction as:

A part of any continuous tense form.

• He is fishing.
• They will be catching whales.
• The ship has been sailing for three months.

An adjective
• Racing yachts can sail very fast.
•"Titanic" was an amazing ship then.
• Fishing boats are very popular in Iceland.

A gerund ( which is a noun derived from a verb) describing an activity

• Hunting whales is wrong.
• Catching sea mammals is prohibited in some areas.
• Commercial fishing must be legal.

~nd all the "-ing" words in the text and rewrite them under the proper category:

a part of a verb an adjective a gerund

■ "ASK 2. Grammar Workpiece

-c many meanings can you find for each o f the sentences?

• Flying planes can be dangerous.

• Eating people may be repulsive.


2. O ffsho re Units
The word "offshore" in maritime vocabulary refers to
industrial activities carried out away from the coast.
The activities generally include various stages of oil and
gas production and storage. The first stage of the process
s searching for gas and oil, the second is exploring them.
The next is constructing production platforms, followed by
drilling wells. Then, the production of gas and oil fractions
takes place. The final stage is transporting them to the
shore. This long and complex process requires the usage
of many ship-type offshore units.
The diagram below briefly presents main offshore industry
processes and vessels used for major activities performed
away from the coast.
E x p lo ra tio n
Jack-Ups
Drill Ships
Sem i-Subm ersibles
Fixed Platforms
A jack- up is a drilling rig used for exploring seabed down
to 150 meters of water depth, At the drilling site, it lowers
its 3 or 4 legs down to the seabed and then lifts itself
above the water surface.
Drill ships, also called drilling vessels, are designed
to perform a range of complex tasks, from sailing and
exploring operations to drilling wells. For drilling purposes,
these ships can be held in place either by mooring anchors
or can rely on DP system.
O f f s h o r e C o n s t r u c t io n J a c k - u p " M P I D is c o v e r y " in th e P o r t o f G y d n ia , P o la n d
Semi-submersible offshore units are often used for
exploration drilling. They can be moved from place to
place and ballasted up and down. They have two platforms
with two hulls located one above the other.
The upper platform functions as a drilling platform, whereas
the lower one can be inflated to keep it afloat or deflated
for submerging. When drilling, the lower hull, filled with
water, provides stability to the rig. Semisubmersible rigs
are held in place by huge anchors. The more recently built
semi-submersibles are often equipped with a DP system.
A Tension Leg Platform (TLP) is a floating drilling
platform attached to the seabed by vertically tensioned
steel cables, called tendons. These long "legs" are under
constant tension and do not allow for any up-and-down
movement of the platform. When a TLP gets to the drilling
site, its lower hull is filled with water to increase the
P ro d u c tio n stability.
TLP's A Floating Production Storage and Offloading
(FPSO) vessel belongs to the major production systems
Drill ships widely used nowadays. It can produce crude oil from fluids
pumped up through flexible pipelines that go down to
FPSO's wellheads. Like crude tankers, FPSOs can store oil and
then can offload it to shuttle tankers. FPSOs can also
take oil and gas from a production platform and process
SPAR's it on board. The DP system is applied to keep a FPSO in
position, especially in deeper waters.
Fixed oil platforms are used for oil and gas production
and processing in shallow waters. They are built on large
steel legs fixed directly to the seabed. Fixed platforms are
built onshore and then transported to the destination site. A
fixed platform consists of two main parts, the substructure
and the superstructure. The superstructure is mounted on
the steel tubular jacket which makes the substructure of
the platform. This is why such platforms are also referred
to as jacket platforms, or simply jackets. Jackets were
among the very first units applied in the offshore industry.
w H I T 7 ■ IN D U S TR IA L V E S S E LS
A S p a r is a vertical oil platform mounted on top of a huge The platform does not touch the seabed directly but is
cylindrical foundation. The weight of the cylinder stabilizes tethered to the bottom by a system of lines and cables.
the platform. Spars are particularly designed to operate in deep water
regions.

drill ship model

Glossary:

a well a deep hole dug in the ground in order to get water, oil or gas;
DP dynamic positioning; an automatic system for controlling the vessel position and course relying on
data transmitted from ship propellers and thrusters;
:o inflate to fill with air or gas;
:o deflate let air or gas out of;
tensioned stretched after applying some force;
a tendon a strong, flexible line or cable used for support;
a wellhead a structure or equipment installed directly over a well;
a shuttle tanker a tanker used for loading oil from offshore drilling units and transporting it to shore;
SPAR Single Point Anchor Reservoir;
tubular in the shape of a tube;
a jacket outside covering or casing;
to tether to fasten with a rope or chain to hold something in place;
 TASK 1. Maritime Grasp

Ide~: parts o f the semisubmersible floating platform shown below and match them with the numbers.

floaters

anchor racks

diagonal braces

deck

helideck

columns

drilling deck

deck cranes

anchor winch

I
i
 i

^ASK 2. Maritime Grasp

cognize and name the types o f the three offshore units. Explain briefly a few differences in their application.
I ~\

fO> Service and Auxiliary Ships

1. Pilot Boats

A pilot boat, also called a pilot vessel,
a pilot cutter or a pilot launch, is
designed to assist ships and deliver
pilots to vessels entering or leaving
a port. Because pilot vessels are
engaged in piloting operations
performed under any sea conditions,
they are required to function in a fast
and safe manner.
The most important features of
pilot boats include high stability
and maneuverability, high but still
economic cruising speed of around 25
nautical miles and excellent efficiency
of steering control in high waves,
especially when operating at slower
speeds alongside piloted vessels.
Pilot boats are small vessels with a
relatively big superstructure and a
wheelhouse with comfortable seats
for several pilots.
Hulls and superstructures of pilot
vessels are traditionally made of light
steel or aluminium alloys.
The most innovative designs, however,
use Glass Reinforced Plastic (GRP) for
construction. The hull is made as a
one-piece moulding that incorporates
girders, frames and bulkheads.
The main GRP deck is bonded to
the hull. The wheelhouse and the
superstructure are also moulded as
one piece and are bonded to the main
deck.
To get a ship fast and safely
through crowded harbours and local
waterways, it is necessary for a local
pilot to have an excellent knowledge
of waterways, possible dangers, local
customs and port rules.
A pilot boards an inbound vessel at a
designated place at sea.
He climbs a pilot ladder rigged to the
vessel side.
If a vessel departs from a port, the
pilot gets on board at this port and
disembarks at sea. In this case, he
must climb down the ladder to a boat
waiting below.
The condition of the pilot ladder
should always be checked before it is
rigged over the vessel side.
The IMO convention for Safety of Life
at Sea (SOLAS) have set out principal
requirements for the rigging of pilot
ladders.
Pilots can be also delivered to ships
from pilot stations located at sea,
close to ports.
If a ship is equipped with a helideck,
a helicopter may transport a pilot
straight on board.

Damen shipyard sources

Glossary:

innovative using new designs or methods;

to mould to make a required solid form for molten plastic or metal;
an inbound vessel a vessel entering a port;
to bond to stick together;
designated appointed, indicated, specified;
to rig to prepare for use;
ladder rigging stiff arrangement of a pilot ladder;
to disembark to leave a ship;
a pilot station a place where pilot services are offered;
 inbound outbound
TASK 1. Maritime Terms
enter

-h d opposites to the following words get off

n the reading: embark

low

after

impossible
fast
unsafely
above

uncomfortable

unimportant
TASK 2. SMCP Workpiece

following the example o f Pilot Request SMCP answers, make questions:

- Must I take a pilot?
Yes, you must take a pilot.

?
My ETA at Brandon Pilot Station is 17 hours local time.

?
Yes, I require a pilot at Brandon Pilot Station.
?
Pilot will embark at 18 hours local time.

?
- Yes, I accept shore-based navigational assistance from pilot.

?
My present position is 14 degrees 32 minutes north and 51 degrees 10 minutes west.

?
Local time is 16 hours.

?
My distance from Brandon Pilot Station is 4 nautical miles.

TASK 3. SMCP Workpiece

•-write the phrases on Embarking and Disembarking Pilot changing the highlighted words to their opposites.
1 Rig pilot ladder on port side.

1 Pilot ladder safe

! Move pilot ladder 2 meters aft.

-t Put lights off at pilot ladder.

Man ropes not required.

i. keep pilot boat on your starboard side.

Put ahead engine.

I. -allow pilot boat inward.

 Enormous nuclear-powered icebreakers region, where offshore units are being
2. Ice b re a ke rs
operate in the north-east and north­ installed for drilling oil from beneath
west passages of the Arctic region. the seabed. An even bigger icebreaker
Icebreakers are specially constructed
The largest and the most powerful is currently under construction.
for operating in ice conditions.
icebreaker of today, "50 Let Pobedy", The vessel is to be delivered to the
Their major function is to break up
was built for a Russian shipowner to port of Murmansk by the end of 2017.
thick ice in order to open navigable
plough through ice in the Barents Sea
channels for other ships.
Icebreakers do not break ice by
simply forcing it aside. They use their
extraordinary power to push their
bows up and ride over the ice ahead
until the weight of the ship makes the
ice crack and break.
Then, they have to be able to resist
the crushed, floating ice.
To perform this function, icebreakers
must have a strong, specially designed
bow, a strengthened hull and very
powerful engines.
The bow and the keel of an icebreaker
are of a rounded shape.
The hull is strengthened with extra
thick steel at the bow, the stern and
along the waterline section.
The bow is often equipped with
nozzles connected to an air bubbling
system. Such a system helps to break
ice by forcing pressurized air from
about 2 meters below the waterline.
Smaller icebreakers are usually
driven by powerful diesel engines or
gas turbines, whereas bigger ones are
nuclear-powered.

Glossary:

navigable having waterways suitable for ships to sail on;

to crack to damage by breaking without a complete separation of the parts;
to break to damage by separating into pieces;
a nozzle a device installed at the end of a pipe or a hose used for controlling the stream of liquid;
bubbling a process of making small spheres of gas or air;
to plough to travel through water area;

TASK 1. Maritime Speaking

Deliver a short speech about the vessel using all the particulars from the table:

IMO number 9152959

Name of ship 50 Let Pobedy
Type of ship Icebreaker
Gross tonnage 23439 tons
DWT 3505 tons
Year of build 2007
Builder Baltic Shipyard - St.Petersburg, Russia
Flag Russia
Home Port Murmansk
Class society Russian Maritime Shipping Register
Manager Atomoflot - Murmansk, Russia
Owner The Government of Russia
TASK 2. SMCP Workpiece

Icebreaker commands applying to a vessel in a convoy have to be immediately obeyed and confirmed.
Confirm the following commands as shown in the example. Use "-ing" from at the beginning of your confirmation
ohrase.
Example: A (Icebreaker): "Stand by on VHS channel seven".
B (A vessel in a convoy): "Standing by on VHS channel sever .
: A: "Keep lookout for sound and visual signals"

B:"
I A: "Go ahead and follow me".

B: " ..... .................................................... . ........ ",

3 A: "Proceed along ice channel".

B :" ......................
- A: "Increase your speed".

B :"..... ............................................................... ................. ........... ..................................... ....................".

3 A: "Reverse your engines".

B: ".................... ................................ .............................................

3. Tug Boats
- _g boats or simply tugs, are primarily
resigned for towing, pushing and
essisting ships in harbours, in open
waters or while going through rivers
s~d canals. They are relatively small
.essels with high maneuverability and
big towing force. Tug boats are built
tth deep, rounded hulls and have
:~cpellers on two sides to allow sailing
Ir any direction. Additionally, some of
r e m have fenders around a hull and
c flat decks.
~_e towing force, called "pull" of a
r.g, depends on the tug engine power
and the type of a propeller installed
:r board. There are principally three
■ ■ res of tugboats with their names
Tr eating a kind of propulsion system
"•e. are fitted with.
The largest number of tugs belongs
to the twin-screw conventional type.
These tugs have a towing gear located
approximately amidships.
The two screwscan work independently
and in opposite directions, which
highly increases the manoeuverability
of a tug.
The ASD tugs are equipped with
Azimuth Stern Drive propulsion units
installed at the stern.
Such a propulsion system enables a
tug to move in any direction and also
turn around its axis. The towing gear
on an ASD tug is located closer to the
bow.
The name Tractor is applied to a tug
which has azimuth propulsion units
located at the fore end and towing
gear located opposite.
Today, tugs operate by applying
mainly three methods of towing. The
first one, called on-the-line, is used
when a tug is connected to a vessel
by a towline. The towline is connected
to the tug by a towing hook and a
towing winch.
The second one, referred to as the
push-pull method, is applied when
a tug is connected to a vessel by a
short line and operates very close to
the vessel. In this way, the tug can
control the vessel by pushing and
pulling it.
Finally, a pushing method is used
when a tug is not connected to a
vessel by any line.
Tugboats range in size and operation
area from small harbour tugs to huge
seagoing salvage tugs.

Btemen ASD Tug Damen Tractor Tug

Glossary:

towing force pull of a tug; the amount of static force that can be exerted when tethered to a measuring
device;
a fender a soft and heavy element hung over a ship side to protect it against impact;
towing gear towing equipment on a tug including a hook, towing winch or reel;
a twin-screw propeller a revolving device with two screws used to drive a ship;
ASD Azimuth Stern Drive, a propulsion system of azimuth thrusters installed under the stern;
a towline a rope or a steel cable used for towing; a hawser;
to push to apply steady force to move something away;
to pull o apply extra and steady force to move something towards you;
portable that can be carried and used in a different place;
a floating boom a barrier of floating poles to prevent fire spreading;
a fire monitor a mounting for a nozzle that allows for the proper direction of water stream;
carbon dioxide C 0 2;
a fire extinguisher a portable device containing chemicals for putting out a fire;
to make fast tug to fasten a tug to a ship;
to let go tug to unfasten a tug from a ship.

TASK 1. Maritime Grasp

Tug boats carry firefighting equipment such as pumps, ladders and rescue equipment. The most important for marine
firefighting is special apparatus including rotating and angled nozzles, portable pumps, floating booms, monitors and
special extinguishers with carbon dioxide system.
Look at the pictures showing some o f the firefighting and fire prevention equipment and match them with the right
names:

- a portable pump
- a water jet fire blanket
- a station monitor

a sand bag
a respiration mask
C02 extinguishers

5 6

- an emergency escape ladder

- an angled, foam nozzle
- a portable monitor
 TASK 2. Maritime Terms

ne underlined words in the reading are adverbs, characterized by "-ly" ending. Three o f them mean "for the most
cart, more than anything else". Which ones are they?

1. 2. 3,

TASK 3. SM CP W o rk p ie ce

smvide questions to the following answers:

• How many ...................................................... ?

I require two tugs.

• Must 7

Yes, you must take a tug.

Yes, you must take your towing lines.

?

A tug will meet you at 12 hours local time.

No, you need not wait for a tag.

TASK 4. SM CP W o rk p ie ce

What do numbers and letters indicate?

. nich of the following SMCP on board orders
:auld be suitable for making fast this tug?

"Make fast tug forward."

"Make fast tug on port bow."
"Make fast tug on each quarter."
'Make fast tug alongside starboard."
Make fast tug on each bow."
Tug fast on starboard bow."
Tug fast alongside port side."
Towing line broken."
Tug is let go."
Tug fast on each quarter."

T ASK 5. M aritim e Speaking

_jok at the photo. What operation is

ta<ing place there?

m JN IT 8 - S E R V IC E A N D A U X IL IA R Y SHIPS
 Technical Ships
1. D redgers

Dredgers are designed for excavation
operations carried out in various
waters in order to remove and dispose
of sand, mud or other sediment from
the seabed. Dredgers can work in
both shallow and deep waters and are
used for many purposes.
They deepen harbour berths and
channels, increase the depth of
shallow navigable routes, remove dirt
from the seabed, replenish sand on
beaches and widen canals and rivers.
There is even a special dredger used
for catching mussels.
To perform these tasks, dredgers
are equipped with specific dredging
equipment that can be generally
grouped into two categories:
mechanical and hydraulic.
This division depends on the method
used for excavating underwater
material and transporting it to the
water surface.
Hü
Mechanical dredgers belong to
traditional vessels and involve digging
by knives, teeth or cutting edges and
using grabs or buckets to raise and
transport the material to the surface.
The dug out material is mechanically
moved to hopper barges or straight
to the shore. Nearly all mechanical
dredgers are stationary, which means
they are anchored or moored by wires
or spuds.
Bucket ladder dredgers, grab (or
clamshell) dredgers and backhoe
(or dipper) dredgers belong to this
category.
Hydraulic dredgers are equipped with
a pipe system connected to a jet
pump that produces water flow for
eroding the seabed and loosening the
excavated material.
In this way, a sort of suspension is
formed before entering the pipes.
The material is disposed of
hydraulically.
The mixture flows over the operation
area, the solids settle down while the
water is pumped back to the sea.
Today, the most widely used hydraulic
dredgers are suction dredgers, cutter
suction dredgers and trailing suction
hopper dredgers, also called hoppers
or trailers.
The trailing suction hopper dredger
has now become a sea going vessel
being able to dredge sand or other soft
substances from a depth of down to
100 meters. It has a conventional hull,
is self-propelled and operates without
any form of mooring or anchoring.
The ship is fitted with trailing suction
pipes through which the excavated
material is pumped into a hopper or
a hold located in its hull. The hopper
can be emptied by opening bottom
doors or by pumping its load ashore
via extended discharge pipes.
On modern dredgers, specific dredging
devices are driven electrically.

Damen Hopper Dredger D a m e n C u t t e r S u c t io n D r e d g e r

Glossary:

to excavate to get material from the ground by digging;

sediment a layer of solid matter at the bottom of a liquid;
to dispose of to get rid of by throwing or giving away;
to replenish to fill up again;
a grab a mechanical device that grips and lifts cargo;
a bucket a deep, round container with a curved handle used for carrying water, coal, etc.;
suction drawing up fluids by means of a pump;
a hopper a self-unloading container for loose material in bulk;
a hopper barge a barge for carrying away the dug out material from a dredger;
a spud a heavy pole that can be dropped from a dredger into the seabec
a suspension a mixture of solid particles dispersed in a fluid;
TASK 1. Maritime Grasp

-7/ in the blanks with names o f activities that come in a cyclic sequence in the process of dredging performed by a
grab dredger. Use "-ing" forms.

1. ................................ the grab to the water bottom.

2 .................. ........ the bucket with sediment.

3 ............................ the grab by pulling the hoisting wire.

-. the grab with the bucket closed.

5, the grab to the hopper barge.

5............................. the filled bucket into the barge.

~.................. ................... the grab by opening wires.

5........... the bucket loads into the hopper.

TASK 2. M aritim e G rasp

Describe briefly the functions of the devices named in the photo:

TASK 3. M a ritim e G rasp

watch the short descriptions of various dredges with their names:

Dredger Brief Description Dredger Name

stationary, positioned on wires,
equipped with a pump, suction pipe A cutter suction dredger
and delivery pipe;
operates using a dredging too!
consisting of two half-shells that are B bucket ladder dredger
opened and closed by wires;
uses mechanical method of dredging,
equipped with a chain of rotating C grab dredger
buckets to gather the material;
stationary, has a cutter head for
loosening the material to be sucked D suction dredger
up by a pump;
operates by pulling towards itself a
E backhoe/dipper dredger
half-shell on a long arm;
2. Cable Laying Ships

Cable laying ships, also called cable

layers, are specially designed to
perform the tasks of laying, burying
and maintenance of cables on the
bottom of seas, oceans and other
water areas.
Cable layers specialize in the
installation of power cables for HVAC
and HVDC systems, optical fibre data
cables for telecommunication systems A Cable Layer for ARCOS 1 project (source: The Motor Ship, June, 2001)
and cables for other distribution
systems.
Cable vessels are used at wind turbine
fields during the installation phase of ROVs are submersible, unmanned In deep waters, cables just lie down
offshore farm projects. vehicles deployed from cable layers on the surface of the seabed, which
Modern vessels of this type are in order to bury or re-bury cables. means a deep-sea cable layer does
equipped with cable laying equipment A ROV plough is most often used not have to deploy a plough for cable
including cable drum or linear engines, for trenching, especially in shallow burial. At present, cable laying vessels
revolving deck cranes, cable tanks waters where cables have to be buried are also equipped with DP systems
with enough capacity for long-haul deep enough to be protected against for stable and precise cable handling
operations, big carousels or reels for heavy anchors, bottom-fishing gear under any weather conditions.
proper storing and deploying cables, and other potential devices operating Because cable layers that work over
cable guiding sheaves and A-frames there. ROVs are also able to carry long distances are often heavily
for handling Remotely Operated out surveys, repair and maintenance loaded with tons of expensive optical
Vehicles (ROVs). Sub-sea vehicles are works on cables buried in the seabed. fibres and can be slow under laying
located on open deck over the stern. operation, they are vulnerable to
a possibility of being attacked by
pirates.
Glossary:

to bury to hide underground;

HVAC High Voltage Alternating Current;
HVDC High Voltage Direct Current;
ARCOS the American Region Caribbean Ring System; a cable network interconnecting the
USA and 18 countries in Latin America;
data cables cables carrying media traffic;
optical fibre very thin, flexible fibre that transmits light;
an offshore farm a group of wind turbines located in the same water area;
a wind turbine a turbine driven by wind and used to generate electricity;
a drum cable engine (CDE) a machine for controlling the speed and tension of a cable on a drum installed on a
cable layer;
a linear cable engine ( LCE) a machine for controlling the speed and tension of a cable consisting of several wheel
pairs arranged horizontally on a cable layer;
a reel a big, cylindrical spool on which wires or cables are wound;
to deploy to place something into the position for operation;
a cable guiding sheave a tough, tubular housing for a cable used for protection;
an A-frame a construction at stern for handling submersible, unmanned vehicles;
to trench to dig a long, narrow ditch in the ground;
a survey general examination of something for reporting purposes;

TASK 1. Maritime Grasp

Fill in the blanks with words from the list:

cable, constructed, laid, length, plough, power, seabed, under

The world record for an undersea ................ cable burial took place in Malaysia. In 2010, Global Marine

Systems ............. a power . to supply electricity from Port < =ng to Pulau Ketam.

The cable was about 30 km. A special hac tc be to bury

the cable 14 m .......the .........

TASK 2. Maritime Grasp

Recognize the following names o f on board cable laying equipment and write them into the boxes:
A-frame, bridge, cable engines, cable marker buoys, cable tank, lifeboat, plough

TASK 3. Maritime Grasp

~i,e following reading on the history o f cable communication consists o f six paragraphs. The order of the paragraphs
~3S been changed, except for the first and the last one. Read the text and then put the remaining four paragraphs
-to the right order.
A.
_=^ing of the first Atlantic cables had been a challenging experience. When the cables were safely under water, they
ere seen as valuable property of the company. The system was very profitable and had nearly no competition and,
consequently, and there was no motivation for further improvements.
B.
=orty years later, satellites made a revolution in communication thanks to their ability to transmit lots of information
- seconds of time. However, cables did not fade away. As to the radio and television signals, government and
easiness leaders agreed that both systems would continue.
%
êp*
In the late 20s, short-wave radio seemed to put cables out of use. The radio turned out to be cheaper in both
equipment and operation. Nevertheless, it was not always reliable, and was not private, so once again measures were
3<en to ensure the survival of the cables.
D.
For nearly 75 years, the fundamental elements of the underwater cable network, including materials, cable
manufacturing, handling equipment, and information receiving techniques, remained basically the same. The reason
•as simple: the cable companies formed monopolies to protect their investments.

I- 3ritain, the government made telegraph and radio enterprises join into one company, called Cable & Wireless. In
—«e United States, the Congress decided and legislated about a stated percentage of overseas communication being
'-a-smitted by cable.

I* the world of today communication, the cable keeps its top position. Fiber-optic cables can carry a far greater
:~ount of information than radio and satellite signals taken together. The international web of telephone and Internet
connections relies on fiber-optic cables.

1 2 3 4 5 6
A F
TASK 4 SMCP W orkp iece

:~r *r ; -g : stress messages to the past.

• I am _-'der attack of p ira te s .

• MV In n ova tor is under attack of pirates.

■' ~ich o f the three signals should be used for the above messages?
MAYDAY - used to announce a distress message
PAN - PAN - used to announce an urgency message
SECURITE - used to announce a safety message

3. Pipe Laying V essels
Ship-type or barge-type vessels
designed to lay both rigid and flexible
pipelines in water depths are called
pipe laying vessels.
A pipeline can be constructed on
board by welding pipe sections stored
on the deck. Welded and ready
pipeline is supported by a stinger
while being submerged to prevent it
from bending.
Some deep sea pipe layers are
equipped with very large reels
installed vertically or horizontally.
The design of the reels enables the
pipeline to be welded onshore before
it is wound onto reels.
The reels are very large and can rotate
on special spherical roller bearings.
The construction of the bearings and
their housing has to allow for the
rotation of reels even in rough seas
with extreme load conditions.
When the vessel goes forward, the
pipeline is unwound from the reel,
guided through a number of rollers to
reverse the bend and, finally, lowered
into water. The operation of laying
sub-sea pipes in shallow waters can
be carried out by non-propelled pipe
laying barges, also called lay barges.
Some barges fitted with a reel system
have cranes that can load a new reel
from a transport vessel and discharge
an empty one.
The latest design in pipe laying field
allows a pipe laying barge to carry out
offshore operations for an extended
period of time in remote locations.
Such a barge is fully equipped with
revolving cranes, auxiliary cranes,
welding equipment, pile driving
hammers and anchor winches.
Offshore support vessels of modern
design performing a number of
functions and referred to as multi­
purpose workboats are often equipped
with pipe laying gear.

pipe laying barge (www.kwzn.com)

Glossary:

a stin ger an on-board framed construction with special guides for controlling deflection of pipelines;
to bend to make something become curved;
3 reel a big, cylindrical spool on which wires or cables are wound;
to w ind (wound/wound) to turn something long and thin around something else many times;
a roller bearing a bearing with rolling elements;
to reverse to change the position or direction of something to contrary;
auxiliary providing additional support;
a hammer a hand tool or a machine with a metal block used for knocking in something;

TASK 1. Grammar Workpiece

The hyphen, (-), is used for linking words and forming com p ou nd w o rd s (generally nouns and adjectives).
- compound word consists o f two or more words that express a single idea.
English is an evolving language. The tendency for creating new compounds is to join separate nouns with a hyphen,
men to drop it when the compound is in common usage. This process is often observed in Maritime English and very
r ten all the three forms are acceptable.

T w o Nouns Usage o f Hyphen One Noun

container ship container-ship containership
pipe layer pipe-layer pipelayer
ship owner ship-owner shipowner
off shore off-shore offshore
life boat life-boat lifeboat
war ship war-ship warship
fire fighting fire-fighting firefighting
water line water-line waterline
sea bed sea-bed seabed
wheel house wheel-house wheelhouse
ice breaker ice-breaker icebreaker

~~e hyphen, however, is used:

•in compound adjectives formed with the following prefixes:
high-quality equipment;
low-threat area;
minim um -wage employee.
• in compound adjectives consisting of a number followed by a unit of measurement:
five-year college
fifteen-megabyte memory
10,000-ton ship
• always with the following prefixes:
ex-president
self-loading ship
non-propelled barge
• sometimes in compound adjectives with the prefix anti-:
anti-submarine missiles;
anti-air operations.
• often with the prefix multi-:
multi- function device
multi-purpose cargo ship.

- N I T 9 - T E C H N IC A L SHIPS
For~ t~~ee-.vord phrases by choosing words from the three columns:

high- range quipment

purpose
self- radar system
term
anti- nation operation
sized
multi- threat attack
air
wide- water guns
propelled
short- rescue ship
surface
fixed- deck vessel
power
medium- technology weapons

TASK 2. M aritim e Term s

Find out 17 names o f vessel types hidden in the crossword puzzle; you can look for them in any directions possible.

E C D I R F C G L P G N L L
S H I N E E A H U U E O I I
P I H S R E N I A T N O C G
I C G T O R R E G D E R D H
H P I H S E H G I L R I M R
F I L O E P I P E L A Y E R
L H M F C I L I O A L Y S E
O S E I N E R L R N C H H K
A R H T A Y P O E G A L T A
T E U H O A O B I E R T A E
I G R Y E H W O R T G T O R
N N E R E L W A R T O W B B
G E K R M I E T A O S T E E
C S N E O N R I C w H T U C
R S A F R G E N K N I Q C I
A A T A O B T O L I P E s D

N P I E R O G G U G R A E E
E K U B O W L S B I L U R D
4. Multi-Purpose W orkboats Likewise, a multi-purpose oil recovery New generation deep-water — _ : •
workboat is first of all equipped with purpose vessels have much greate-
Recently, shipyards have delivered a system for removing oil floating on horsepower and winch strength the'
■ jmber of different types of the surface of water. It is suited for older workboats. Many also have
workboats that are used for a wide performing other specified tasks as dynamic positioning capabilities
•ange of marine operations in shallow well. and use global positioning systems,
and sheltered waters. These boats computer-controlled propulsion
coerate in harbours and offshore, The number of applications the multi­ systems and are often built to an ice
carticipate in salvage operations and purpose workboats are designed for class.
- patrolling. They are capable of keep increasing due to the growth of
transporting some cargo and crew. oil and gas exploration in deep sea
They are equipped with firefighting, regions and in colder climates. Damen buoy handling workboat
-ooring, towing and anchor handling
gear.
Such utility vessels are called multi­
purpose workboats. They come in
c Terent designs and sizes. Generally,
tney are one-deck vessels with
~achinery and accommodation
spaces located forward. Their hulls are
—ade of durable steel and other wear-
'esistant materials like composites
e-d aluminium.

-.though they are not special-purpose

•essels, their names come from the
primary function they are designed
tp perform. For instance, a multi-
purpose buoy tender workboat is
primarily built to lay, retrieve and
-aintain navigation buoys and
~eir moorings. However, the vessel
s equally capable of carrying out
timer operations like towing, wreck
attending and helicopter assistance.

Glossary:

sheltered waters smooth water areas;

durable able to withstand wear, pressure or damage;
to retrieve to find and extract;
horsepower a unit of engine power equal to 745,7 watts;
ce class ships ships classified to operate in ice conditions with or without an icebreaker;

Multi-purpose
Workboat (Marintec,
Shanghai,2009)
TASK 1. Maritime Grasp

n :~e rows with names o f specific equipment for performing the primary functions of each o f the workboats listed

WORBOAT NAME PRIMARY EQUIPMENT

: -purpose mooring workboat

r-jltl-purpose offshore support workboat

multi-purpose accommodation workboat

multi-purpose anti-pollution workboat

multi-purpose salvage workboat

multi-purpose davit workboat

multi-purpose dredging workboat

multi-purpose heavy duty workboat

multi-purpose offshore supply workboat

multi-purpose anchor handling workboat

TASK 2. Maritime Speaking

Describe the design o f the multi-purpose buoy handling workboat.

 0 Materials in Engineering
1. P ro p e rtie s o f M aterials
The sound knowledge of material
zroperties allows an engineer to
choose the right material for a
rarticular design and application.
~he availability of certain materials on
me market, as well as manufacturing
technologies can also put boundaries
to what structures, devices and
components engineers can design.
The table below makes a brief
C'esentation of material properties
civided into a few categories.
E asticity is a property that allows
= material to return without any
reformation to its original form and
sze after some loads have been
eoplied to it.
- plastic material can be deformed
rermanently under some load.
: asticity is a very important property
«hen a material needs to get a
new shape by bending, drawing or
messing.
In engineering, hardness describes
the ability of a material to resist
scratching, tear indentation or wear.
For example, cutting tools must be
hard enough to form other materials.
Machinability includes the ability of a
material to be shaped by machines
and the wear created on the edges
while cutting, drilling or grinding the
workpiece material.
Thermal conductivity relates to the
ability of a material to conduct heat.
Heat transfer involves transfer of
energy within a motionless material.
The thermal expansion coefficient
defines the rate of change in
dimension per degree of temperature
change. Thermal expansion can cause
undesired stress of a structure if a
design does not allow for expansion
and contraction of its components.
Electrical conductivity measures
how fast a material accommodates
the movement of an electric charge
through it.
Electrical resistivity is the opposition
of a material to the flow of electrical
current through it.
Materials with low resistivity are
good conductors of electricity and
materials with high resistivity are
good insulators.
Chemical properties of materials
become evident during chemical
reactions.
Corrosion resistivity means the
ability of a material to oppose a
deterioration process as it reacts with
its environment. Corrosion is one of
the major challenges in shipbuilding
industry.
Oxidation resistivity expresses the
ability of a material to oppose a
reaction with oxygen to form oxides
on the surface.
Flammability is a chemical property
indicating how easily a material
ignites and how rapidly it can burn.
Toxicity is related to the ability of a
material to cause poisonous effects
resulting in severe harm to living
organisms.
There are many web-based online
databases on material properties
available today and they make a very
useful tool for engineers working on
design projects.

PROPERTIES

PHYSICAL MECHANICAL THERMAL ELECTRICAL CHEMICAL

Tensile Strength; Corrosion
Density;
Ductility; Thermal Electrical resistivity;
Melting
Elasticity; expansion; resistivity; Oxidation
SOLIDS temperature;
Plasticity; Thermal Electrical resistivity;
Boiling
Hardness; conductivity; conductivity. Flammability;
temperature,
Machinability Toxicity;
Density;
Thermal Electrical
Melting Viscosity;
expansion; resistivity; Flammability;
-IQUIDS temperature; Plasticity;
Thermal Electrical Toxicity.
Boiling Elasticity.
conductivity. conductivity.
temperature.
Density; Viscosity;
Flammability;
CASES Melting Plasticity;
Toxicity.
temperature. Elasticity.

- SI T 10 - M A T E R IA LS IN EN G IN EE R IN G
Glossary:

melting temperature temperature at which a solid changes to a liquid;

boiling temperature temperature at which a liquid changes to a vapour;
matter a physical substance;
a ratio a proportional relation;
deformation an action of distorting shape or form under load;
tear a damage caused by pulling something to pieces with force;
indentation a notch on the surface of something;
grinding polishing a surface of a hard materia! with a revolving disc;
contraction a process of making smaller;
a conductor a material or a device that transmits electricity or heat;
an insulator a material or a device that does not conduct electricity or heat;
to ignite to cause to start burning;
an element chemically, a substance that cannot be broken into simpler components by chemical techniques;
a compound chemically, a specific combination of elements that can be broken by chemical techniques;

TASK 1. MarEngine Terms

Derive names o f material properties from the following adjectives:

- machinable steel plates ......... ........... ...........................

- strong tita n ium blades ...........

- hard cutting edges

- ductile water pipes

- elastic tie rods

TASK 2. MarEngine Speaking

Discuss the physical properties o f the liquids in the chart:

Density Melting point Boiling point

Liquid (1000kg/m3) (°C) (°C)
ACETONE 789 -94.85 56.05
ETHANOL 789 -144.2 78.29
WATER (distilled) 99 0 100.00

TASK 3. M arEn g ine T erm s

Fill in the reading with words from the list:

hard, absorbed, waves, noise, used, materials, soft, sound, echoes, concrete

Materials can be to control sound or noise. Some materials absorb waves and others
reflect them. Therefore, can be reduced or eliminated by the use of that reflect
or absorb sound

materials, such as cork or linen, absorb sound waves. Sound waves are by the

air spaces of porous materials such as Styrofoam .

are evidence of reflected sound waves, materials such as steel or

reflect the waves.

U N I T 1C • M A T ER IA LS IN EN G IN EERIN G
TASK 4. MarEngine Grasp
I-emical equations represent chemical reactions and are written as follows:

REACTANTS -> PRODUCTS

4 N H 3 + 502 -* 4N0 + 6H20

~e above reaction is read: four molecules of ammonia reacted with five molecules of oxygen to give four
- olecules of nitrogen oxide and six molecules of water".

Match names to chemical elements or compounds.

carbon dioxide Ar

nitrogen dioxide HCL

sulphur dioxide o2
argon NaOH
magnesium oxide c 2h 5o h

nitrogen C02

sodium hydroxide h 2s o 4

carbon oxide CO
sulphuric acid ch4

oxygen no2

carbon C
hydrochloric acid MgO
methane N

ethanol S02

"ASK 5. MarEngine Grasp

~ in the application column with your ideas.

VO MATERIAL PROPERTIES APPLICATION

aluminium low density,
1^ window frames, .... ................. ................ ...........
good plasticity;

brass (copper & high corrosion valves,

zinc) resistivity,
good strength;
1J . copper good plasticity,
pipes,
good electrical
conductivity;
diamond high hardness;
grinding, ................ ....................................

- glass high transparency,

windows,
high hardness

j 6. mild steel (iron high hardness,

ships, . ......................
+0.15 - 0,3% high strength;
carbon)

optical fibre good conductivity

cable tv, ..... . . . . .. . . ............................
of light and coded
messages;

plastic high plasticity,

equipment casing, .......
low density,
good electrical
resistivity;
 When confined, they take the shape of A typical substance can change from
2. States o f M atter
a container, too. Plasma is an ionized solid to liquid and then from liquid to
gas which has been energized to the gas. Transitions from solid to liquid,
All matter consists of small particles,
point that some of the electrons break from liquid to gas, from gas to plasma,
caned atoms or molecules.
free from their particles. For example, from gas to solid and the other way
The arrangement of these particles
a hot gas passing through a big spark round are called phase transitions or
determines the state of matter.
turns the stream into plasma. transformations.
"here are four recognised states of
Matter can change between states The names of the key phase transitions
matter: solid, liquid, gas and plasma.
when the temperature or pressure are explained in the drawing below.
A substance in a solid phase is
changes.
relatively rigid, has a definite volume
and shape. Its atoms or molecules
are packed close together and are
not compressible. Liquids have also
a definite volume but their particles
are able to move around. This is LIQUID
why liquids always take the shape
of a container they are in. The key
FREEZING
property of liquids is viscosity. It is CONDENSATION
briefly defined as the resistance of a
liquid to flow.
MELTING \
VAPOURIZATION
DEIONIZATION
IONIZATION
Gases do not have any definite volume -----
DEPOSITION
or shape because their particles
have enough energy to overcome ( SOLID j GAS
the attraction forces between the
SUBLIMATION
molecules.

TASK 1. MarEngine Grasp

Fill in the blanks with names o f transition phases.

When a solid changes to a liquid, the transition phase is called

The temperature rises and the liquid particles move faster.

When a liquid changes to a solid it is called a phase. When the liquid temperature falls, the

average kinetic energy decreases. Consequently, the particles move slower. Finally, the forces between the particles are
strong enough to take a definite, solid form.

When a liquid changes to a gas it is . When the liquid temperature increases, the particles start

to move faster. Eventually, the forces between the particles become too weak to hold together.

is when a gas turns to a liquid. The particles lose heat energy but the forces get stronger so the
particles stay together loosely.

Turning gas into plasma is called . The particles move faster and break up into positive and

negative ones. They move freely in different directions not connected.

And when a plasma turns into a gas it is called ...... .

is a process in which gas transforms into solid (also known as desublimation).

The opposite of deposition is

TASK 2. MarEngine Speaking

Describe briefly the meaning o f the triangle.

 used. The ASTIM International and Stress is a value that describes me
3. Testing o f M aterials
the International Organization for load acting on a unit area of a material.
Standardization (ISO) are among Picture A illustrates tensile (ortension)
.arious tests are carried out on
them. stress. The load of a suspended metal
~aterials in order to determine
The standards define methods of block tends to lengthen the shaft.
n eir properties and qualify them for
specimen testing, the way of analyzing In picture B, the metal shaft supporting
suitable applications in engineering.
and reporting the results and also the the block is under compression stress.
I- order to compare measured
terminology to be used. The load of the block tends to shorten
C'operties and material performance,
The most common terms related to and compress the shaft.
standardized tests methods developed
material testing are stress and strain.
professional organizations are

TENSILE
STRESS
metal
m etal
block
sh a ft

metal
‘tal
block
COMPRESSION shfaft
STRESS
TCTURE A

PICTURE B

-orces which act parallel to the

;_-faces resisting them are known as
snear forces. They create shear stress
- materials which tend to slide one
cert of a material over another.

Strain is the measure of material

reformation when a load is applied
An impact test measures the energy
to it. Mechanical tests of materials
absorbed in fracturing a test piece
men involve the deformation of test
at high speed. Such tests commonly
specimens or test pieces.
make use of a pendulum machine.
Erjipment used for mechanical
During testing, the specimen is broken
testing ranges from simple, manual
by the impact of the pendulum. A
revices to complex, computer-
pointer is used to record how far
::"trolled systems.
the pendulum swings back up after
- tensile test measures the strength
fracturing the specimen. The impact
and ductility of a material. Tensile
strength of a material is determined
tests are usually carried out on
by measuring the energy absorbed in
-etals, plastics, wood and ceramics.
the fracture of the specimen.
—e~sile testing machines are equipped
A bend test is a method for
wth an electronic extensometer for
measuring stiffness and ductility of
-easuring minute deformations in a
certain materials. During testing, a
test piece.
specimen is loaded with forces that
are trying to bend it.

J N I T 1 0 - M A T E R IA LS IN EN G IN EE R IN G
Tycrca z~~z :es:s are performed
0 " test o eces sent around a steel
~a~Z'e to a specified degree,
r. c ca ■ 90 or 180 degrees.
_~e ce-c test is often carried out for
.ve c ~g checks.
A c'eep test measures a slow plastic
deformation of a material sample
-nder constant stress and at constant
temperature.
The creep of a specimen can be
divided into three stages. The primary
creep starts rapidly and slows down
with time. The secondary creep has
a relatively constant creep rate.
The third stage is characterized by
high and accelerating creep rate and
finishes with sudden fracture, either
cracking or breaking of a specimen.
There are tests that do not change
the material undergoing testing.
These tests are mainly used for
various examinations. For instance,
some liquids can be used to detect
surface cracks. X-rays can be used
to detect internal flaws in materials.
Any defect can be defined in size and
location within a material by the use
of high-frequency sound waves.

G lo s s a r y :

ASTM the American Society for Testing and Materials;

a s p e c im e n a sample piece of something used for testing or advertising;
suspended fastened with the top part fixed and the lower part free to move;
a lo a d a force pushing onto a material;
p a r a lle l lines or surfaces side by side with the same distance between them along all their length;
m in u t e extremely small;
a p e n d u lu m a heavy object moving from side to side when suspended on a chain or a cord;
a fra c tu re a crack or a break in a material;
a m a n d re l a shaft to which a workpiece is fixed while being turned; a pin;
to a b so rb to take in and not reflect;
to d e te ct to manage to notice, to discover;
a fla w a defect, an error.

« >

COMPRESSION

A.

FORCE

B
c.

D.

T E N S IO N F O R C E

E.

F.
TASK 2. MarEngine Grasp

Indicate the type o f stress a material is subjected to in the following objects:

Example:
"A bar is s u b j e c t e d to shear stress because the forces tend to slice it".

- a wooden shelf in a cupboard

- concrete columns supporting bridges
- a glass window in a house
- a rubber hose for watering
- a steel wing of an airplane

T A S K 3. M a r E n g in e T e r m s

Find opposites to the adjectives describing material properties and then form short definitions for them.

a. T o x ic materials are those that can cause health problems, even death.

b. S tiff materials are those that can resist bending.

c. S o ft materials are those that can be indented very easily.

d. P o ro u s materials are those through which liquids or air can pass.

e. A c o u s t ic materials are those that can absorb sound waves easily.

4. Types o f E n g ineering M aterials M ETALS

Engineering materials can be generally

classified into the following broad groups.
Each of the groups can be further subdivided HYBRID
into categories including a vast number of
materials. MATERIALS
C ER A M IC S PO LYM ERS

- STAINLESS STEEL
- CAST IRON
Metals are made from metal ores - IRON ALLOY
mined and processed into usable - CARBON STEEL
materials.
Metals are rarely used in pure form.
To improve their properties, metals
are commonly mixed to create alloys. - ALUMINUM (Al)
Ferrous metals contain iron. - ZINC (Zn)
Non-ferrous metals do not contain - COPPER (Cu)
iron. - TITANIUM (Ti)
- NICKEL (NI)
- ZILVER (Ag)

UM TT10 ■ M A T ER IA LS IN EN G IN EE R IN G
 Ceramics are inorganic and non-metallic
- GLASS
materials which are good electrical and
- CLAY
thermal insulators. Traditional ceramic
- CEM EN T
materials like alumina and silica are
- W H ITEW AR E
composed of more than one element,
"hey are very brittle and have no
ductility, so they are characterized by
ow tolerance for holes and stress.

- B IO C ER A M IC S
Polymeric materials, or polymers are
- O P TIC A L C E R A M IC S
synthetic materials that contain many
- M A G N ETIC C E R A M IC S
-nits chemically bonded together to
- FIB R EG LA S S
•orm a solid.
The major polymeric materials are
chermosets, thermoplastics and
elastomers. Thermosets are relatively - EPO XIES
strong and do not melt when heated. - M ELA M IN ES
Thermoplastics can be easily softened - P H EN O LICS
and formed by injection moulding and
extrusion processes.
E astomers feature very high elasticity. - N YLO NS
- PO LYPRO PYLEN ES
-ybrid materials are created by blending - PVCS
organic and inorganic elements of other
—aterials on the molecular level.

This process opens unlimited

coportunities not only to modify material - RUBBERS

croperties and their structures but also - SILICO N ES

to prepare new, advanced materials for - N EOPRENES

—jlti-functional applications.
\ew, combined materials get new
■ ames like shape-memory materials,
nano-composites, smart materials,
ciodegradable polyesters and sol-gel
■ . orids.

G lo s s a r y :

iron Fe;
a lu m in a A I2 0 3 ;
s ilic a S i0 2 ;
n j e c t io n m ould in g a process of shaping plastic materials by heating them and injecting into a mould;
e x t r u s io n process of shaping a plastic material by forcing it through a die;
to m o d i f y to changesomething in order toimprove;
nano denoting a 10-9 unit ofmeasurement; also short for nanotechnology;

| "ASK 1. MarEngine Terms

I r n the blanks with words from the list:

a p p lic a t io n s , c h a n g e , c o o lin g , c o r r o s io n , h a r d , m o u ld e d , p r o p e r t ie s , r e s is t a n c e , s h a p e , s o f t e n e d , s t a t e
r-e rm a l

Aastics are organic materials that can be e a s ily ............................ to be shaped when heated.

Seine general ........ of plastics include good resistance, good electrical

and good ........................ resistance. However, they are unsuitable for high

I temperature , . Thermoplastic materials can be . . .......... . by heat, formed to

I s -squired and then set by Thermosetting materials are usually

| r c jld e d in a heated . They undergo a chemical during further

I tearing and finally are set to become solids.

TASK 2. MarEngine Grasp
Match short descriptions o f the non-metallic materials to their names.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
5. Metals and Alloys
Metals and alloys have played a crucial
role in the development of civilization.
Even names of old periods in human
history took their names from metals,
e.g. The Iron Age and The Bronze
Age.
Precious metals (like gold or silver)
with unique properties were used
as currencies. These metals are
unreactive to the environment; they
do not corrode so objects made of
them can remain in the same condition
for ages. Even today, investing in
gold, platinum or palladium is still
very common because the value of
these metals does not decrease.
Gold, silver, platinum and other
precious metals occur in nature in
their pure form and can therefore be
used without any extra treatment.
Other metals like aluminum and
copper are found in ores from which
the pure metal has to be extracted.
Properties of pure metals can be
improved by mixing them with other
elements to make alloys.
Alloys are mixtures of at least two
elements.
elastic; extracted from a tropical tree
fluid; unaffected by water; of good CLAY
electrical resistance;
hard solid, insoluble in water, can be
extracted from pines; of high viscosity;
RUBBER
hardens with time; flammable; can also
be of synthetic origin.
an organic compound with high content of
nitrogen; scratch and flame resistant; a
PVC
base material for production of synthetic
resins; easily moulded.
a soft mineral; of high plasticity when
combined with water ; when heated MELAMINE
becomes a hard substance;
a man-made silicate material; a good
insulator; of high thermal resistance; RESIN
transmits light.
a plastic, durable material; excellent
insulator; lightweight; does not absorb FIBREGLASS
water; of high impact strength.
Such mixtures can be a combination The table next page gives a brief list
of different metals or metals with of alloying elements and their major
non-metals, e.g. cast iron consists of properties which can enhance the
iron (metal) and carbon (non-metal). suitability of alloy applications.
There are hundreds of different Even small amounts of these
metals and alloys and almost all of elements can create different metals
them use one or more of the following and change their properties.
base metals: For instance, adding nickel and
chromium to steel makes stainless
steel which resistible to rusting.
IRON Fe
Copper and nickel are combined to
ALUMINIUM AI
create a metal called a cupro-nickel
COPPER Cu
alloy. It is used to produce Australian
ZINC Zn silver coins. Another alloy consisting
TITANIUM Ti of copper and small amounts of
MAGNESIUM Mg aluminium and nickel is used to
produce dollar coins.
NICKEL Ni
Pewter is silvery-grey metal, an alloy
of tin with a small amount of copper
Metal alloys like steel, have specific and antimony, often used to make
photograph frames.
improved properties compared to
their base metals. Super alloys are nickel-based, iron-
Steel is an iron-carbon alloy. Pure nickel-based and cobalt-based.
iron is very brittle and easily broken if Such alloys exhibit exceptional
exposed to an impact force. resistance to mechanical wear and
chemical degradation.
By adding carbon as the alloying
element, steel becomes tough and These unique alloys are primarily
used " aircraft industry, marine gas
strong.
~es a~d nuclear reactors.
- S T O • M A T ER IA LS IN ENG IN EERIN G
Even small amounts of these elements
A lloyin g elem ent Enhanced p ro p erties
a n create different metals and
change their properties. For instance, • vibration damping ability,
MAGNESIUM
adding nickel and chromium to steel • low density,
^akes stainless steel which resistible • high corrosion resistance,
to rusting. ALUMINIUM • high thermal conductivity,
Copper and nickel are combined to • good machinability;
create a metal called a cupro-nickel • high wear
a loy. It is used to produce Australian COPPER • high corrosion resistance,
s ;ver coins. Another alloy consisting • good electrical conductivity;
of copper and small amounts of
• lightweight,
a uminium and nickel is used to
• stiffness,
o'oduce dollar coins.
TITANIUM • high strength,
=ewter is silvery-grey metal, an alloy
• high corrosion resistance,
zf tin with a small amount of copper
• non-toxicity,
and antimony, often used to make
• poor conductivity;
ciotograph frames.
Sjper alloys are nickel-based, iron- • high strength,
~ckel-based and cobalt-based. Such NICKEL • high corrosion resistance,
a oys exhibit exceptional resistance • high electrical conductivity,
to mechanical wear and chemical • high thermal conductivity;
oegradation. These unique alloys are
ohmarily used in aircraft industry,
~arine gas turbines and nuclear
--actors.

G lo s s a r y :

an a t o m the smallest particle of an element; it combines to form a molecule;

a m ix t u r e
3 c h e m ic a l e le m e n t
o a lla d iu m ( P d )
a p u re m e ta l
a n t im o n y ( S b )
a combination of mixed substances;
a substance that cannot be chemically separated and is distinguished by its atomic number;
a precious whitish metal;
a metal that consists of one type of atoms;
a silvery metal occurring in alloys;

TASK 1. MarEngine Grasp

-~swer the following questions:

1 Why are water pipes commonly made of copper?
I Why is stainless steel used for making cutlery (knives, spoons, forks, etc.)?
E What metals are used for making jewellery of the highest quality?
- Why lead is no longer added to petrol?
5 Why is aluminium used for constructing airplanes?
f Why is copper, rather than gold, used in most electrical circuits?

"ASK. 2. MarEngine Grasp

Considering the major properties

;■ titanium, justify its application in
i * obuilding industry.

HIGH
BIO-
CORROSIVE
COMPATIBLE
RESISTANCE
TASK 3. MarEngine Speaking

Z:~za~e :~e materials indicated on the strength axis.

T A S K 4. M a rE n g in e T e rm s

Fill in the blanks with names of alloys.

1 Copper Zinc

2 Copper Tin

4
Lead

Iron
I1 Tin

Carbon

5 Silver Copper

Cast iron is widely used for the Carbon steel is tough. It can be
6. Iron and Steel
production of heavy machinery, hardened and tempered and is fairly
machine tool parts, cylinder blocks ductile. It is mainly used for making
for car engines, machine handles and tools like drills, chisels and hammer
Iron is very rarely used in its pure
gear wheels. heads.
form. It is usually combined with
There are hundreds of different types Stainless steel, also known as
various amounts of carbon and other
of steel. The following ones represent corrosion steel, is an alloy of iron, 8%
elements. The most widely used
the most widely used ones. of nickel and 18% of chromium. It is
materials made of iron are cast iron
Mild steel contains about 0.15 to tough and highly resistantto corrosion,
and steel.
0.30% of carbon - the rest is iron. Its name comes from high resistivity
Cast iron is produced by remelting pig
As mild steel has low carbon content, to rusty stains. It is commonly used to
iron under controlled conditions with
it cannot be hardened and tempered manufacture kitchen utensils, medical
various additions made. Cast iron is
but can be easily bent, cut and welded. instruments and pipes.
made up of 2 to 6% of carbon and 94
Mild steel is used in the manufacture HSS, high-speed steel is made of
to 98% of iron. It is hard and strong
car bodies, building frames, nuts, 1% of carbon, 18% of tungsten, 4%
but quite brittle. Cast iron has a high
screws, bolts and girders. of chromium and 1% of vanadium.
compressive strength and is resistant
Carbon steel, also known as tool Tungsten is the major alloying element
to oxidation. It can be classified into
steel or cast steel, is an iron alloy with but it can also be combined with
different varieties like grey cast iron
0.5 to 1.5% of carbonA molybdenum and cobalt in varying
and white cast iron. The colour relates
The proportions of other elements do amounts. It is still widely used to
to the appearance of the fractured
not exceed 1.65% of manganese and produce twist drills, saw blades, files
surface. The white cast iron is hard
0.6% of copper or silicon. and other cutting tools.
and brittle. The grey one is softer and
Steel that contains higher quantities Both cast iron and steel are easy to
less brittle.
of nickel, chromium or vanadium is recycle.
known as alloy steel.
Glossary:

casting an object formed by pouring molten metal into a form to shape

to cast to make a casting;
pig iron crude iron coming straight from furnaces;
to weld to join permanently pieces of metal by melting their edges;
a screw a metal device for fastening things together, with a cylindrical piece and a head: a propeller;
to temper to improve the hardness of metal by reheating and then cooling it;
a nail a thin, pointed piece of metal, driven with a hammer;
cooking utensils things used for cooking;
a saw a cutting tool usually with a thin, sharp-edged blade;
a drill a tool for boring holes in materials;
a file a tool for smoothing surfaces;
to recycle to use the same material again and again.

'ASK 1. MarEngine Terms

Compounds are very common in technical and maritime language . All lexical items are embedded into the specific
context of maritime subject.
I- compounding, two, or even three words are combined without any changes in their form. However, they usually
get new, specific meaning.
~~e table below shows semantic relationships in compounds.

A B COMPOUND MEANING
cylinder head cylinder head B of A
ship owner shipowner B has/with A
wheel house wheelhouse B contains/houses A
metal bolt metal bolt B is made of /from A
afterpeak tank afterpeak tank B is in/at/on A
steam engine steam engine B is operated by A
water heater water heater B uses A
I beam I-beam B is shaped like A

- ecognize the semantic relationship in the following compounds and write them below the proper heading in the
ta b le .

carbon steel, aluminium alloy, silver coins, steel wings,

o-etrol engines, hot-air balloons, cork wall, rubber hose,
—agnesium alloy, steam boat, concrete columns, jet airplane,
;as welding, photo frame, tin atoms, copper & zinc mixture,
-aterial property, cooking utensils, sound waves, cutting tools;

is made of/from uses contains is operated by

. NIT 10 - M A T E R IA LS IN EN G IN EE R IN G
TASK 2. MarEngine Grasp
Pick up all the needed details about steel types from the reading and write them into the table:

n a m e o f ste e l c o n te n ts p ro p e rtie s a p p lic a tio n

7. New M a terials in Fibre-reinforced plastic composite

S hip b u ild in g materials used for shipbuilding are
relatively strong but do not ensure
Due to its properties, like good
fire safety so they are also used in
corrosion resistance, low density
limited applications. Titanium has
and good attitude to welding,
been used for years in shipboard heat
cutting and shaping, aluminium is
demanding for the engineering sector exchangers, pumps, piping, and othe'
a good alternative material for ship
involved with the introduction of new components.
construction.
materials for building vessels. As new
Many pleasure boats and large
vessels are expected to operate for
yachts have aluminium hulls,
many years to come, it is not easy
superstructures, decks and masts.
to implement innovative materials The new concept of the fibre - meta
Some high-speed crafts designed for
and technologies, mainly due to high hybrid laminated material for ship
patrolling, piloting and crew supplying
risk of unknown service life of new construction seems to meet the
are aluminium ones. Aluminium alloys
materials. Furthermore, many new majority of requirements of nev.
are presently used in the offshore
materials are still at the development materials in the future.
sector for the construction of some
and testing stages and do not comply This hybrid material consists of stee
parts of oil platforms.
with strict rules of classification sheets and layers of a composite
Aluminium superstructures are widely
societies. material reinforced with glass fibres.
used for passenger vessels.
However, budget limitations, demand The composition of the laminate car
for higher speed and more cargo vary in order to adapt the materia
space, as well as environmental to the structural needs of a ship area.
protection issues are the major causes External layers are always made
There are also other light materials
for driving the need for application of of steel to provide more resistance
with suitable properties for ship
new materials. to impact and protect the inside
applications, such as fibre glass,
Although steel has not been composite layers against damage.
titanium alloys and composite
displaced as the main structural The advanced material has already
materials, but they are too expensive
material for shipbuilding, some received much attention in the
to ensure wider usage. Fibre glass,
alternative materials have already shipbuilding world.
requiring less maintenance than
been introduced in some specific However, there is a long way full
steel, is often used for the production
applications of present shipbuilding. of experiments and tests before it
of lifeboats.
replaces traditional steel, if at all.

TASK 1. MarEngine Grasp

Invent paragraph headings and write

them into the blue boxes.

TASK 2. MarEngine Terms

Fill in the bubbles with verbs

describing what can be done with
materials.
 Metal Working Processes

Casting

lasting is the most efficient method

:* making complex metal shapes like
r/linder blocks or cylinder heads. The
c-ocess itself is called casting and its
~nal product is known as a casting.
Generally, casting is a manufacturing
c'ocess where metal is first melted to
a iquid form and then poured into a
-ollow mould of a desired shape.
~‘ie major steps of the metal casting
process are illustrated right:

~-e sand casting is a basic level
process. A wooden pattern, slightly
larger than the item to be cast, is
.sed to form a mould in sand.
Sand is usually combined with oil and
: =/ to improve its plasticity.
~- e sand mould must have entry
“Q es for pouring in metal and
soecial openings for letting the air
Sometimes, a permanent metal
zr resin mould, known as a "die", is
prepared. This method is called die-
3Sting and ailows for making many
:ems of the same shape.
The sand mixture is placed around
the two halves of the pattern.
The upper half of the pattern is called
a cope and the lower one is a drag.
Each half is formed separately.
The halves are attached to each other
and fastened tightly.
If a casting is required to be hollow,
like in the case of pipes or their
fittings, additional patterns, known as
cores, are prepared.
The cope is piaced on top of the drag.
Molten metal is poured into the mould
until it fills up the empty space that
represents the shape of a cast part.
The mould cools down until the metal
becomes a solid.
Then, the sand moulds are open and
the casting is removed.
The casting is thoroughly cleaned
and prepared for surface finishing
processes.
All ferrous and non-ferrous alloys
can be cast using the sand casting
method.

Glossary:

3 cylinder block a metal casting housing engine cylinders;

3 cylinder head a casing for valves and injectors bolted to the top of the cylinder block;
“ollow having empty space inside;
-olten metal solid metal temporarily changed to liquid;
1 mould a pattern structure of sand in which molten metal is cast;
2 die a metal or resin form for giving a shape to molten metal;
surface finishing various operations applied to the surface of a manufactured item in order to achieved desired
properties.
TASK 1. MarEngine Grasp

A process s a special method of doing something, generally involving a sequence of steps and operations.
In order to describe a process properly, you should:

- der~ne the purpose of the process;

- mention the equipment needed;
- present the order of the steps;
- explain what happens in each step;
- describe the result of the process.

Find all the above points in the description o f the casting process of getting an arrow-shaped piece o f metal.
To get an arrow-shaped piece of metal, we need a wooden pattern, some molten metal and two steel frames.

1. First, a wooden pattern is made.

2. Then, two steel frames without top and bottom are prepared.
3. Then, one box is placed on a board and the pattern is put in itscentre.
4. Next, special sand is put over the pattern and pressed firmly.
5. After that, the box is turned over and the pattern removed.
6. Next, the second steel box with sand is prepared.
7. Two holes are made in the sand, one for pouring the metal in,the other for letting the air out.
8. Then, the second box is put onto the top of the first one.
9. Later on, the molten metal is poured down.
10. Finally, as the metal cools down, the boxes are separated and the sand is removed.
11. What we get as the result of this process is an arrow-shaped piece of metal.

TASK 2. MarEngine Speaking

Look at the graphical presentation o f a metal casting process in the reading. Make a short description of all its stages.

TASK 3. MarEngine Grasp

What stages o f the casting process can you recognize in the pictures?

A. B. C. D.
 move and position the metal piece The top die is bolted ti the hammer.
2. Forging
while it is struck or pressed by a Next, the hammer goes up to its
failing weight of hammer. top position and a red, hot piece of
Gorging process involves shaping
Closed die forging, also called metal to fill up the cavity in each
—>etal when it is hot but not molten.
impression die forging, makes use of die. Depending on the product type,
The metal to be formed is first
two dies with a desire shape cut into the hammer may be dropped onto
■ sated until it becomes softer and
them. First, halves of the working the metal numerous times at high
:“ en shaped by being forced into the
piece thicknesses are cut into each frequency.
•‘arm of a die. This is usually done by
die. Then, the bottom die is bolted to Finally, the hammer is raised and the
placing the metal on the bottom die
the hard, flat surface called anvil. shape piece of metal is taken out.
and forcing the top die down by a
“ .draulic press or hammer. Many of steel hand tools, like
spanners, pliers and chisels are drop-
~~e final product is called a forging.
forged.
__e forging process can be performed
:• metals at various temperatures.
-or instance, aluminium, which is a
'a atively soft metal, can be forged at
~x>m temperature.
-raging not only shapes metals
but also refines their structure and HAM M ER
~oroves their physical properties,
-ainly strength and ductility.
~:day, hydraulically- or electrically-
:~ven machines are used for
'caging. The machines are called
:~op hammers and the process they OTTOM Dl
perform is known as drop forging.
~~ere are two types of drop forging, AN V IL
: :en die and closed die.
Icen die drop forging uses actually Electro-hydraulic open die drop forging
dosed die forging
“at dies and requires the operator to hammer

3 ossary:

i die a cubical metal form for shaping molten metal;

to refine to make minor changes in order to improve quality;
to position to locate in a particular way or place;
i hammer a T-shaped hand tool used for pounding, with metal head and a handle;
i bolt a metal pin with a head used for holding things together;
i cavity a hole or a hollow place;
i spanner(a wrench) a tool used for holding and turning nuts, bolts and pipes;
> ers a tool with jaws used for holding smalt objects;

"ASK 1. MarEngine Grasp

-i~ange the order of the following sentences to get a description o f the process o f forging metals done in the past.
When it was red hot, they used to hold it in a pair of tongs.
il Metal workers, known as blacksmiths, forged metals using their hand power.
The metal very often cooled down before the process of forging was finished.
A piece of metal was heated in an open fire,
i;. Then, it was placed on flat hard surface.
* Because it had to be reheated many times, forging was time consuming.
Next, the piece of metal was hammered into shape.
TASK 3. MarEngine Grasp

Match the names of drop forged tools with the pictures.

bench adjustable joint nail wood C- pipe nut claw long nose
vise spanner pliers puller chisels clamp spanner eyebolt hammer pliers

TASK 3. MarEngine Terms

Fill in the gaps with words from the list:

cooled, hammers, machine, metal, shaping, sizes, steel, temperature

Blacksmithing is the art of ,. heated iron and ,,, with hand

tools such as or with forging machines. A blacksmith is a person who does this work

either by hand or ...... . ."Black" comes from the colour of the metal after being heated and

................ — "Smith" comes from the word, "smite" which means "strike".

Therefore, a blacksmith strikes black ............... ......

A good blacksmith must develop a good eye for shapes and

He must be able to judge material by eye, i.e. by its colour.

TASK 4. MarEngine Grasp

Fill in the numbers with names o f parts of the open die forging drop
hammer.
 Gases are stored in steel containers
3. W elding
called bottles. Although this type of
welding is one of the oldest joining
Generally, welding is the process of
methods, it is still applied today.
joining metals by the application of
Shielded Metal Arc Welding, with
~eat. It can be simply explained as
the acronym SMAW, also known as
me three-stage process.
"stick welding", is a process in which
First, the edges of the parts to be
an electric current flows through an
joined are cut at an angle.
electrode. Electrodes are consumable
Next, the edges are heated together
because they supply filler metal to the
with the metal from a welding rod.
joint. Metals to be joined are heated Tungsten Inert Gas (TIG), or Gas-
After that, the heated and almost
to fusion or melting temperatures by Shielded Tungsten Arc Welding
~olten metal fills in the groove.
means of an electric arc. (GTAW) method uses a non­
Finally, the weld is cooled down and
The arc is created between a metal- consumable, solid tungsten electrode
me two parts become one.
covered electrode and the base and an inert gas for joining pieces
In joining two pieces of metal by
metals. The base metals, the arc, of metal together. The electrode
welding, a space is left between the
the electrode are shielded from provides not the filler but electricity to
joints. The material that is added to fill
the atmosphere. SMAW is used in the process. Argon is most commonly
_o this space during welding is called
constructions of buildings, ships and used as gas shield to protect the weld
me filler metal. Two types of filler
pipelines. pool from contaminants. If necessary,
~ eta Is commonly used in welding are
Metal Inert Gas (MIG) or Metal a filler rod may be used. TIG welding
welding rods and welding electrodes,
Active Gas (MAG), also called Gas- may be used for welding almost all
'"he term welding rod refers to a
Shielded Metal Arc Welding (GMAW) metals.
form of filler metal that does not
is a welding method in which the Plasma Arc Welding (PAW) is an
conduct an electric current during the
electric arc is maintained continuously advanced version of the TIG process.
welding process. The only purpose of
between a solid wire electrode and It uses plasma to transfer an electric
= welding rod is to supply filler metal
the work piece. The arc and molten arc to a work piece. Plasma is a gas
:c the joint. This type of filler metal is
weld pool are shielded by a stream which has been heated to an extremely
o'ten used for gas welding.
of inert or active gas delivered high temperature, ionized and has
Gxyfuel Gas Welding is a general term
from a pressurized gas bottle. The become electrically conductive. In
for a group of welding processes that
introduction of flux cored wires which PAW, there are two separate flows.
-volve heating the metal to be joined
have a flux coating that solidifies The first one, the flow of plasma gas
_o to its melting temperature in the
faster than the molten weld material, around the tungsten electrode, forms
joining area by applying a fuel gas
has eliminated the use of external the core of the arc. The second one
end oxygen flame.
shielding gas. is created by the shielding gas. The
-uel gases support combustion when
The weld pool is protected continuously electrode is located within a narrow
combined with oxygen. These gases
by the gas generated by the burning copper nozzle having a small opening
“ dude acetylene, propane, butane,
of the flux. at the tip, which constricts the heat
“ .drogen and natural gas.
to a small area and increases the flow
intensity. Plasma welding is widely
used in mechanical engineering.
TASK 1. MarEngine Terms

Match words from the two columns Glossary:

a id form noun compounds. Rewrite
me compounds showing the semantic an angle difference in degrees between two straight lines meeting
-e ationship between the words. in one point;
an arc flow of sparks formed by electricity;
a groove a long, narrow cut in a surface;
a joint a place where two parts are joined;
A B a flame light created by open fire;
welding type a fusion joining elements by melting them together;
joining groove to shield to protect, to hide from;
a weld pool a pool of molten metal created by heat during welding;
cooling metals
a flux cored wire a wire with a built-in flux which generates shielding gas
cutting rod during welding;
melting proces
forging electrodes
casting temperatures
shielding stage
TASK 2. MarEngine Grasp

plasma nozzle, shielding gas, tungsten electrode, plasma gas;

Match names o f welding equipment with letters in the pictures. Insert the name o f the welding method into the box
above each o f the pictures.

TASK 3. Grammar Workpiece

Read the safety precautions for welders and transform them using must, must not, should, should not.

1. Use a welding screen.

A welder must ...... ..... . ....... . ........................... .............. .................

2. Ensure you wear boots.

3. If necessary, wear a suitable respirator.

4. If possible, perform work on a dry, insulated floor.

5. Always use fire resistant gloves.

6. Keep flames away from combustible materials.

7. Do not smoke while welding.

8. Ensure the proper ventilation of the welding places.

4. M achining make use of electrical, chemical or It holds and rotates a workpiece while
light energy to shape workpieces cutting out the intended shape in
Machining is an engineering made from newly-developed the material. It can cut, for instance
term comprising a wide range of materials. Electrical Discharge threads, cylindrical or conical shapes
technologies and techniques of Machining (EDM) uses thermoelectric grooves and shoulders.
removing some material from a energy for eroding material from a Lathes can also be used to drill a hole
workpiece by means of machine tools part being machined. and then bore it out to larger size.
to get the required shape. EDM is also known as spark machining. A milling machine makes use of a
Machine tools are stationary power- Today, many conventional machines rotating tool to cut both flat anc
driven machines designed for boring, are automatic and controlled by inclined surfaces.
cutting, honing, drilling, grinding, computers. Nevertheless, a marine There are several types of milling
milling and turning activities carried engineer has to be able to operate mach'nes, for instance, horizontal anc
out on solid materials, mainly all these machines manually in order vertica ones. Several accessories car
metal alloys. Traditional machine to carry out some repairs efficiently be -.oived in the milling process. A
tools operate by cutting away and safely. The brief description of vise is _sed for holding a material and
unwanted parts in the form of chips. common, conventional machine tools : s nxec to the table of the machine.
Unconventional machine tools are starts with the oldest type of a turning
technologically advanced as they machine called a lathe.
~~e conventional table has three possible
-ovement surfaces: longitudinal, horizontal
vertical. It can work both on x- and y-
ax s. Modern milling machines use robotic
amns instead of tables and can work along
~ore axes. Milling machines are used to
s~ape angles, slots, gear teeth and recesses
with excellent surface finish and accuracy.
~~e main difference between a lathe and
2 milling machine is that in a lathe the
workpiece turns and the cutting tooi is
stationary, while in a milling machine, the
tool turns and the workpiece is stationary.
Ghnding machines, or simply grinders,
work on plane surfaces.
3hnding machines remove small amounts
:* metal by means of a rotating abrasive
wheel composed of many small grains
bonded together. They are used for
t'oducing smooth and sharp surfaces.
~~e rotation of a grindstone and the pressure
against the workpiece can be adjusted to
r e material type and properties.
Modern industrial grinders have embedded
:_st collectors with filters for the proper
treatment of dust generated during the
rmcess of grinding.
Drilling machines are tools used to drill
~oles or to alter them by boring, tapping
to cut threads or honing them to create the
*e-quired size with a smooth finish.
Dhlling machines vary in size and function,
-enging from portable drills to radial drilling
-achines, automatic production machines,
a~d deep-hole-drilling machines.

Glossary:

soring making large holes in a workpiece with a single-point tool;

-oning abrasive process of removing small amounts of material from the surface;
a chip a small piece of material chopped off or cut off;
3 shoulder a piece of something that extends beyond its base;
-iclined having a leaning;
■ orizontal parallel to the plane of the horizon;
•ertical at 90o to the horizontal plane;
3 vise a holding device with two jaws that grip and hold a workpiece in place;
an axis (plaxes) a straight line along which an object rotates;
abrasive mineral or other substance used for grinding, e.g. diamond dust;
a grindstone a revolving stone disc for polishing and sharpening metal items;
smooth having even, polished surface;
tapping cutting screw threads in a round hole;
TASK 1. Grammar Workpiece

If there is more than one adjective describing the same noun, all the adjectives are conventionally arranged according
to the following order:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
OPINION APPEARANCE AGE COLOUR ORIGIN MATERIAL PURPOSE

Example:
She was wearing ugly, big, old, red, Mexican, leather riding shoes.
In practice, however, it is unusual to use more than two or three adjectives in front of the same noun.
Appearance refers to adjectives describing the following qualities:

SIZE/MEASURE SHAPE CONDITION

Example:
They discovered a big, cylindrical, broken steel item under the cover.

Place the adjectives from the list under the right headings:
cutting, hard, metal, rough, high, rotating, round, big, cylindrical, conical, large, flat, inclined, horizontal,
vertical, smooth, accurate, hand-drilling, milling, honing, small

SIZE SHAPE CONDITION MATERIAL PURPOSE

TASK 2. Grammar Workpiece

Arrange the order o f adjectives in the sentences:

1. The team lifted (wooden, very old, Spanish, fractured) galley.

2. Everybody was searching for (red, rubber, round) hammer.

3. The workers have just prepared (aluminium, T-shaped, one-meter long) pattern.

4. It was (time-consuming, old, Chinese) process.

5. He designed (brass, miniature, cubic) block for the new device.

6. The diamond was set in a (green, linen, round, jewellery) box.

7. They could not use this (damaged, very old, horizontal, milling) machine.

8. They were working hard on this (rough, flat, grey, metal) surface.
 TASK 3. MarEngine Grasp

“7/ in the blanks with the proper names o f the milling machine parts.

1. Make sure the is in OFF position.

2. Install the appropriate tool and tighten.

3. Set the workpiece on the and secure it.

4. Adjust the . (y-axis).

iii

5. Set t h e ............ ................. (x-axis)

tn in

6. Loosen t h e .......................... handle.

7. Set the in position.

8. Clear obstacles from around the

9. Turn on the

10. Refer to the ruler on the .... and set the desired

milling depth.

11. Do not change the speed when the ...........................is running.

12. Clean the of chips and dirt.

5. Heat T re a tm e n t
Heat treatment is the process of
neating a metal alloy to a temperature
close to its melting point and then
cooling it in a special way.
The aim is to get required changes
in material properties, mainly to
increase strength or hardness,
increase toughness, improve ductility
and maximize corrosion resistance.
Most of heat treatment processes are
applied to steel. Each type of steel has
its critical temperature range. This is
the temperature at which the steel
becomes solid.
Chemically, atoms of metals and
carbon can be mixed freely and then
joined.
In the process, steel is heated to a
temperature slightly above its critical
range. This temperature usually
ranges from 1500 degrees to 2300
degrees Fahrenheit.
Then, steel is cooled down under
proper conditions using various
cooling media such as oil, water or
air. Steel that has been treated and
cooled in this way is very hard and
brittle. Then, it undergoes a process
called tempering. Tempering steel
means reheating the steel to its
critical temperature to soften it.
The process of softening is called
annealing. Steel that has been
subjected to these processes is very
useful in manufacturing steel tools.
Ion nitriding, also known as plasma
nitriding or plasma ion nitriding,
is currently one of the most
technologically advanced methods
for surface treatment of metal parts
to make them resistant to wear and
fatigue. First, metal parts are placec
in a special chamber.
Next, electric current of high voltage is
introduced and starts to flow betwee"
the metal parts and the chambe'
walls. Then, nitrogen gas is injectec
and reacts with metal atoms.
Finally, a layer of hard metal nitrides is
formed on the surface of metal parts
Ion nitriding is carried out a:
temperatures lower than those
used in conventional heat treatment
processes.

Glossary:

a range an amount or extent of possible variations;

media (sing, medium) means which help in achieving aims;
a chamber an enclosed space used for a special purpose.
TASK 1. MarEngine Speaking

Discuss the features, application and engineering properties ~ ec ~ :~e e oelow.

BRONZE STAINLESS STEEL CARBON STEEL

good aw ro so r 'esstenoe ~c~ strength and
design features good properties;
ductility;
pump elements. ~ =' ~e :: o" • _sed, simple
application
equipment;
good in all conditions
machinability rate is about 60°o rate s 65%;
90%;
best under annealed
generally good for most very good,
welding conditions, all methods
methods; all methods;
acceptable;
anneal before, do not
forging rate about 80%; work below 1750°F, rate is 1800-2300°F;
about 50%;
1600- 1800°F,
temperature
annealing temp, about 2000°F; good tensile
1 1 00- 1300°F;
strength;
heating to 1500°F,
heat treatment tempered up to 3000°F; then tempered, rarely
done - high cost;

TASK 2. MarEngine Grasp

” ne scale for measuring temperature is "degrees" (°). In fact, there are three temperature scales used today:
- The Kelvin scale (K) used by scientists and in astronomy.
- The Celsius scale (°C), most commonly used to measure air temperatures.
- The Fahrenheit scale (oF), generally used in the USA.

__e Fahrenheit scale is based on the freezing of salt water (CPF). The zero point of the Celsius scale is the temperature
a: which pure water freezes (CPC). The zero point for the Kelvin scale is known as the absolute zero, a theoretical
Temperature at which all motion can stop (0 K).

Fahrenheit
o
o

0" - 40° 80° 120°

1 ! I

! I
-40° -20° 20° 40°

C e lsiu s

~ere are some methods of converting one scale to another.

A me the following equations using symbols:

L to convert from °C to °F , multiply the °C temperature by one point eight (or nine fifths) and then add thirty two;
1 to convert from °F to °C, subtract thirty two from the °F temperature and then divide by one point eight
(or multiply by five ninths) ;
3. to convert from °C to K, add two hundred and seventy three to the °C temperature;

-N IT 11 - M E T A L W O RKIN G P R O C ES S ES
TASK 3. MarEngine Grasp

Cse :~e fofc,: ?g method of converting your body temperature from degrees Celsius to degrees Fahrenheit.

1. Double the temperature

2. Subtract the first digit of the number
3. Add thirty two

TASK 4. MarEngine Terms

Fill in the blanks with words chosen from the list below:
air, astronomer, boiling, degrees, freezing, inventor, measures, scale, sea, temperature

The C elsiu s............. ....... scale is sometimes referred to as the "centigrade.........

Centigrade means "consisting of" or "divided into" 100

The Sw edish............... ........... , Andreas Celsius, developed this scale for scientific purposes.

It has 100° between the point (0°) and .,... point (100°) of pure water at

level and .............................. pressure. The international conference on weights anc

voted to name the centigrade scale after its in 1948.

TASK 5. MarEngine Grasp

Complete the table with missing temperatures:

°F °C °K
HzO boils ? 100 373
CO2 freezes -189 ? 150
Nitrogen boils -320 -196 ?

UNIT 11 - M E T A L W O RKIN G PR O C ES S ES
 Ship Propulsion
1. Propulsion Unit THRUST

The primary function of any marine

cower plant is to convert the chemical
energy of fuel into useful work and
:o use that work for the propulsion
of the ship. Other functions include
the production of power for steering,
ghting, ventilating, heating and
'efrigerating.
~ propulsion unit consists of
machinery, equipment and control
_nits that are mechanically,
e ectrically, or hydraulically connected
to a propulsion shaft. The term "prime mover" in the drawing above refers to any source of power
- ship moves through water by converting energy into mechanical or electrical power.
C'opelling devices such as paddle The prime movers currently in use on ships are as follows: a steam turbine, a
««.heels or propellers. These devices gas turbine, a diesel engine or a nuclear propulsion unit.
mpart the velocity to a column of The actual choice of a prime mover depends on many factors, such as the size
water and move it in the direction of a ship, its displacement and deadweight capacity, the required speed, the
coposite to the desired direction. length of the voyage, fuel cost and, etc.
- force reacting to the force of the
i>*ater column is transmitted to the
snip and causes it to move through
«aten
” he screw-type propeller is most
commonly used in contemporary ship.
~~e thrust developed on the propeller
s transmitted by the main shaft
through the thrust bearing,
i: is supported by spring bearings,
stern tube bearings and strut bearings.

~~e main reduction gear connects the

main engine to the shaft.
~~e function of the main reduction
tear is to reduce high rotational
sceeds of the engine and allow the
rnapeller to operate at lower speeds.

Glossary:

to propel to move or to drive a ship;

to impart to give a portion of;
«elocity speed, a rate of motion in a given direction measured in
meters per second;
a thrust a sudden push; the driving force of a propeller in line with
the shaft;
a thrust bearing a bearing that limits friction and absorbs the axial thrust
of a shaft;
a spring bearing a bearing located at intervals along a propulsion shaft to
keep it in a straight line;
a strut bearing a bearing in an outboard column-like support for the
propeller shaft;
TASK 1. Grammar Workpiece

The function of any device can be expressed in a number of ways.

Look at the examples:

1. the phrase: The function of X is to + VERB

"The function of a reduction gear is to reduce the engine speed".
2. the verb to use + for + VERB+ing
"A reduction gear is used for reducing the engine speed".
3. the verb that expresses the needed function
"A reduction gear reduces the engine speed."
4. the usage of the preposition "with"
"We reduce the engine speed with a reduction gear".

Following the above patterns, rewrite the sentences:

1. A spring bearing keeps a propulsion shaft in a straight line.

2. Propelling devices move ships through water.

3. The primary function of a paddle wheel is to propel a steamboat.

4. Strut bearings support the main shaft

5. Cargo ships are used for carrying cargo.

TASK 2. MarEngine Grasp

Match the names and functions o f elements o f the propulsion system with the right numbers:

id .
Number Name
1 stern tube with bearings
2 propeller shaft/tailshaft
3 engine
4 reduction gear box
5 shaft generator
6 propeller/screw propeller
7 thrust/engine shaft
L )
Function
produces mechanical power
ransfers the propeller thrust to the ship structure
reduces the number of engine revolutions
supplies the ship with electricity when the engine is running
houses and supports the propeller shaft
holds the propel er in place
drives the ship
 Turbines are sometimes used on Nuclear power is widely used in
2. Common Ship Propulsion
container ships that travel at high submarines. It eliminates the problem
speeds. of exhaust gas disposal and allows a
In a steam turbine, the propulsion
In gas turbines, gas is used to turn a submarine to spend long periods of
unit consists of the main turbines and
shaft. Gas turbine gear drives consist time under water.
:he main reduction gear.
of gas turbines, reduction gears and A diesel engine has become
High-pressure steam is directed into
controllable-pitch propeller units. increasingly popular for practically
a series of blades attached to the
A gas turbine is relatively light and all cargo and passenger vessels, as
shaft, causing it to rotate. Steam is
can be easily removed from a ship for its low fuel consumption gives extra
oroduced by boiling water in a boiler
maintenance. They are also suitable deadweight and cargo capacity.
which is fired by oil. On very large
for complete automation. A diesel engine is a type of internal
tankers, some of the steam can be
Many military ships are powered by combustion engine where fuel is
_sed to drive large cargo oil pumps.
gas turbines. ignited by injecting it into hot, high-
Recentdevelopments in steam turbines
Marine nuclear plants rely on a pressure air in a combustion chamber.
- ave reduced fuel consumption and
nuclear reaction to provide propulsive In a diesel-electric propulsion
-aised power output, thus making
thrust. With nuclear power, heat is system, a diesel engine powers an
them more attractive.
emitted from the core and used to electric generator.
In addition, repairs can usually be
make steam. Once steam is generated, The energy of the generator goes to
cone without removing the turbines
it is treated exactly as steam produced an electric motor which drives the
~om the ship.
from an oil-fired boiler. propeller.

Glossary:

power output amount of power produced by an engine expressed in kilowatts (kW);

a pitch a distance that a point on the face of a propeller blade covers in one revolution;
a controllable pitch propeller a propeller with a pitch that can be changed by the bridge or engine room contro
disposal the act of getting rid of;
exhaust gases gaseous products of combustion that are expelled from a~ engine:
an internal combustion engine an engine in which fuel is consumed inside the engine-
to ignite to cause to start combustion;
a combustion chamber space where combustion takes place;

TASK 1. MarEngine Grasp

- II in the table with applications and features of types of marine propulsion included in the reading.

PROPULSION TYPE APPLICATION FEATURE

""ASK 2. Grammar Workpiece

Word order in questions.

I -estions are sentences that ask for information and in English they fall into two main categories:
I The YES/NO questions - questions answered by either "Yes" or "No".
I The WH-questions - begin with questions words like "What", "Where", "Who", etc.

■ tord order in Yes/No questions:

Auxiliary verb or
Subject Main verb Object Answer
"to be"
Can you control the unit? Yes, I can
-as the ship arrived? No, it hasn't
1 Are blades attached to the shaft? Yes, they are
I d they remove the oil pump? Yes. they did
Wore orce' ~ WH-questions:

Auxiliary verb or Answer

Question word Subject Main verb Object
"to be" information
Where does the combustion take place? In a combustion
chamber.
How can fuel be reduced? In m any w ays.
consum ption

When will nuclear plants be used for cargo ships? In the nearest
future.
How is a b oiler fired ? By oil.

Put the words into the proper order to make questions:

1. depend on, What, the choice of the prime mover, does;

2. a propulsion unit, does, What, consist of;

3. a shaft, How, in line, kept, is;

4. can, the speed of the vessel, How, be controlled;

5. does, the ship, Why, move through water;

TASK 3. MarEngine Speaking

Compare degrees o f efficiency and fuel consumption o f the propulsion types in the table below:

PROPULSION TYPE EFFICIENCY FUEL CONSUMPTION

(% ) (g/hph)
Steam engine 15 700
Gas turbine 21 330
Steam turbine 30 240
Diesel engine 45 120

3. P ro p e lle rs
Of all the devices used to propel ships
- oars, paddle wheels, jets and screw
propellers - a screw propeller has an
almost exclusive application to ocean
going ships.
Fundamentally, a marine screw
propeller can be regarded as
helicoidally-shaped device which on
rotation screws its way through water.
A screw propeller has two or more
fixed blades projecting from a hub.
All of them are spaced at equal angles
around the axis.
The surface of each blade, when
viewed from the aft, is called the face
and it makes the driving surface when
producing a forward thrust.
Generally, the highest efficiency in
propulsion can be achieved when the
largest amount of water is moved
with the smallest speed.
In other words, when the diameter
of the propeller increases, the
revolutions per minute (rpm) decrease
and, consequently, fuel consumption
is reduced. Large-diameter propellers
installed on bigger ships can manage
150,000 hp and can weigh over 150
tonnes. The 5-blade and the 4-blade
versions of a propeller have become
the most common on single screw
ships.
Marine propellers are made from
corrosion resistant materials of high
strength, mainly aluminium, nickel
and bronze alloys.
All marine screw propellers can be
broadly classified into fixed pitch
propellers (FPPs) and controllable
pitch propellers (CPPs).
In the first case, the blades are
permanently attached to the hub, so
the pitch cannot be changed during
operation.
Therefore, the speed and the direction
of the propeller rotation can only be
changed either by a reversing gear or
a reversing engine.
In the second type of propellers, it
is possible to change the pitch by
rotating the blades around their
axes hydraulically or mechanically.
Such an arrangement improves
maneuverability of the ship at
constant load.
Both types of propellers can be
embedded into a non-rotating nozzle
in order to encrease their propulsive
force. Such an arrangement of a
propeller in a nozzle is often referred
to as a ducted propeller.
The water flow is forced through the
nozzle by the rotating propeller with
a much higher speed than that of the
water flowing outside.
This results ina pressure difference
which in turn creates additiona
propulsive force.

UNIT 12 - SH IP PR O PU LS IO N
Glossary:

engine efficiency amount of power obtained compared to the energy input measured by the heating value of the
consumed fuel;
'elicoidally in the form of a coil, spiral;
to project to put forward beyond the rest of the surface;
3 hub (a boss) a central part of a screw propeller to which blades are attached;
a pitch the distance that one point on the face of a propeller blade covers in one revolution;
3 rack a straight bar with teeth;
3 pinion a small wheel that engages with a larger one;
3 spur gear a gear with straight teeth;

TASK 1. MarEngine Grasp Look at the drawing and describe briefly how the spur gear
with a pinion functions.
: eduction gears fall into several categories and can
re combined in many ways. What will be the ratio o f reduction if we take a small gear
~*ey are classified by the number of steps used with 25 teeth and make it turn a big gear with 100 teeth?
:: bring about the speed reduction and the
Base pitch
:~angement of the gearing.
for instance, a gear mechanism consisting of a pair J •
: gears or a gear and a small gear (pinion) is called
i single-reduction gear. In this type of arrangement,
me ratio of speed reduction is proportional to the
: ameter of the pinion and the gear.
~ius, in a 2-to-l single reduction gear, the diameter
:* the driven gear is twice as big as that of the
Circular
rnving pinion.
Pinion —
TASK 2. MarEngine Grasp

Match the names of parts of the

controllable pitch propeller to the
numbers highlighted in the drawing.

stern tube
hub
propeller blade
stern tube sealing
propeller shaft
stern tube frame

Courtesy of Klaas van Dokkurn

TASK 3. MarEngine Terms

Make noun compounds by matching For instance, Azipod is the ABB Group
the words from the column A to the registered name for their azimuth
words from B. thruster. Similarly, a Rexpeller is a
Explain the meaning of the registered trademark of Kawasaki
compounds. Heavy Industry. The name Schottels,
taken after the Schottel Group, has
gained a synonymous meaning for
A B
azimuthing rudder propellers.
drive power
reduction face Azimuth thrusters are produced in a ENGINE SHAFT
speed mechanism wide range of configurations.
gear reduction They can have various propeller
engine direction diameters and options for FC and CP
screw surface propellers, either ducted or open, and
blade propeller can also involve the installation of
contra- rotating propellers. VERTICAL
Generally, however, they can be SHAFT
4. R ud d e r P ro p ellers classified into mechanical transmission
thrusters and electrical transmission
Rudder propellers are advanced ones.
LINLi
propulsion devices that are nowadays
replacing conventional forms of In mechanical transmission azimuth
marine propulsion mechanisms. thrusters, a motor is located inside
The basic idea of a rudder propeller a ship and is connected to the pod
is that the propeller placed in a pod by a system of mechanical shafts
can rotate 360° round a vertical and gears. Depending on the shaft
axis. This eliminates the need for arrangement, such thrusters are
both a rudder and a reverse gear. further grouped into two categories,
In this way, a rudder propeller can Z-drives and L-drives.
provide a controlled thrust in any The Z-drive thruster has three shafts,
horizontal direction. Because of this a horizontal engine or input shaft,
omni-directional feature, a rudder a vertical shaft and a horizontal
propeller is commonly referred to as propeller shaft.
an azimuth thruster or an azimuthing
GEAF i
The shafts are gear-connected at two
rudder propeller. right angles, which makes them look
like the letter Z.
As azimuth thrusters are The L-driver has two shafts, a vertical
manufactured by different companies and a horizontal one, connected by
with registered brand names for their means of one right-angle gear.
products, thrusters get different An az muth -.-raster o f Z-type (courtesy ct
names. K ass van Dokkum)

U N IT 12 - S H IP PR O PU LS IO N
In electrical transmission azimuth
thrusters, an electric motor is fitted
nside the POD, or a gondola, and
directly connected to the propeller
shaft directly, i.e. without gear
mechanisms. The Azimuthing Podded
Drive, or in short, the azipod system,
combines the propulsion and steering
into one unit located outside the hull
in the aft of the ship. The incorporated
AC motor controls the rotational
speed of the propeller by changing
the electric current frequency.
Retractable azimuth thrusters are
often used in portable dynamic
oositioning system, the incorporation
of which allows a vessel to maintain
ts position in open, rough seas.

A r e t r a c t a b le a z im u t h t h r u s t e r b y H ie T h r u s t m a s t e r

Glossary:

a contra-rotating propeller (CRP) an azipod propeller installed behind a fixed propeller;

a right angle an angle of 90°;
AC alternating electric current;
a POD an acronyme of Propulsion with Outboard Drive;
retractable that can be withdrawn.

TASK 1. MarEngine Speaking

Discuss the following advantages of the azipod system compared to the conventional propellers.
: maneuverability
Z. space in the engine room
Z noise level
- emissions
: fuel costs

TASK 2. MarEngine Grasp

A bat propellers are presented in the photo?

TASK 3. MarEngine Speaking

The A arts a schemes present three propulsion concepts: Twin CPP, CRP Thrusters and Wing Thrusters.
Recogr. ze the systems and describe them briefly.

W 12V32 6 000 kW

LIP S C P P 9 000 kW W ÀRTSILÀ 9L32 4 500 kW

190 rpm Shaft gen
4,1 m 1 600 kW
Wartsila 8L20 1360 kW, 60 Hz
c% W ÂRTSILÂ9L32 4 500 kW
is
H B H B
Bow thrusters
2 x 1 500 kW

LIPS Z-thruster, CPP 4000 kW

 "\

Internal Combustion Engines J

1 In te rn a l C om bustion
P rocess
Internal combustion engines are
machines that convert heat energy
nto mechanical energy. This
:-ansformation is based on laws
of physics. Namely, when gas is
confined without outlet for expansion,
c is compressed and its temperature
ncreases. In internal-combustion
engines, burning of fuel within a closed
cylinder results in gas expansion. The
cressure created on top of a piston
oy the expanding gases causes the
c ston to move.
The back-and-forth motion of a piston
s known as reciprocating motion
.straight-line motion). To perform a
-seful function, such as propelling
e ship or driving a generator to
cmvide electricity, the reciprocating
-otion must be changed to a rotating
turning) motion.
- internal combustion engines rely
on air, fuel and ignition.
Fuel contains potential energy for
engine operation, air contains oxygen
necessary for combustion, and ignition
starts the process of combust on.
All internal-combustion engines
consist of one or more cylinders that
are closed off at one end and have
a piston driving up the other end.
When the piston slides downward due
to the pressure of expanding gases
inside a cylinder, the upper end of the
connecting rod also moves downward
with the piston in a straight line.
The lower end of the connecting rod
moves down in a circular motion.
This makes the crankshaft rotate.
This rotation is the desired result,
which is the desired result of the
process.
There are different types of internal
combustion engines. The most
commonly used are diesel engines
and gasoline engines. The former are
extensively used in ship propulsion
and the latter in automotive industry.

Glossary:

an outlet a passage or vent for letting something out;

a piston a pipe-shaped piece of metal that fits tightly into an engine cylinder;
a connecting rod a rod connecting piston to a crankshaft;
to perform to act, to accomplish, to do;
a generator a machine for converting mechanical power into electricity;
automotive having to do with cars or motor vehicles;

TASK 1. Grammar Workpiece

_nder//ne a ll th e s e n t e n c e s in " 0 " c o n d it io n a l s t r u c t u r e in th e re a d in g .

TASK 2. MarEngine Terms

Vn a t o n e m e a n in g d o th e fo llo w in g w o r d s h a v e in c o m m o n ?

convert transform move expand compress

TASK 3. MarEngine Terms

th e o d d w o r d in e a c h ro w . J u s t if y y o u r c h o ic e .

machine temperature device engine

petrol cylinder shaft piston
energy power force physics
combustion ignition gasoline burning
rotating turning circular expanding

J N I T 1 3 - IN T E R N A L C O M B U S TIO N EN G IN ES
TASK 4. MarEngine Terms

Categorize the following words under the right headings:

combustion, combustion chamber, compression, connecting rod, crankshaft, cylinder, ignition, piston,
power, propulsion, rod end, rotation.

ENGINE ENGINE
PARTS OPERATION

Diesel engines usually have three The low-speed ones are usual »
2. Types o f D iesel Engines general speed ranges. directly coupled to the propeller.
Thus, they can be classified as: All engines designed to rotate b o f
Rudolf Diesel invented an internal - low-speed diesels (50 - 300 rpm), clockwise and anticlockwise are
combustion engine at the end of 19th - medium-speed diesels (300 - 1000 known as reversible engines.
century. His goal was to create an rpm) Engines not built to run in the opposite
engine with high efficiency. - high -speed diesels (above 1000 direction, are called non-reversible
Diesel engines of today are improved rpm.) engines.
versions of Rudolf Diesel's original
concept. This is why they bear his •According to the drive, diesel engines Cylinders in a diesel engine can be
name. can be divided into direct-coupled arranged either in a straight line or
engines, i.e. coupled directly to the in pairs at a 45o to 90o angle above
A diesel engine is an internal propeller shaft (also called direct a common crankshaft. Engines with
combustion engine where fuel is drive engines) and geared engines, cylinders placed in one line are callec
ignited by injecting it into hot, high- i.e. coupled to a reduction gear in-line engines. Engines with cylinders
pressure air in a combustion chamber. mechanism (indirect drive engines). mounted at an angle are referred tc
A diesel engine operates with a fixed Generally, high-speed and medium- as V-engines. In-line marine engines
sequence of events which can be speed engines drive the propeller by can have up to 12 cylinders while
achieved in either four strokes or two. means of a reduction gear box. V-engines up to 20 cylinders.
A stroke is the distance the piston
travels between its extreme points.
Various engine designs can relate to
the action of a piston.
According to it, diesel engines can be
classified as single acting, when one
side of the piston and one end of the
cylinder are used to develop power,
and double acting, where both piston
sides and both cylinder ends are used
to produce power.

Another way to categorize diesel

engines is based on the way the
piston is attached to the upper end of
the connecting rod.
This allows distinguishing between
two types of engines: a trunk-piston
engine (where the piston is directly
connected) and the crosshead engines
(where the piston is connected
indirectly).
Glossary:

a combustion chamber an enclosed space in an engine where combustion takes place;

a trunk piston a piston which has neither a crosshead nor a piston rod;
a piston rod- rod connecting a piston to a crosshead;
a crosshead a lower end of a piston rod carrying top end of a connecting rod;
clockwise in the direction in which the hands of a clock rotate;
anticlockwise in the direction opposite to the rotation of the clock hands, counterclockwise;
B&W Burmeister and Wain, the former name of MAN Company;

TASK 1. MarEngine Grasp

- ill the missing parts o f the diagrams with appropriate engine types or distinguishing features.

f :

LOW - SPEED
DIESELS

CYCLE OPERATION

r :■ ■T
V- TYPE ENGINES

TASK 2. MarEngine Speaking

describe the important events in the history o f the diesel engine early development presented in the table:

YEAR EVENT VESSEL

1912 single-acting, crosshead, four-stroke, M/S SELANDIA
direct, reversible
1924 double-acting, four-stroke M/S GRIPSHOLM
1929 double-acting, two-stroke M/S AMERICA
1932 ests with heavy fuel oil
1952 first turbocharged, two-stroke M/S DORTHE MAERSK

UNIT 13 - IN T E R N A L C O M B U S TIO N EN G IN ES
TASK 3. Grammar Workpiece

Fill in the gaps with passive forms o f the following verbs:

achieve, attach, classify, couple, design, ignite, make, use

1. Fuel i^ / ^ V k C by injecting it into the combustion chamber.

2. Diesel engines . . . . C/f^. ..... Q , ...... . into many types.

3. Sometimes both cylinder, ends to produce power,

4. Piston .. ...........C A ^ P i h g J to the upper end of the connecting rod.

5. Some engines . O c S i^ - ........ to run in both directions.

6. Engine p o w e r..... J.15...... ... <

1 1^) in four cycles.

7. Sometimes, engines . c /4 J c/ directly to the propeller shaft.

8. They . çj(. % c) n ' Y to run on HFO.

3. The Four-S troke Cycle
The four-stroke engine gets its name
from the four strokes of the piston
that have to be completed to convert
the fuel energy into work.
The four strokes of the piston are
the suction (induction) stroke, the
compression stroke, the power
(expansion, or firing) stroke and the
exhaust stroke. Sometimes, they are
remembered as suck, squeeze, bang
and blow.
Each of these strokes requires the
movement of the piston from the
Bottom Dead Center (BDC) to the Top
Dead Center (TDC) and half of the
crankshaft rotation. Therefore, two
complete revolutions of the crankshaft
are needed for one work cycle.
Four-stroke engines are fitted with
valve control for gas exchange with
intake and exhaust valves.
During the suction stroke, the
crankshaft rotates clockwise and
the piston moves from the TDC to
the BDC. The inlet valve is open and
the piston sucks in fresh air charge
through it.
Then, the compression stroke begins.
The inlet valve shuts shortly after the
BDC and the air charge is compressed
by the piston moving up to the TDC.
Because energy is transferred into
the air, its pressure and temperature
increase. By the time the piston
approaches the top of the cylinder,
the pressure is already above 150 bar
and the temperature over 500°C.
Modern engines can achieve firing
pressures of 200 bar.
During the power stroke, fuel is
injected into the cylinder by a fuel
injector just before the TDC.
At injection, the fuel is "atomized"
into tiny droplets.
The droplets are very small, so they
heat up quickly and start to burr
when the piston passes over the
TDC. The expanding gases force the
piston down the cylinder, causing the
crankshaft to turn.
It is during this stroke that work is put
into the engine.
In the exhaust stroke, the piston
approaches the bottom of the cylinder
and the exhaust valve starts to open.
Meanwhile, the hot gases (consisting
mostly of nitrogen, carbon dioxide anc
water vapour) are expelled from the
cylinder into the exhaust manifold.
The exhaust manifold discharges
exhaust gases either into the open
atmosphere or into the exhaust gas
turbine. As the piston approaches the
TDC again the inlet valve starts to
open and the cycle repeats.

TASK 1. MarEngine Grasp

Look at the diagram presenting the four-stroke cycle timing and answer the
following questions:

1. What process begins at 10° before the TDC?

2. When does the injection stop?
3. What happens at 35° before the BDC?
4. When does the air inlet valve open?
5. What takes place between points 4 and 5?

Glossary:

to squeeze to press hard and closely;

to bang to strike hard and noisily;
to blow to force air into or through;
a charge a load;
tiny very small;
a droplet a very small drop;
a manifold a system of pipes, pumps and valves operating together;

UNIT '3 IN TER N A L C O M B U S TIO N ENG INES

TASK 2, MarEngine Speaking

Describe the stages of the 4-stroke cycle, as illustrated below:

,, .
innimiBBc:

i* « iE ::= = = n n K ii" -t:ji

i»nc::z'23a][iiii»c:

TASK 3. MarEngine Grasp

Complete the following sentences:

1. Expanding gases

I The air inlet valve opens and

3. The exhaust valve opens allowing

Fuel is injected when

3, The final stroke is

6. Fresh air charge is drawn into

After fuel injection and combustion The downward stroke is called the
4. The T w o-S trok e Cycle
have taken place, the piston is at power stroke and the upward one is
the top of its stroke. known as the compression stroke.
s operation cycle takes two strokes
In the next step, the piston is forced Therefore, a two-cycle engine,
a piston and one revolution of a
down on its working stroke. therefore, has two power strokes for
rankshaft to complete the process
By the end of that stroke, the valves every one of the four-cycle engine
-eeded to get power.
in the cylinder head open the exhaust cycle.
It this cycle, each step is performed
ports. The burnt gases then begin to
r a very short time. However, the
leave the combustion chamber and
r.vo-stroke engine requires some
the piston continues to go down until
soecial arrangements. First, the
it opens the inlet, or scavenge, port.
~esh air is forced in under pressure.
Then, the pressurized air is entered
__e incoming air is used to clean
to drive out the remaining exhaust
:jt, or scavenge the exhaust gases
gas. The piston, on its return stroke,
=~d then fill the combustion space
closes the inlet ports. As the piston
th fresh air. Instead of inlet valves,
moves to the top of its stroke, the
•'ere are special holes, called ports,
air is compressed.
- ch are opened and closed by the
The two strokes earned their names
; de of the piston as it moves up and
from the cycle.
down.
COM PRESSION STROKE

UNIT 13 - IN T E R N A L C O M B U S TIO N EN G IN ES
TASK 1. MarEngine Grasp Top
1

Look at the diagram presenting the timing of the two-stroke cycle and
answer the following questions:

1. What process takes place between points 3 and 5?

2 What process finishes at about 50° after the BDC?
3. What process starts at point 2?
4. When does the exhaust port close?
5. What happens at about 6° before the TDC?

Glossary:

to accomplish to complete; to succeed in doing something;

a port an opening in an engine cylinder through which gases
enter or leave a cylinder;
to scavenge to clean up, to remove burnt gases from a cylinder;
pressurized air air placed under high pressure.
Bottom

TASK 2. MarEngine Grasp

Decide whether the following statements are true or false. Justify your choice.

1. Scavenging clears the cylinder of spent gases. TRUE FALSE

2. A 4-stroke diesel engine does not have intake valves. TRUE FALSE
3. A diesel engine is an external combustion engine. TRUE FALSE
4. In a 2-stroke engine, a crankshaft makes 2 revolutions in 1 cycle. TRUE FALSE
5. A 2-stroke engine develops twice as much power as a 4-stroke one. TRUE FALSE

TASK 3. MarEngine Terms

Fill in the blanks with words from the list:

consumption, efficient, loads, operation, range, shorter, unsuitable;

A two-cycle diesel engine is less thermally ........ Ijf..........................

..... than a four-cycle one and its fuel

(jp H VWjl? t -Ml iS much higher. The life of a 2-cycle diesel engine tends to be W u iity

than that of a 4-cycle model, because of the higher L o C-(J s " ......... placed on the engine.

Two-cycle diesel engines are much noisier in than 4-cycle ones, which makes them

Kjfi'XslhUe for a wide . ......................of pleasure boat applications.

TASK 4. MarEngine Grasp

What stage o f the two-stroke cycle is illustrated in the drawing?

Identify the elements o f the arrangement and write their names
in the table below.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

U N IT 13 - IN T E R N A L C O M B U S TIO N ENG INES

 The bottom end, or big end, of The cylinder liner and the cylinder
5. A Four-S troke Engine
the connecting rod is joined to the head are arranged with water-cooling
crankpin. passages around them.
An important part of an engine is a
The crankshaft drives the camshaft The four-stroke engine has certain
oiston which moves up and down in a
through gears. The camshaft operates advantages over the two-stroke one,
cylinder liner. The top of the cylinder
rocker arms either directly or through namely higher piston speeds, wider
ner is covered by a cylinder head,
pushrods. This allows opening the variations in speed and load, cooler
"he fuel injector is located in the
valves at the correct time in the cycle. pistons, no fuel loss through exhaust
cylinder head. The inlet and exhaust
The crankshaft is surrounded by and lower fuel consumption.
•alves are also housed in the cylinder
the crankcase and the engine block It also consumes less lubricating oil.
~ead and held shut by springs.
that supports the cylinder liners and
■ Hie piston is joined to the connecting
houses the crankshaft bearings.
md by a piston pin.

ROCKER ARM

FUEL INJECTOR -»*

CYLINDER HEA

EXHAUST VALVE

WATER COOLING CYLINDER LINER

PASSAGE PISTON
PISTON PIN
CAMSHAFT CONNECTING ROD

CAM

CRANKPIN

BOTTOM END BEARING

CRANKCASE

Glossary:

a cylinder head a casing with valves and injectors bolted to the top of the cylinder block;
a fuel injector a device with a nozzle through which fuel passes at high velocity;
3 piston pin (a gudgeon pin) a short shaft connecting piston and connecting rod in a trunk piston engine;
a crankpin that part of a crank to which the connecting rod is attached;
a pushrod a rod that transmits the action of a cam to a valve; a valve tappet;
a rocker arm a lever that transmits the action of a cam usually by means of a pushrod;
3 spark plug a piece fitted into a cylinder to ignite the air-fuel mixture in spark-ignited engines.
TASK 1. MarEngine Terms

Identify parts o f the engine and write their full names

in the table below.

IV d ^ d J(
cc CcsU jf
EV V o \ \ / '{

SP

PR ____

CR y?xJ
j

CS f o r )
k h ik _____________

T A S K 2. M a r E n g in e T e r m s

Choose the right verb and rewrite it into the blank in each sentence.

conta ins/ covers/con nects The cylinder head *7' the cylinder liner from the top.

houses/holds in place The cylinder head S o ') fue| injectors,

activates/mounts/moves The piston up and down inside the cylinder,

brings /burns/ignites A spark plug & " 0 ’’/ -TT 1 ‘5 the air-fuel mixture,

joins/attaches/presses The piston pin the connecting rod to the piston.

fits /supports/charges The engine block cylinder liners.

consumes/ignites/enters Fuel ...... through fuel injectors at high velocity. |

transmits/changes/forms A pushrod the action of a cam to a valve,

contains/drives/forms Thecrankpin 'f y / / r\e

b a part of the crankshaft,

consumes/charges/ignites A 4-stroke less lubricating oil. |

 There are also ports arranged in the
6. A T w o -S tro k e Engine
cylinder liner for air inlet and for a
cylinder head valve which enables the
release of exhaust gases.
A typical two-stroke engine is made
The crankshaft is supported within the
up of a piston that is solidly connected
engine bedplate by the main bearings.
to a piston rod. The other end of the
A-frames are mounted on the
piston rod is attached to a crosshead
bedplate and house guides e- =: ng
oearing. The top end of the connecting
the crosshead to travel up and down.
rod is also joined to the crosshead
oearing.
Some of the engine power is used
to drive a blower that forces the
air charge into the cylinder under
pressure. Additionally, because of a
much shorter period of opening the
intake ports (as compared to a four-
stroke cycle), a smaller amount of air
s admitted into the combustion space.
_ -£ :-s:-:<e engine, theoretically,
c e .e :rs : :e :~e cower of the four-
stroke ore :~e“ ;eo: scavenging,
however, reduces the power
advantage.

T A S K 1. M a rE n g in e T e rm s
List the verbs under the two
headings:
attached to; compressed by;
connected to; drawn into;
expelled from; injected into;
joined to; located in; mounted
on; reduced by; scavenged by;
secured to; supported by; used
to;

solidly firmly, strongly;

an engine bedplate a lower part of an engine resting on the foundation; also:
a crankcase subbase;
an A-frame a structural part of an engine in the form of the letter A;
engine block;
to mount to place, fix or fasten on something;
a blower a device for increasing the amount of air supplied to a
cylinder;
scavenging removing the combustion gases from a cylinder by a
stream of compressed air;

UNIT 13 - IN T E R N A L C O M B U S TIO N EN G IN ES
TASK 2. M arEngine Grasp
Identify the parts o f the two-stroke engine in the picture
-g~: and describe :he piston position and the stage of
7. Engine Parameters
Marine diesel engines are characterized by a wide range
of comparative parameters which allow for identifying
their sizes, loads, fuel consumption, efficiency and
state of their development.
1. Cylinder bore - measured in millimeters (mm)
or centimeters (cm) and is used to define the inner
(inside) diameter of the cylinder. The largest cylinder
bores applied to modern vessels can reach up to 1000
cm.
2. Stroke or the Length of the Stroke - a distance
a piston travels between the TDC and the BDC,
measured in mm or cm. This distance is one of the
factors that determine the piston speed.
3. The engine speed - measured in revolutions per
minute (rpm). It is the speed at which the crankshaft
rotates.
Since the piston is connected to the shaft, the rpm,
along with the length of the stroke, determine the
engine speed.
4. Mean piston speed - describes the average speed
of the piston as the crankshaft makes one revolution:
measured in meters per second (m/s), according to the
following formula:
Piston speed max = 2 x rpm x stroke
Mean piston speeds up to 8.5 m/s can be achieved by
siow-speed, two-stroke engines. In case of high-speed
marine diesels, these values can go up to 13m/s.
5. Mean effective pressure (MEP) - the average
pressure exerted on the piston during each power
stroke. There are two kinds of MEP - the indicated
mean effective pressure (IMEP) which is developed in
the cylinder and can be measured, and brake mean
effective pressure (BMEP) which can be calculated
from the brake horsepower. High mean pressures often
mean increased wear of the cylinder liners and pistor
rings. This value also indicates thermal and mechanics
loads on the engine. In modern high-speed marine
diesel engines, the mean effective pressure can reach
29 bars.
6. Horsepower (hp). The power developed within a
cylinder can be calculated by measuring the IMEP and
the engine speed (the rpm of the engine is converted
to the number of power strokes per minute). Thus, with
the bore and stroke known, the horsepower can be
calculated. This power is called indicated horsepower
(ihp) because it is obtained from the pressure measured
with an engine indicator.
The SI unit of power is the kW.
One kW = 1.341 hp
The brake horsepower (bhp), also called the shaft
horsepower, is the amount of power available for usefu
work. Bhp is less than ihp because of various power
losses that occur during operation.
7. Stroke-to-Bore Ratio - the length of the stroke
divided by the cylinder bore. If the result is about
one, we can classify an engine as a square one. If it
is slightly below two, an engine is called undersquare.
High stroke-to-bore-ratio results in a more compact
combustion chamber.
8. Maximum Continuous Rating (MCR) - the
maximum designed power which a diesel engine
is capable of delivering continuously at maximum
nominal speed in the period between two consecutive
overhaulings.
9. Fuel Consumption - depends on the power
developed.
The rate of fuel consumption is the amount of fuel
used in a unit of time, e.g. tonne/day. The Specific Fue
Consumption (SFC) is the amount of fuel used in a time
unit to produce power unit, e.g. kg/kWh. There are
some other fuel consumption parameters, like BSFC,
which refers to Brake Specific Fuel Consumption, or
SFOC, which stands for Specific Fuel Oil Consumption.
U N IT 13 - IN T E R N A L C O M B U S TIO N ENGINES
Glossary:

a formula (pi formulas, formulae) a rule or mathematical method for doing something;
to calculate to determine the amount of something using mathematics; to compute;
continuous going on or extending without interruption or break;
nominal speed the speed designed for the engine;
consecutive following in an order, successive;
an overhauling a strict and thorough examination of a device for good working order;
TASK 1. MarEngine Speaking
Describe the Sulzer RTA60C engine parameters in full sentences.

Bore mm 600
Stroke mm 2250
Stroke/bore 3.75
Number of cylinders 5-8
Speed rpm 114-91
Mean piston speed m/s 8.55-6.83
Mean effective pressure bar 195-136
Cylinder pressure bar 155
Fuel consumption bag/bhph 125-120
Power/cylinder bhp 3210-2240
at MCR kW 2360-1650

TASK 2. MarEngine Grasp

Calculate the differences in parameters o f the two engines and fill in the last column with the results.
5. Continue with a short comparison o f the two engines.

Engine Type 8S50ME-B9 9S50MC-C7 Difference

Engine Parameter A B

Power 14,240kW 14,220kW

Speed 117 rpm 127 rpm
Lenght 8,950 mm 9,324 mm
Mass 289 t 311 t
Specific weight 20.3kg/kW 20,8 kg/kW

- comparison of 8S50ME-B9 and 9S50MC-C7 shows that the S50MEB has 20 kW more power than a 9S50MC-C7, and

TASK 3. MarEngine Speaking

I escribe the MAN B&W 14K98ME-C engine
. s rg its technical parameters:

V . of cylinders - 14
I. nder bore - 98 cm
Output - 84,280 kW
Steed - 104 rpm
Pep - 19.2 bar
SFOC - 171 g/kWh
-e ght - 14.55 m
A tth - 4.37 m
_r_gth - 29.00 m
Height - 2,219 dry mass tons

. S I T 13 - IN T E R N A L C O M B U S TIO N EN G IN ES

1. B ackground o f M arine
Fuels
Crude oil and natural gas are extracted
from the ground by oil wells and then
are transported by pipelines or ships
to oil refineries.
Generally, crude oil is a mixture
of hydrocarbon compounds with
relatively small amounts of oxygen,
nitrogen, sulphur, salt and water.
An oil refinery is a manufacturing
plant designed to cause physical
and chemical changes in crude oil
structure to convert it into a range
of end products like petrol, diesel,
lubricating oil and fuel oil.
In a refinery, most of non-hydrocarbon
substances are removed and crude
oil undergoes a distillation process.
During this process, crude oil is
separated into groups of hydrocarbons
that boil between two specified boiling
points.
First, crude oil is heated up to
approximately 350°C and undergoes
atmospheric distillation in a distilling
column, also called a tower, where
most of the lightest fractions are
recovered at the atmospheric
pressure.
Then, the liquid falls to the bottom
and the vapours pass through a series
of perforated trays.
As a result, heavier hydrocarbons
settle on lower levels and lighter ones
condense on higher trays.
Glossary:
a fraction a part broken off a larger piece, or a portion separated from a mixture;
perforated with many small holes;
volatile capable of being easily vapourized at low temperatures;
blended being a mixture of some varieties;
residue remaining at the end of some process;
■>
Marine Fuels
In this way, four main fractions are Distillate fuels that are further distillec
generated: fall into several categories and are
Refinery gas - methane, ethane and used for specific applications.
hydrogen Kerosene is the lowest temperature
Liquefied petroleum gas - propane boiling fraction and is used for
and butane commercial jet turbine engine fuels
Gasoline and for small heaters. The seconc
Distilled fuels fraction is diesel fuel used for
automotive fuels in compression-
The non-boiling fraction is called ignition engines. The next higher
residuum or residual oil. In the next boiling fraction is used for home
step of the process, heating and, in warmer conditions, as
the bottom residuum of the diesel fuel foron- and off- road engines
atmospheric distillation is further The next heavier fraction supplies
heated up to 450oC and goes to the fuel for industrial heaters and boilers
vacuum distillation column where all Finally, the "heaviest" fractions (the
volatile components are recovered by ones with the highest boiling point
low pressure distillation. are often blended with residual oil
The heavy distillates recovered by to make fuels for large steam boilers
vacuum distillation can be changed and, with fuel preheating, for very
into lubricating oils during various large compression-ignition engines
processes. installed on ocean-going ships.
VACUUM
COLUMN
< -------
GAS OILS
.UBRICATING
OILS
VACUUM
RESIDUUM RESIDUUM
FURN ACE
 ■

TASK 1. Grammar Workpiece

Noun compounds. Sometimes, especially in technical English, instead of saying "ranges of high temperature", we can
omit "of" and place the first word in the final position, and say "high temperature ranges". In such a word order, the
ast word functions as a noun; all the previous ones describe it and function as adjectives.

Rewrite the phrases below omitting "of" or "for":

1. distillation of crude oil ........

2. fraction of boiling temperature

3. fuel for a jet turbine engine

-. fuels for a compression-ignition engine

5. fuels for home heating

5. components of engine f u e l s ............

TASK 2, MarEngine Grasp

Fill in the blocks with the following names:

Crude oil
Distillation column
Diesel oils
Fuel oils
Gasoline
Kerosene
Lubricating oils
Naphtha
Residue

TASK 3, MarEngine Terms

Fill in the gaps with words from the list:

burn, clean, cylinders, engines, equipment, fitted, fuel,
general, ignition, mist, processes, requirements, spray;

Because of the differences in the combustion..............................

and in the fuel systems of diesel and gasoline

the fuels for them must be refined to meet different

In .............................. , diesel engines require a

particularly fuel. Otherwise, closely

parts of the injection

will wear rapidly. In addition, the small passages that create the

f u e l....................... . . . inside cylinders will get clogged.

Diesel must have a composition that

permits it to be injected into the in a fine

or fog.

Diesel fuel must also have qualities that

permit the fuel to ignite properly and rapidly.

 Today, almost all marine fuels are The pour point, also called the solid
2. M arine Fuel C h a ra cte ristics
based on fractions from other more point, defines the lowest temperature
advanced refinery processes and the at which fuel can be handled before i:
Marine fuels can be characterized
viscosity itself says little about the stops flowing easily.
by many parameters which are
fuel quality. Once the fuel sets, it can be very
specified to meet various application
For practical operation, the knowledge difficult to re-liquefy it. The storage
requirements.
of fuel viscosity is needed to estimate temperature of fuel should be 5 tc
Density is the relationship between
the required temperatures for fuel 10°C below the solid point.
mass and volume at a stated
storage, pumping and injection. The cloud point is the temperature
temperature.
Net specific energy describes the at which the fuel oil starts to look
The SI density unit is kg/m3 (all
energy content of a fuel and is "cloudy" (and tends to block filters),
values are normally given for 15°C).
expressed in kJ/kg. due to wax crystal formation.
Fuel density is a parameter needed in
It influences engine fuel consumption
many calculations.
and decreases with rising density of Sulphur is a natural crude oil element.
In the USA and some other countries,
a fuel. The amount of sulphur in fuels
the density of petroleum products is
Flash point of a fuel is the temperature depends mainly on the source of crude
defined in terms of API gravity.
at which vapour will ignite when an oil. Marine fuels used in Internationa
This an arbitrary scale adopted by
external flame is applied. shipping contain about 1500 times
the American Petroleum Institute for
Knowing the flash point of a given more sulphur than road fuels.
expressing the relative density of oils.
fuel allows minimising fire risk The IMO will require the application
Viscosity is a property of the internal
during normal storage and handling. of marine fuels with 0.1% sulphu'
resistance of a fluid to relative
According to SOLAS, all fuels that are content for the North Sea, the English
movement. The standard unit to
used in the engine room must have a Channel and The Baltic Sea waters ir
measure kinematic viscosity is the
flash point of at least 60°C. the nearest future.
centistoke (cSt).
The normal maximum storage A maximum of 0.2% sulphur content
Dynamic viscosity is measured in Pas,
temperature of a fuel is 10°C below is required for harbours and inlanc
that is Pascal per second.
the flash point. waters.
Since viscosity changes with
The ignition quality of a fuel is a The carbon residue gives an indication
temperature, its value must
measure of the relative ease by which of the amount of hydrocarbons ir
correspond with fuel temperature.
the fuel ignites. For distillate fuels, this the fuel, as well as its tendency to
Marine fuels have been traditionally
is measured by the cetane number. form carbon deposits under high
classified according to their viscosity.
The higher the cetane number, the temperature.
This is still a valid oil quality criterion,
lower the ignition quality. The ash content is the measure of
as long as the oil is recovered from
metals present in the fuel.
the atmospheric distillation.

Glossary: TASK 1. MarEngine Speaking

arbitrary not fixed by rules, up to choice; Read the formula for calculating the relationship o f API
resistance a force that opposes;
SI the International Metric System of Units; '___ 141.5
gravity to relative density: •131.5
flash a sudden burst of flames; V R D at60/60°F
deposits something left, sediments;

TASK 2. MarEngine Terms

Fill in the blanks with words from the list:

areas, Channel, emissions, established, Maritime, restrict, seas, shipping, sulphur

MARPOL is short for 'Marine Pollution' and is derived from the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution

in 1973. Annex VI of the MARPOL convention covers'Air Pollution'for

The International Organisation (IMO) has set up 'Sulphur Emission Control Areas' (SECAs) unde'

MARPOL where emission standards are more restrictive than those of the open

In Europe, the North Sea & the English SECA was set up in 2007 and was added to the Baltic Sea

SECA established the previous year.

Today these water are now referred to ECAs since they potentially could include othe'

. Currently, however, they . only sulphur emissions.

 TASK 3. MarEngine Speaking

The IMO, through its Marine Environment Protection Committee (MEPC), has established new emission standards in
MARPOL Annex VI. The revised standards came into force from 1 July 2010 and in summary are shown in the table
below.
According to the ISO 8217, both residual and distillate products are labe ed by a designated code that consists of:
1. the letters ISO,
2. the letter F (for petroleum fuels),
3. the category of fuel, consisting of three letters: the first letter is either D for a ist ate or R for residual; the second
letter, M, means the application "Marine" and the third letter, X, A, B, C or K, indicates particular properties;

Discuss the evolution o f marine fuel sulphur content standards.

Date EU IMO Marpol Annex VI

1st Jan 2010 SCMF-Vessels at Bert Global Marine 4.50 mass %S
www.ukpia.com
-0.10 mass % S in all
Evolution of Marine Fuel Sulphur 2010-
El) ports
2020 (2025)
' 1st July 2010 ECA's 1.00 mass % S (Note: SCMF- Sulphur Content of Marine
(Emission Control Areas) Fuels Directive;
1st Jan 2011 FQD-Inland waterways FQD - Fuel Quality Directive)
max lOppm S
1st Jan 2012 Global Marine 3.50 mass % S
1st Jan 2015 ECA's 0.10 mass % S (i.e. Gas Oil?)
1st Jan 2020 All marine 0.50 mass % S (subject to
review 2018 ehich could defer to 2025)

TASK 4. MarEngine Grasp

- II in the UNIT column in the table o f the fuel oil specification report:

CHARACTERISTICS UNIT RESULT

While the ISO 8217 takes into account
Density (15°C) 930 various international requirements
Viscosity (50°C) 80 for properties such as flash point or
Flash point 70 sulphur content, it is up to the user
to ensure compliance of marine fuels
Pour point 30
with all local, national and regional
Sulphur 3.5 requirements.
Carbon residue 9
Ash 0,01 For residual fuels, the above letters
are followed by a number which
Net specific energy 10.5
corresponds to the maximum viscosity
3. C la ssifica tio n o f M arine These fuels are used in slow- and at 50°C, for example ISO-F-RMA 10.
medium-speed diesel engines which Residual fuels vary in viscosities and
Fuels
are suitable for heavy oils. are available in high and low sulphur
Distillate fuels, as the name implies, variants. They are blended to meet
~ie classification of marine fuels is
are separated during more advanced specification requirements.
rased on their main application and
distillation processes and are The most common among residual
:~aracteristics. The classification
characterized by lower viscosity and fuels are intermediate fuel oil grades
: roadly distinguishes between
very low pollutant content. called IFO-180 and IFO-380.
-as dual and distillate fuels.
Distillate fuels are used in medium- IFO -180 is a mixture of 98% residual
=as:dual, or heavy, fuels make the
and high-speed marine diesels where oil and 2% distillate oil.
“ eaviest fraction of the crude oil
low emissions limits are required. IFO-380 contains 88% residual oil
i: filiation and are characterized
There is also a wide range of blended and 12% distillate oil.
I bv high viscosity and high pollutant
fuels, called inter-fuels or intermediate The numbers are viscosity limits at the
crntent. To achieve the required
marine fuels. common fuel handling temperature of
*.;ection viscosity, residual fuels
50°C, and are equivalent to 25 and
- - s t be processed and preheated on
IMO initiated the ISO 8217 standard 35 to 25 and 35 centistokes at 100°C.
:::ard. Due to these drawbacks, they
which has become the general Therefore, the official specification for
c's the cheapest liquid marine fuels
standard for petroleum products in IFO-180 is RME-25 and for IFO-380 is
e - the market.
the world shipping. RMG-35.
 e follow 3 :ne most commonly used types of distillate marine fuels:

D i s t i l la t e M a r i n e f u e l s
F e a tu re s
(D M )

a l s o c a l l e d M G O - m a r i n e g a s o il; p u r e d i s t i l l a t e w i t h L S in d e x
DMA
- L o w S u lp h u r c o n t e n t s ; fr e e f r o m t r a c e s o f r e s id u a l fu e ls ;

a l s o c a l l e d M D O - m a r i n e d i e s e l o il; g o o d c o m b u s t i o n
DMB
c h a r a c t e r is t ic s a n d s p e c ifie d c e t a n e n u m b e r ;

a ls o c a lle d b le n d e d M D O ; m ix t u r e o f d is t illa t e a n d u p t o 2 0 %
DMC
o f r e s id u a l f u e l ; m u s t b e f i l t e r e d a n d p r e - h e a t e d o n b o a r d ;

l i g h t d i s t i l l a t e w i t h a r e l a t i v e l y lo w f l a s h p o i n t ; i n t e n d e d
DMX
m a in ly f o r u s e a s e m e r g e n c y d ie s e l f o r lif e b o a t e n g in e s ;

G lo s s a r y :

a d ra w b a ck a disadvantage;
a p o llu t a n t a substance that is harmful to the environment;
c o m p lia n c e an action or fact of obeying orders or rules;

T A S K 1. M a r E n g in e T e r m s

Rewrite the following compounds using the linking words like "of", ''for ",etc.

1. fuel handling temperature -

2. intermediate fuel oil grades - .

3. marine fuels classification-

4. crude oil distillation - ..............................

5. sulphur emission limits - ....................................................................

6. viscosity limit number -

T A S K 2. M a r E n g in e G r a s p

Fill in the viscosity limits and then compare the required characteristic for the residual marine fuels included in the
table.

C H A R A C TER ISTIC S U N IT LIM IT RM A10 RM B30 RMD80

D e n s it y ( a t 1 5 °C ) kg/m 3 m ax 920 960 975

F la s h p o i n t °C m in 60 60 60

V is c o s it y m m 2/ s m ax ? ?
”
C a r b o n r e s id u e m ass % m ax 2 .5 10 14

p o u r p o in t °C m ax 6 6 30

4. Bunkering Operation
Bunkering means loading, transferring
and discharging of marine fuels from a
bunker barge or a bunker terminal to
a receiving ship, where the fuels are
used for ship machinery operation.
The word "bunker" gets its name after
tanks on ships and in ports where it
is stored.
Today, bunkering of ships has become
a complex operation requiring strict
compliance with international and
local regulations.
The ship crew involved in bunkering
operations should closely follow the
instructions provided in the ship
Safety Management System and the
Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency
Plan.
Bunkering operations are governed
by the IMO MARPOL Annexes I & VI.
The SOLAS Chapter VI, Regulation
5.1 also requires that the supplier
provides a Material Safety Data Sheet
to the ship prior to bunkering. This is
done to enable the crew to operate
under safe conditions.
Prior to bunkering, the engineer in
charge has to verify the quantity and
the grades of the fuel to be loaded,
as well as the ship tanks and pipeline
systems to be used during the
pumping operation. The order in which
tanks will be filled should be definec
clearly and all the hose connections
and valves should be checked.
The bunkering operation must be
monitored at all times. There should
be at least one deck watch and
one engine room watch who assist
and oversee the hose connections
continuously, and check the bunkering
progress and the transfer rate.

U N IT 14 - M A R IN E FU ELS
During bunkering, a continuous First, the sampling container is All seal numbers should also be
crip sample should be taken at the properly sealed and its condition recorded in the Bunker Delivery
sampling point agreed upon between verified by representatives of both Note (BDN). The purpose of the
me supplier and the member of the parties. Then, the seals are broken Bunker Delivery Note (BDN) or
-eceiving ship. Sampling . should and the samples are poured into new Bunker Delivery Receipt, (BDR) is to
start and finish simultaneously with sampling bottles, properly sealed and record the grade and quantity of fuel
bunkering. labelled with adequate numbers and transferred. MARPOL Annex VI also
finally signed. requires including details about the
Glossary: fuel sulphur content.

a receiving ship a ship into which fuel for machinery operation is loaded;
a drip sample a fuel sample taken by special equipment which allows the fuel to drip into the sample containers;

TASK 1. MarEngine Grasp TASK 2. MarEngine Speaking

\!hat questions would you ask in order to get Discuss the contents o f the BDN in details:
2 I the data to fill in the Bunker sample label?

BUNKER DELIVERY NOTE

Bunker sample label
V e s s e l 's N a m e IM O no. Bunker International Co., Ltd. septem ber 13, 2011 - 13:35 Lo cal

Th e Seven S eas septem ber 13, 2011 -11:35 G M T

S a m p lin g d a t e L o c a tio n W o r ld w id e
23456789

S u p p lie r N a m e o f b u n k e r ta n k e r:

Supplier Information
S a m p lin g p o in t: Delivering Vessel G o4 B u n ke r Barge
□ V e s s e l m a n ifo ld □ B u n k e r t a n k e r m a n ifo ld
IM O N u m b e r IMO 2345671
S a m p lin g m e t h o d :
Z C o n t in u o u s d rip □ O t h e r s (p le a s e s p e c if y ):

S ra d e :
S u p p lie r's s e a l n o .:
C a rg o O ffic e r
s a m e (in b lo c k le tte rs )
Q u a n t it y M T :
Customer Information
R e c e iv in g V e s s e l Millenium Falcon
V e s s e l’s s e a l n o . S u r v e y o r ’s s e a l n o .
(if a p p lic a b le ): (if a p p lic a b le ):
IM O N u m b e r IMO 1235678
P la c e o f D e liv e r y Singapore
C h ie f E n g in e e r B u n k e r S u rv e y o r
Delivery Information
N a m e (in b lo c k le tte rs) N a m e (in b lo c k le tte rs )

S ta rt o f D e liv e y marts 09, 2011 -10:15 Local

S ig n a tu re S ig n a tu r e S ig n a tu r e
E n d o f D e liv e r y marts 09, 2011 -13:07 Local
Q u a n tity D e liv e r e d 3.548,00 Metric Tonnes
S u lp h u r C o n t e n t 3,2 % m/m
.vw.bimco.org) A v e r a g e V is c o s it y 179,41 cSt @ 50°C
T h e F u e l O il S u p p lie d c o n f o r m s to M A R P O L 73/78, A n n e x VI, R e g u la tio n 14(1) a n d 18(1).

cSt @ 50°C
1000,000

TASK 3. SMCP Workpiece

: hrases used for communication with a bunker
rtarge or an oil terminal.

Answer the following YES/NO questions as in the

e -ample:
cSt Continuous —cSt Average
-•ample: "Are you ready to load?"
1 ’Yes, ready to load," b "No, not ready to load. ” The above Graph represents continuous measurements at Vessels Manifold of Fuel Viscosity @ 50°C

: Are bunkering hoses connected? S ig n e d a t a b o v e d a te

2. Can we connect loading arm?
2 Are valves open?
•* Are you ready for sampling?
S u p p lie r s R e p r e s e n ta t iv e
: Are you pumping?
c Are you receiving?
Are you checking the transfer rate?
: Is the pumping pressure safe?
 Engine Parts
1. Engine H ousing

Engine housing refers to all the stationary parts that

support the entire engine loads and forces, hold
the crankshaft, permit engine foundation work and
accommodate cylinder blocks.
The design of the engine housing depends mainly on
the engine type, size and weight. The most crucial
factor, however, is the way the crankshaft is installed.
Engine housing can include such stationary parts as: the
bedplate, frames, columns, crankcase and tie bolts.
The bedplate is the foundation on which the engine is
built. Sometimes it is defined as a crankcase sub-base.
The bedplate consists of two longitudinal girders which
run along the length of the engine. The transverse
girders, which connect them, are positioned between
each crankshaft throw at both sides of the thrust collar.
The bedplate must be rigid enough to support the rest
of the engine and hold the crankshaft in alignment with
transverse girders. At the same time it must be flexible
enough to hog and sag with the foundation plate to which
it is attached and which forms part of the ship structure.
If the bedplate were too rigid, the holding down bolts,
which secure the engine and keep it firmly in one place,
would most likely break and cause a danger of bedplate
cracking.
Modern bedplates are made of fabricated longitudinal
girders with cast steel transverse sections.
The engine housing of a modern 4 stroke medium-speed
diesel engine can be made either as a single casting or
fabricated from cast steel sections welded with steel
plates.
Most of today's four-stroke marine engine housings are
manufactured with the underslung crankcase which
is held by a bedplate and ensures high stiffness to the
engine block.

The housing of two-stroke marine engines consists

of several, relatively big parts. The parts include
a bedplate, columns, also called an A-frame, and
the engine block, also referred to as the engine
entablature, incorporating the scavenge air and cooling
water spaces. The A-frame is mounted on the bedplate
to a frame box.
To hold the bedplate, columns and the engine
block firmly together, long tie rods, or tie bolts are
fitted through these three segments and tightened
hydraulically.
A cylinder block is a part of the engine housing
supporting cylinder liners and cylinder heads. Blocks
for most large two-stroke diesel engines are made
of castings and plates welded both horizontally and
vertically. This type of welding increases strength and
rigidity of cylinder blocks.
If one block houses all the engine cylinders, or a group
of them, the name "engine block" can be used instead
of "cylinder block".
Glossary:

stationary not moving;

a camshaft throw one crankpin with its two webs;
a thrust collar a part of a thrust bearing;
in alignment arranged in a straight line;
to hog and sag to make a ship curve up in the centre and get downwards at its ends due to strain;
underslung suspended from the underside of something;

TASK 1, MarEngine Grasp

Place the following headings under the right drawings: BEDPLATE, FRAME BOX, A-FRAME

TASK 2. MarEngine Grasp

>V'hat elements o f the Wartsila 34DF engine can you recognize in the picture?

TASK 3. MarEngine Grasp

indicate the two types of engine bedplate girders in the sketch.

UNIT 15 - EN G IN E PA R TS
TASK 4. MarEngine Terms

The drawing presents the engine frame of a four-stroke diesel

engine MAN W 40/542. The top of the engine frame is braced by
transverse members which are held down by long tie rods.
Waisted bolts pull the members to the seating faces in the frame.
Both side walls have large openings with detachable doors.

Identify and name the elements highlighted in bold in the drawing.

1..............

2 ......................

3..................................................................................... .......

4. .

2. S tationary P arts o f an Engine

A cylinder liner is a bore in which an engine piston moves up

and down. The basic functions of cylinder liners include guiding Antipolishinc
pistons, forming the combustion chamber and, in case of two- Ring
stroke diesel engines, housing ports for gas exchange. 1Water Distrit j J
Cylinder liners may be divided into two general types: dry IRing
and wet. A dry liner does not come in contact with the engine
coolant. Instead, it is fixed tightly against the cooling jacket
wall.in the cylinder block. In the wet liner, the coolant comes in
direct contact with the liner. Wet liners can have cooling water
spaces between the engine block and the liner, or they may have
integral cooling passages. Liners with integral cooling passages
are sometimes referred to as water-jacket liners.
In ship engines, only wet cylinder liners are used, mainly due to
their ease of dismantling for overhauling. Marine diesel engines
are constructed with replaceable liners.
The liner material must withstand extreme heat and pressure
CYLINDER LINE?
conditions present in the combustion space at the top of the
cylinder. At the same time, it must permit the piston and its
sealing rings to move smoothly with minimal friction.
Cylinder liner rings are inserted in the liner top to prevent
the accumulation of carbon and reduce the consumption of
lubricating oil. The number and type of inserted rings depends
on the liner design. Cylinder liner rings get their names from
the functions they are designed to perform - e.g. anti-polishing,
piston-cleaning, water distribution, flame, shaver, etc.
A reservoir that is used for collecting and holding lubricating oil
is a necessary part of an engine. It may be called a sump or an
oil pan, depending on the engine design. In dry sump engines,
the oil pan only catches the lubricating oil as it drains through
the engine. When the oil reaches the oil pan, it is immediately
drained (due to gravity force) to a lube oil collection reservoir.
The cylinder liner is covered and sealed tightly from the top by
the cylinder head, also called the cylinder cover.
A number of crucial engine parts are either housed in there or
are attached to the cylinder head. The cylinder head of a four-
stroke engine houses intake and exhaust valves, valve guides,
valve seats, fuel injectors and starting air valves.
Relief or safety valves can also be fitted in the cylinder head. The
number of cylinder heads in diesel engines can vary.
Small engines of in-line arrangement use just one head for all
cylinders. Large diesel engines usually have one cylinder head
for each cylinder, although some engines also use one head for
each pair of cylinders.
Glossary:

a coolant a substance, usually a fluid, used to remove heat, a cooling agent;

a cooling jacket an outer casing forming a space around a cylinder for coolant circulation;
a valve guide a hollow shaft pressed into a cylinder head to hold a valve in alignment;
a valve seat the part of the valve mechanism upon which a va ve rests;
a safety valve a valve that opens rapidly in case of excessive pressure:
a relief valve an automatic valve that prevents the creation of overpressu'e;

TASK 1. MarEngine Grasp

Complete the following sentences:

1. A cylinder block may contain

2. Marine diesels are constructed with

3. Cylinder liners may be divided into

4. The bedplate is attached to

5. The combustion chamber is sealed by

6. Sometimes, bedplates can be made from

7. Stationary parts should be inspected regularly for

8. An oil sum is designed f o r ........

TASK 2. MarEngine Terms

Match the numbers to the parts' names o f the
low-speed, two-stroke crosshead engine:

A-frame
>
crankpin bearing
<
crankshaft

connecting rod

/ foundation bolt

lubricating oil pipeline

/)
oilsump

tie rod
_ 1 _

TASK 3. MarEngine Speaking

What type o f cylinder liner does the cross section
show? Explain briefly how a cylinder liner functions.

NG
GASKET

CYLINDER
LINER
 In trunk-type pistons, the crown (or
3. Pistons
head) of a piston acts as a moving
surface that changes the content of
A piston is the most important moving
the cylinder, removes gases from it and
part of an engine. It determines the
transmits the energy of combustion.
engine power and performance.
Pistons in two-stroke marine diesels
Main functions of a piston include
are mostly cylindrical in shape,
transmitting the energy of combustion,
whereas the four-stroke ones tend to
withstanding extreme heat and
have a conical profile at the top.
combustion pressure, forming the
Generally, the crown end of a piston
lower part of the combustion chamber,
is slightly smaller in diameter than the
carrying piston rings and removing
skirt end. There is a great variety of
heat.
crown designs - truncated, conical,
recessed, dome, concave and flat.
There are two distinct types of pistons:
Piston crowns of concave design are
a trunk piston and a crosshead
common in marine engines.
piston.
Modern two-stroke engines have oil-
cooled pistons. The hollow piston rod
A crosshead piston comprises two
is designed to carry oil to and from the
pieces - a crown and a skirt.
piston. When overhauling a piston, it
The crown is constantly exposed to
is important to check the piston crown
high temperatures in the combustion
for burning- and corrosion-induced
space and its surface is vulnerable to
thinning.
erosion. The crown also carries from
Pistons for four-stroke engines
three to five piston rings, usually
operating on heavy fuel oil are usually
chrome plated. The cast iron skirt acts
made of composite, bore-cooled
as a guide within the cylinder liner.
materials - with the crown and the
A forged steel piston rod is bolted to Piston
skirt being made of different materials.
the underside of the piston.
Piston rings may be located in the
The other end of the piston rod is
crown or in both the crown and the
attached to the crosshead pin.
skirt. The rings are usually chrome-
plated.

Glossary: TASK 1. MarEngine Speaking

vulnerable likely to get, to suffer from; Explain the cooling process taking place in the engine
to erode to wear away, to vanish gradually; part drawn below.
hollow of empty space within;
truncated of square or even end, as if cut off;
recessed with an indentation in its surface;
dome of an elliptical shape;
concave curved like the inside of a ball half;
thinning a process of getting thin;
induced caused.
TASK 2. MarEngine Grasp
What engines do the A and B cross sections illustrate? What types o f pistons are they fitted with 7

TASK 3. MarEngine Terms

Choose the verb synonymous to the one underlined in each o f the sentences below.

1. The piston comprises two pieces.

a. consists o (b jicombusts c. constructs

2. The crown carries several piston rings.

a.jTcj^ louses
. ( 3 )h( c. consists of

3. These engines burn heavy fuel oils.

a. utilize b. use c. reuse

4. Pistons are constructed of a variety of materials.

a. combined
n
yb^made c. fitted

5. Cast iron pistons expand less in high temperatures,

a. get thinner buenlarge c. raise

4. Piston Rings and Pins

Piston rings are particularly vital to

PISTON
;:a'=:cn as they seal the RINGS PISTON
cyl nden cistribute oil onto cylinder
.■ .alls and transfer heat from the piston
RINGS
to the cylinder wall. Oil rings control
lubricating oil, whereas compression
rings seal the cylinder.
THRUST
PIECE CIRCLIP

OIL
PISTON
CATCHER
PIN

Compression rings are generally

located at the crown (or combustion)
end of the piston. The ring closest to
the crown is sometimes referred to
as the firing ring. Most compression
rings are made of grey cast iron. The
top ring, which has the heaviest load,
is often covered with a special wear-
resistant coating.
Piston rings come in a variety of
cross sections, but the most common
in large marine diesel engines are
rectangular ones. The rings must be
sufficiently elastic to press uniformly
against cylinder walls.
The diameter of the ring, before
installation, must be slightly larger
than the cylinder bore. The tension
created when the ring is compressed
and placed in the cylinder causes it to
expand and produce pressure against
the cylinder wall. Oil rings must
distribute enough oil to cylinder walls
to prevent metal-to-metal contact and
control the amount of oil distributed.
Engine parts manufacturers use
different terms to identify oil rings
of an engine, i.e. oil control rings,
oil scraper rings, oil wiper rings, oil
cutter rings, oil drain rings, and oil
regulating rings. Regardless of the
terminology used, all those rings are
used to limit the oil film on cylinder
walls.
A piston pin, also known as a gudgeon
pin, joins the piston to the connecting
rod. It passes through the eye of the
connecting small end.
Piston pins are usually hollow and
made of machined and hardened steel
alloys. Their construction provides
maximum strength with minimum
weight. Some pins are chromium-
plated to increase the wearing
qualities.
The pins can be lubricated in a
number of ways - by splash from the
crankcase, by oil forced through oil
passages in connecting rods or by the
use of piston oil spray nozzles.
There are three major types of piston
pins. The classification criterion is the
way pins are secured in the connecting
rod assembly. Thus, a pin secured to
the piston at the bosses, and with
the connecting rod oscillating on the
pin, is called a stationary or fixed
pin. Semi-floating pins are secured in
the middle to the connecting rod and
the pin ends are free to move in the
piston pin bearings. Full-floating pins
are secured neither to the piston nor
to the connecting rod but held in place
by circlips, caps, plugs, snap rings or
spring clips. Full-floating piston pins
are most common in marine diesel
engines.

Glossary:

uniformly in the same manner, without variation or diversity;

to scrape to make smooth by rubbing
to wipe to make clean or dry by rubbing;
an oil film a thin layer of oil;
a splash a small quantity of liquid that has fallen or been dashed against a surface:
an assembly several parts fitted together to make a whole;
a piston boss reinforced area around the piston pin bore;
to oscillate move back and forth rhythmically;
a piston pin bearing a bearing in the eye of a connecting rod;
a circlip a ring sprung into a groove to hold something in place; a snap ring;
a spring clip a clip working with a spring;
TASK 1. MarEngine Grasp

Match the names of the piston assembly parts

with the appropriate numbers.

b7
s n a p r in g 1

p is t o n p in 2

p is t o n s k i r t

o il c o n t r o l r in g
3
5
4
1
f i r in g r in g 5

p is t o n c r o w n 6 <1
c o m p r e s s i o n r in g

c o n n e c t in g ro d 8
7
'7

TASK 2. MarEngine Terms

F ill in the blanks in the text with words given below:

c le a r a n c e , d e s ig n , e n g in e , flo a t , fr e e ly , in n o v a t iv e , n o is e , p is t o n , r e d u c t io n , ro d

To reduce engine ^\Qj. 5<- caused by the contact between the pistons and the piston pins, RL

uses a full-floating piston p in ........................... that reduces the

oetween them. Typically, a piston pin is pressed in the and larger clearance between the pin

and the aluminium allows the piston to move freely. In more designs, the

Din moves in the rod and the piston rocks freely on the pin.

~his advanced design results in a significant 5db noise

TASK 3. MarEngine Terms

One of the four words in each line does not belong to the "family". Indicate it and justify your choice.

v a r io u s e s s e n t ia l im p o r ta n t v it a l

o p e r a t io n p e rfo rm a n c e w o r k in g m a n u fa c t u r in g

d ia m e t e r r in g c r o s s s e c tio n b o re

id e n t ify use c la s s ify nam e

o il p is t o n c o n n e c t in g rod c y lin d e r

connect secu re h o ld in p l a c e lo c a t e
 ~IAA Rods are usually made of drop-forged, Rods are generally drilled or borec
5, C o nnectin g Rods
heat-treated carbon steel. to provide an oil passage from the
Most rods have I- or H-shaped cross crankshaft to the piston end of the roc
A conrecting rod (known in short as a
sections, which provide maximum and to reduce weight.
con rod) is an element linking a pisto
strength with minimum weight.
and a crankshaft. In general, a type
Such rods can also be called I-beam Connecting rod bolts make a securing
of the connecting rod used depends
and H-beam connecting rods. link between the piston assembly anc
on the cylinder arrangement and the
However, rods with round cross- the crankshaft.
engine design.
section become more popular in They are usually made of heat-treatec
However, only two rod types, a
marine diesels. steel alloy and are hydraulically
conventional rod and a fork and blade
The bore at the piston end of the tensioned. Lifetime of connecting
rod, are likely to be found in marine
rod is sometimes called a hub or an rods is limited due to high stress, to
engines. In the fork-and-blade rod
eye. The bore at the crankshaft end around 12000-15000 hours.
type, one of the rods is fork-shaped
is formed of two parts, an integral
at the crankshaft end to receive the
part of the rod and a removable cap.
blade rod.

Glossary:

a hub the central and cylindrical part of a wheel;

oil grooves passages in bearings for lubricating oil distribution;
a bushing an inside lining in a hole in which a shaft or a rod moves;
a bearing shell steel, semi-circular shell lined with anti-fiction material;

TASK 1. MarEngine Grasp

Name parts o f a con rod indicated by the letters A and B in the picture.

What is the function o f the big end bearing?

What is the function o f the small end bearing?

TASK 2. Grammar Workpiece

Write a WH-question to each o f the following statements asking about

the underlines words or phrases:

1. The connecting rod type depends on the cylinder arrangement.

?
2. Producers refer to conventional rods.
?
3. Rods are made of heat-treated carbon steel.
?
4. The big end bore is formed in two parts.
?
5. Their lifetime is limited to 15.000 hours.
 Crankshafts have one main journal at Counterweights use inertia to reduce
6. Crankshafts
each end of the shaft and intermediate the pulsating effect in the same
main journals between cranks. Each manner as a flywheel does.
A crankshaft is one of the largest
crank (throw) of a shaft consists of
engine moving parts. It consists
three parts - two webs and a pin. In many crankshafts, especially in
of a series of cranks, or throws
Crank webs are sometimes called large engines, the crank pin journals
formed into a shaft. A crankshaft is
cheeks or arms. and main journals are of hollow
subjected to all the forces produced
construction, which considerably
in an engine, so it must be of a very
Some crankshafts are fitted with reOuces their weight.
strong construction. Crankshafts on
counterweights. They may be integral The forces that turn the crankshaft
large modern two-stroke crosshead
parts of the web or can be attached to of a diese eng ->e a^e produced and
engines can weigh over 300 tonnes.
webs opposite crankpins. transmittec to tne crankshaft in a
They are too big to be made as a
All counterweights are held in place pulsating manner.
single piece, which is why they are
by studs and nuts. The main function The pulsations are createc by torsiona
constructed by joining a number of
of these counterweights is to improve vibrations which, if not reduced or
separate forgings.
the engine balancing and relieve the dampened, are capable of damaging
Crankshafts of most medium speed
load on the main journals. an engine. To prevent this, a torsional
four-stroke diesel engines are made
Without the engine balance, the vibration damper can be mounted on
from one-piece forging.
crank action would create severe the free end of the crankshaft.
vibrations, particularly at high speeds.

Glossary:

a journal a finished part of a shaft that rotates in a earing;

a throw one crankpin with its two webs;
a web cheek; part of a crank throw between a pin and a main journal;
inertia tendency of a body to remain motionless;
a flywheel a heavy wheel attached to a crankshaft;
torsional vibrations cyclical twisting and untwisting of a shaft due to variations in applied turning force;
to damp to reduce vibrations;
a damper a device for reducing vibrations of moving parts;
TASK 1. Grammar Workpiece

The Conditional Sentence of Type II describes a particular condition at present together with result of this condition
The possibility that this condition will happen is very small, however, still possible.

IF Condition Result
PAST SIMPLE WOULD + VERB 1st form
If vibrations were not controlled, the shaft would be damaged.

Sometimes, we use should, could or might instead of would; for example:

"If there were (was) a leak, a marine engineer should be able to close it up".

Put the verbs in brackets into the proper forms and translate the ready sentences to your mother language.

1. If a crack (develop)............................ on cylinder, you (isolate) ................... ...........the cylinder.

2. If there (be) ................. no piston in one of the engine cylinders, the crankshaft (be) ..................

temporarily unbalanced.

3. If the generators (stop) ......... , there (be) ......................... no electrical power on board.

4. If there (be) not enough oil, too much friction (occur)

5. If they (dampen) ........ the vibrations, the engine (operate) ............... . well.

TASK 2. MarEngine Terms

Match the letters indicating elements of a crankshaft with the proper names.

A counterweights
B counterweight
C crankshaft free end
D flywheel flange
E main bearing journal
F main journals
G oil passage
H oil passage
I pins
J web
 Alternatively, a camshaft may be built The camshaft on a two-stroke engine
7. Camshafts
up of one- cylinder elements, where rotates at the same speed as the
each element is made up of the fuel, crankshaft. Moreover, there is no
A camshaft is a shaft with projections
inlet and exhaust cams with a flange requirement for intake cams due to
(also called cams or lobes) which are
on each end. the use of intake ports.
synchronized with the crankshaft and
The camshaft sections are connected The location of the camshaft differs
designed to open and dose valves
by separate bearing journals, which from one engine to another. It may be
in mechanically- and hydraulically-
allow to remove shaft sections located low, close to the crankshaft,
controlled engines.
sideways from the camshaft or or the top of the cylinder head.
compartment. Engines with the latter design are
The latest engine technology offers a
no- camshaft engine where a camshaft ca ec c . e " e = ; :=~s-'2 it engines
The camshaft in a four-stroke diesel (OHC). They can be further subdivided
is replaced with an electronic timing
engine carries cams for actuating the into double overhead camshafts
system that controls valve operation.
intake and exhaust valves. (DOHC) and single overhead
A conventional camshaft may be
In addition, the camshaft may carry camshafts (SOHC).
constructed in several ways.
cams for fuel injection equipment or In installations where the camshaft
For example, it can be forged in one
starting air valves. is located below the cylinder head,
piece with cams being an integral
The camshaft is either a chain or rocker arms are actuated by pushrods.
part of the shaft. A camshaft of a
a gear driven by the crankshaft. Lifters (or cam followers) have rollers
arge engine may consist of a shaft
Because the engine is a four stroke, which are forced by valve springs to
with separate forged steel or cast
the camshaft rotates at half the speed follow the profiles of cams.
ron cams keyed or shrunk on the
of the crankshaft. The valves and fuel Pushrods transmit the motion from
camshaft. There are several methods
pumps, however, will only operate roller lifters for intake and exhaust
of manufacturing camshafts.
once for every two revolutions of the valve operation and are activated by
On smaller engines, they can be
crankshaft. their respective intake and exhaust
made as a single forging, complete
lobes of the camshaft.
with cams.

ROCKER ARM FUEL

INJECTOR

V A LV E

1.5 H R O D

PISTON
PVSHAFT

CRANKSHAFT

G lo s s a r y :

a projection an extension beyond a surface;

<eyed fastened with a key tightener;
shrunk into fixed tightly by slipping into something while expanded;
to actuate to put into action;
a chain drive a drive mechanism with wheels fitted to both a crankshaft and a camshaft;
3 rocker arm a ever that transmits the action of a cam to valves;
3 pushrod (a tappet) rod separating one machine part from another;
3 lifter (cam follower) element of a pushrod that connected to a cam;
3 valve spring a spring that closes a valve;

UNIT 15 - EN G IN E PA R TS
TASK 1. MarEngine Grasp

Recognize camshaft location types in the three sketches below. Fill in the blocks with names of camshaft mechanism
elements.

TASK 2. Grammar Workpiece

Arrange the following phrases to the proper sentence order.

a. installation, the camshaft lifters, be , before, lubricated, must;

b. the engine, are, we, extremely, running, slowly;
c. actuates, the cam, that, on, the valves, press down, rocker arms;
d. closed position, to, the valves, return, springs, their;
e. be adjusted, need to, chains, regular, at, intervals;
f. the system, pushrods, long, mass, add, to.

TASK 3. MarEngine Terms

Fill in the blanks with the words from the list:

bottom, camshaft, chains, converts, cylinder, end, opens, rocker arms, rotary, serve, up-and-down, valve
vertical

The traditional . train begins at the engine crankshaft which .................. the up-and-

down motion of the piston into the motion.

In addition, the crankshaft drives a through gears or

The rotating cams push on pushrods. They two major purposes:

- First, they carry the camshaft motion from the ....... of the engine, where the camshaft is located.

to the top of the engine where the valves are located.

- Secondly, they convert the cam rotation into motion.

Then, the pushrods move . As a pushrod raises one of a rocker arm, the

other end moves down, which the valve associated with that rocker.

U N IT 15 - EN G IN E PARTS
 Engine bearings can be grouped into Friction bearings usually use lubricatea
8. Bearings
two basic types: friction bearings and oil to separate the moving component
anti-friction ones. from the non-moving bearing surface.
The primary function of bearings in
Friction bearings are mainly used in In diesel engines, friction bearings
marine diesel engines is to support
driving mechanisms in diesel engines serve to support crankshafts,
rotating shafts ( as well as other
of today. connecting rods, camshafts,
moving parts) and to transmit loads
Anti-friction bearings are used only in crossheads and gear train wheels.
h-om one part to another. To perform
pumps and auxiliary machines. They are generally called journal
these functions well, bearings must
A friction bearing consists of a fixed, bearings, or half-shell bearings.
'educe friction between moving
non-moving bearing surface that The journal bearing consists of an
surfaces and carry away the heat
provides a low-friction support for upper bearing shell and a lower
nroduced by working parts.
rotating or sliding surfaces. bearing shell.

Journal bearings of marine diesel engines are characterized
oy high shock resistance due to the oil film between shafts
and bearing shells.
They are able to endure high rpm rates and have a
-elatively simple assembly of bearing shells that can be
easily separated and dismounted.
Modern journal bearings are almost exclusively made
~om composite materials and have so called bi-metallic
structure. Shell backplates are made of steel and form a
rase into which bearing layers are cast.
Materials suitable for bearing layers are white metals,
eaded bronze and aluminium alloys.
All anti-friction bearings are designed to roll and
consequently, minimize friction.
Such bearings have rolling elements installed between the
inner and outer rings.
The rolling elements take standard geometric shapes, e.g.
ball, cylindrical, needle, tapered and spherical.
The standard ball bearing is made up of four basic parts.
The smaller, inner ring has a groove on its outside diameter
to form a path for the balls.
The larger, outer ring has a groove on its inside diameter for
the balls. The balls are the rolling element that separates
the inner and outer ring.
The last part, a cage (or a retainer) separates the balls
and guides them into the paths, called sometimes races
or raceways.

C RO SSH EA D C RA N K PIN M AIN

BEARIN G LA SERS B EA RING_LAYERS B E A R tN G flB jfc fc

m
OUTER RACE

INNER RACE

ROLLING ELEMENT
(BALL)

RETAINER
(CAGE)

aluminium alloy :metai (MAN sources)

Glossary:

a b e a r in g ca p a bearing cover;
a b e a r in g load force to which a bearing and its elements are subjected;
a b e a r in g c a g e a part of a bearing designed to separate rolling elements;

TASK 1. M a r E n g in e G r a s p T A S K 2. M a r E n g in e G r a s p T A S K 3. M a r E n g in e T e r m s

Match the letters with the names
o f the main bearing components
highlighted in the sketch below:
what types o f anti-friction bearings
are presented below?
Write their names in the appropriate
boxes.
Name the numbered elements of the
anti-friction ball bearing.
S 1

A u p p e r h a lf b e a r in g s h e ll

B rou n d nut
1
C m a in b e a r in g c o v e r

D lo w e r h a lf b e a r in g s h e ll
2

E e la s t ic s tu d 3

E
TASK 4. MarEngine Grasp

Complete the following sentences:

1. Bearings support .

2. Bearings transmit

3. Bearings reduce

Bearings carry .,,

TASK 5. M a r E n g in e T e r m s

Describe the engine elements, their

ocation and function.
K98FF
Jse verbs from the list.

- comprise
- consist of,
- be made up of
- contain
- include
- house
- place
- locate
- situate
- fit with
- install
- fasten to
- secure
- hold in place
- operate
- actuate
- transmit
- function
- serve
- drive
- guide
- mount
- support
- construct
- activate
- force
TASK 6. MarEngine Grasp

Choose the best answer from among the possibilities presented below:

I W h a t is t h e f u n c t i o n o f s t a t i o n a r y p a r t s o f a n e n g i n e ?
a. to add power to an engine
b. to keep an engine firmly attached to its supporting base
c. to keep moving engine parts in their proper positions
d. to rotate a crankshaft

II . T h e b e a r in g s t h a t s u p p o r t t h e c r a n k s h a f t a r e c a lle d :
a. line shaft bearings
b. connecting rod bearings
c. main bearings
d. support bearings

I I I . W h a t c o m p o n e n t s u p p o r t s a c y l i n d e r b l o c k in t h e m a j o r i t y o f l a r g e e n g i n e s ?
a. a sump
b. a oil pan
c. a bedplate
d. a frame

I V . In a t w o - s t r o k e d ie s e l e n g in e , t h e c a m s h a f t d o e s n o t c a r r y a c a m f o r a c t u a t in g
a. exhaust vaives
b. intake valves
c. fuel injector
d. air starting valves

V. W h a t p r i m a r y p u r p o s e a r e c o n r o d s in a n e n g i n e u s e d f o r ?
a. to link two pistons in a V-engine
b. to link a piston to a crankshaft
c. to locate a crankshaft with respect to a camshaft
d. to link a piston pin to a piston

V I . W h a t a r e t h e t h r e e t y p e s o f p is t o n p in s ?
a. rigid, stationary and fixed;
b. free, semi-floating, full-floating;
c. semi-floating, full-floating, fixed;
d. full-floating, floating, fixed.

V I I . W h a t is t h e f u n c t i o n o f c a m f o l l o w e r s ?
a. to absorb friction from a camshaft
b. to reduce clearances in valves
c. to replace rocker arms
d. to transmit cam motion to the valve actuating mechanism

V I I I . P is t o n r i n g s t h a t s e a l a c y l i n d e r a r e u s u a l l y c a l l e d
a. firing rings
b. combustion rings
c. compression rings
d. high pressure rings
 Valves and Pipes
1. S to p V a lv e s
Valves are designed to control the
flow and pressure of fluids in piping
systems. They can stop, start, reduce
or increase a flow. They can control
the flow direction and regulate its
pressure.
Many different valve types and
models are used in piping systems.
They have different features and
/arious functional capabilities and can
oe operated manually, hydraulically
and remotely.
Stop valves (also called on/off valves
or isolating valves) are used to shut off
the fluid flow completely or partially.
They are controlled by the movement
of the valve stem. The valve stem
s the main moving part of a valve
designed to provide the required
movement of a disc. It is connected
to the valve handle or actuator at one
end and to the valve disc at the other
end.
Stop valves can be grouped into
■ our general categories: globe, gate,
outterfly and ball valves.
Globe valves are most commonly
jsed in power plants and other parts
of a ship in a variety of systems.
Tne valve is named after its globular
oody. The flow path through globe
.alves follows a changing course and
tnus causes increased resistance to
=ow and considerable pressure drop.
This valve is the primary choice for
nrottling and regulating flow.
Globe valves with a long needle-like
roint at the end of the valve stem are
called needle valves.
GENTEC needle valve
HANDLE
GLAND.
PACKING
PACKING NUT
GLAND ■PACKING
Gate valves are commonly used in
industrial piping for stopping and
isolating, or just to turn on and shut
off the flow. They provide a very
tight closure. Gate valves are named
after the gate-like disc that operates
at a right angle to the path of the
flow. The gate disc is usually wedge-
shaped. It has two seating surfaces
that come into contact with the valve
seats to form a seal for stopping the
flow. When the valve is wide open,
the gate is fully drawn up into the
valve, leaving an opening for the flow
through the valve of the same size as
the pipe is. Therefore, there is little
flow restriction through the valve.
Gate valves are used in hot and cold
water systems, steam and air systems
and in lubricating oil systems.
J
Butterfly valves can be used
effectively in fresh water, seawater
and lubricating oil systems. A butterfly
valve derives its name from the wing­
like action of the disc which operates
at right angles to the flow. This valve
consists of a body, a seat, a butterfly
and a handle. To close or open a
butterfly valve, we turn its handle
only one quarter of a turn to rotate
the disc to 90°. Some larger valves
may have a hand wheel that operates
by means of a gearing arrangement.
Ball valves use a ball to start or stop
the fluid flow. When the valve handle
is operated to open the valve, the ball
rotates to a point where the hole in
the ball is in line with the valve inlet
or outlet body. When the valve is
shut, the ball rotates so the hole is
perpendicular to the flow openings.
Thus, by turning the handle 90
degrees you go from full on to full
off. Ball valves are commonly found
in pipelines of water, oils, gases and
vacuum. They can be activated both
manually and remotely.
HANDLE
UPPER
ACKING
GLAND
»'NéH’
BUSHING-
BOLT
Î «LOWER
UPPER._____ > , GLAND
PACKING * «
SIDE/ -STEM
RING
LOWER
PANEL PACKING
NUT
GENTEC ball valve
Glossary:

a v a lv e b o d y outer framework that holds all valve parts together;

a v a lv e d is c
a v a lv e s e a t
a v a lv e b o n n e t
a v a lv e p a c k in g
a b u s h in g
a g la n d
a v a lv e y o k e
a movable part that allows, throttles or stops the fluid flow; can get other names depending on the
valve type, i.e. a valve ball, a valve plug, a valve needle;
area inside a valve into which a disc sits tightly in closed position;
a cover for the opening in the valve body;
a sealing gasket at any end of a stem;
removable metal lining for insulation or reduction of friction;
a kind of bushing used for compression;
a valve part that connects a valve body with the actuating device;

T A S K 1. M a r E n g in e T e r m s T A S K 2. M a r E n g in e G r a s p

Identify the indicated parts of the Fill in the table with features about types of stop valves:
gate valve and write their names
below.
O R IG IN O F D ESIG N
VALVE NAME A PP LICA TIO N
NAME FEATU R ES

T A S K 3. M a r E n g in e T e r m s

Complete the passive sentences. Do not change the first letters or the
number o f letters presented in the bubbles below:

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6 .
TASK 4. MarEngine Grasp

The drawings below show three types of fluid flow through a globe valve: angle flow, straight flow and cross flow. Fill
in the blanks with proper names o f flows.

2. C h e c k V a lv e s
Check valves are installed in pipelines
to keep fluids from flowing backwards
through pipes. Check valves are also
'eferred to as non-return, reflex
or back-flow prevention valves.
Standard check valves do not require
any actuation from outside.
Instead, they have a mechanism
that moves along the flow of liquid.
When the liquid stops flowing,
the mechanism blocks the valve
oreventing reversing of the flow.
However, there are pilot-operated
check valves that permit the reverse
flow. They function like standard
check valves -- they are closed for
the backflow but can be opened by an
external signal from a pilot.
Check valves are made in many types
and configurations. They may look
different, but their operating principle
'emains the same.
3a 11 check valves use a ball that sits
creely above the seat which has only
one hole through it.
The ball has a slightly larger diameter
than that of a hole. When the pressure
behind the seat exceeds the pressure
above the bail, the liquid flows through
the valve. However, once the pressure
above the ball exceeds the pressure
below the seat, the ball returns to OUTLET BODY
rest in the seat, forming a seal that
prevents the backflow.
INLET *■ > :
Poppet check valves use a spring- BOD’O V '
loaded poppet instead of a bail.
\ • ’ SPRING
The fluid entering opposite the spring
pushes against the poppet to move it GE sources) POPPET
out of the way.
A swing check valve has a hinged disc
that swings open as the fluid flows and
shuts when the flow stops operating
as a closing member.
Check valves are designed for high
pressure applications where reverse
leakage must be kept to a minimum.
Typical applications include engine
and compressor cylinder lubrication
and hydraulic systems.

Glossary:

a closing member an element that closes something;

a poppet a flat end piece that is lifted in and
out of an opening;
a bias spring deflected or curved spring;

T A S K 1. M a r E n g in e G r a s p

Identify the valve and its indicated parts and write the
right names into the boxes.
i
TASK 2. MarEngine Terms

1. ~ " n e b'c^ks in the text with words from the list:

a c t io n , f l o w , l e a k a g e , p r e s s u r e , r e v e r s e d , s e a t , v a lv e

2 Recognize the highlighted valve parts and match their names to the letters in the drawing.

This is a double-ball check valve and this is how it operates:

The fluid flow entering the creates a pressure on t h e s m a l l e r b a ll.

If this is higher than the opposing force of t h e b ia s s p r in g , the smaller ball is

moved off its ....................................... inside t h e v a lv e b o d y .

This creates the on t h e l a r g e r b a ll and t h e s p r in g .

Then t h e ................ ........ . continues onto the outlet of the valve.

If the flow is , ................................... , its force together with the force of the spring causes the ball to be

reseated. Thus, a n y ......... . around t h e l a r g e b a ll is blocked.

-

3. M u lti-Fu n ctio n A u to m a tic
V alves
Pressure reducing valves are
automatic valves that provide steady
pressure into a system that is at
a lower pressure than the supply
system. They can also prevent pipeline
breakage which can occur due to high
pressure. The valves can be installed
in water supply, air conditioning and
fire control systems.
A pressure-reducing valve uses a pilot
valve to control the main valve.
When the outlet pressure reaches
the setting range of pressure
reducing pilot valve, the pilot valve
automatically adjusts the pressure
in the main valve. Consequently, the
valve gate is opened and the outlet
pressure is maintained.
Relief valves are automatic valves
used on pipelines and other
equipment. Their main function is to
prevent the creation of overpressure.
They are actuated by the static
pressure upstream of the valve, which
opens proportionally to the increase
in pressure.
For instance, every boiler needs a
relief valve to protect it against the
dangers of thermal expansion. If the
pressure rises to the boiler maximum
working pressure, the relief valve will
open and release the excess water
All modern relief valves use a spring-
loaded diaphragm to hold the valve
closed. However, they must have
some type of device, for instance, a
lever, to allow manual operation.
Safety valves are also operated by
pressure system and are usually
mounted directly onto piping systems
they are supposed to proiect. They are
characterized by a rapid full opening
or pop action. This feature makes
them different from relief valves,
although the two names of valves are
sometimes treated synonymously.
A safety valve is also sometimes
referred to as an escape valve.
On some engines, a cylinder safety
valve is provided for each cylinder.
The valve opens when the cylinder
pressure exceeds a safe operating
limit. The valve opens and closes a
passage leading from the combustion
chamber to the outside of a cylinder.
A typical safety valve is a spring-
loaded one. When the pressure of
the bottom side of the valve builds
up and exceeds the spring pressure,
the valve opens immediately and lets
the overpressure out through the side
exit. When the pressure gets back
to its normal value, the valve closes
again.
Solenoid valves a'e opened and closed
by an electromagnetic device.
They use a solenoid to control the
valve actuation. Electric current is
supplied to the solenoid coil and the
resulting magnetic field acts upon
the plunger. The resulting motion
actuates the valve.
Solenoid valves are most commonly
used to transfer air and other gases,
liquids and hydraulic fluids in remote
areas and hazardous locations.
Solenoid control valves can substitute
traditional gate, ball or butterfly
valves.

PRESSURE REDUCING
PILOT VALVE SOLENOID
SWITCH

OVERPRESSURE
BALL
IS LET OUT VALVE

PRESSURE

Glossary:

overpressure
4 BUILDS UP A

increase of pressure above the set pressure;

T
set pressure inlet pressure at which a valve is adjusted to open under service conditions;
static not in progress; at rest;
a diaphragm a dividing membrane or a thin partition;
pop action sudden opening like bursting;
a solenoid an electromagnetic coil with a movable plunger;
a coil insulated wires wound in a series of turns;
a plunger a cylindrical part or a device sliding in a thrusting movement;
hazardous risky, dangerous;
TASK 1. MarEngine Terms TASK 2. MarEngine Terms

~ r erf :-f c-ass .e sentences. Change neither Identify the valve type in the drawing and
describe briefly how it operates.

CONTROL
KNOB

BONNET

OUTLET

T A S K 3. M a r E n g in e T e r m s

Fill in the gaps with the words from the list:

d i a p h r a g m , f u e l , l e a k a g e , m o u n t e d , p i p e li n e , p r e v e n t , v a l v e , w a t e r t i g h t

The 821 solenoid valve is designed t o ....... accidental siphoning of tanks above the ground if a

or break occurs in the fuel supply ......... .

The 821 ................................ is a two-way, normally closed ............. . valve that opens when

activated to allow ..... ... ,, to flow to the pump.

It can be - vertically or horizontally and has a ................. .......... housing.

T A S K 4. G r a m m a r W o r k p ie c e

Adverbs of manner inform us how an action is done.

They are related to adjectives but describe verbs. They A D JEC TIV E ADVERB
are formed from adjectives by adding the suffix "-ly".
traditional

manual
Example: immediate - immediately
In sentences, they are usually placed after a verb or an proportional
object
Example: "The valve will open immediately" remote
Sometimes, they come between a subject and a verb.
common
Example: "The pilot valve automatically adjusts the
pressure". safe
Occasionally, we put adverbs of manner at the beginning of
a sentence. flexible
Example: "Consequently, the valve is opened to keep the
vertical
outlet pressure"
When an adjective ends with "-ic", we add "-ally" horizontal
Example: automatic - automatically
hydraulic - hydraulically rapid
magnetic - magnetically
direct
When an adjective ends with "-ble", we change ”-e" to "-y".
Example: adjustable - adjustably electromagnetic

Form adverbs from the following adjectives: thermal

UNIT 16 - VALVES AND PIPES

 A tube is another tubular product For example, special double-walled
4. Ship P ip in g
widely used for conducting fluids. pipes must be used to deliver fuel to
A tube refers to any cylindrical, engine combustion chambers.
square or rectangular hollow material They are made of low carbon steel
Piping refers to the whole system of
of uniform thickness which is defined alloys and are designed to operate at
pipes, fittings, flanges and valves that
by the outside diameter and wall high pressure. In case of the main
are designed to transfer fluids from
thickness dimensions. wa 1fracture, fuel will be contained in
one place to another.
Piping is extensively used throughout oetween the walls and will drain into a
Pipes can conduct liquids or gases
a ship. Classification societies publish spec a collecting tank.
under gravity, at low- or high pressure
rules for design and fabrication of Pipe; and their fittings for ship
in a process or a system.
pipes for ship application. ; ■ stem; are mainly made of stainless
A pipe is a tubular product with specific
The rules determine how a pipe is used, stee , rr d stee . copper and plastic.
measurements. The dimensions used
what fluid is to be conveyed, what Pipes that carry dangerous or
to describe a pipe refer to its inside
materials are used for construction corrosive fluids are always made
diameter and wall thickness.
and what welding and testing of stainless steel. Pipes carrying
While once the inside diameter was
procedures are to be undertaken. For seawater are produced of copper,
a true dimension, over the years the
instance, pipes passing through tanks copper alloys or galvanized mild
dimension has become „nominal".
must have thicker walls. steel. Fresh water cooling pipes are
When the pipe size is referred to, it is
An allowance for possible external manufactured from mild steel. Plastic
an approximate inside diameter with
and internal corrosion must be added pipes are exclusively used in sanitary
the thickness described by the term
while calculating the thickness of pipe systems and sometimes in water
„schedule".
walls. ballast piping.
For example, 1-1/2", schedule 40
The SOLAS convention includes The ISO 14726 standard defines
pipe has an outside diameter of 1.9
requirements for fire safety in engine the principle colours for identifying
nches with a wall thickness of 0.140".
rooms. marine pipes. Each of the following
colours indicates a certain group of
substances.
3 se Dimensions
Group colour Substance Group colour Substance

Black | Waste Media | P ra ise ____ Oils other than fuel

Blue Fresh Water Steam
Brown | Fuel Red Jj Fire Fighting
Green Sea Water Violet | Acids, Alkalis
Non-flammable gases White Air in ventilation systems
Copper | Masses (dry and wet) Flammable gases
T A S K 1. M a rE n g G ra sp
Identify the pipe markers in the photo below:

G lo s s a r y :

a flu id a substance that lacks a fixed shape, a liquid or a gas;

 Pipe fittings appear in various shapes Screwed joints make a good seal
5. Pipe C onnections
and have different applications. for low- and moderate- pressure
There are several ways of joining pipes steel piping. They are also referred
3 Z’S ~'~~zs a^e used to join two pieces
and their fittings. The most commonly to as threaded joints. In the joining
:* : r *; ~~B) are mounted
used in marine pipelines are soldered process, a fitting with female (inside)
:n t o e r e s to change the direction
joints, screwed joints, welded joints threads and a pipe or another fitting
fe d flow and the diameter of
and compression joints. with male (outside) threads are
-g c pipes.
A soldered joint is a rigid joint made screwed together.
with filler metal that is first heated up Such joints allow for easy disassembly
- fittings can be matched to pipes
to its melting point and then drawn and reassembly. However, the
according to their nominal size and
into the space between a pipe and a threaded connections are often
schedule. For example, a schedule
fitting by capillary action. subject to leakage and the strength
40 one inch pipe will have fittings
This type of joint is generally applied of a pipe is reduced when threads are
specified by the same name.
to copper pipes. cut in the pipe wall.

SOLDERED JO IN T
SCREWED (THREADED) FITTINGS

coup
tee
4

union
In the welding method of joining pipes, pipes are welded
directly to one another or to any valves or fittings that
may be required. The use of welded joints has several
advantages, for instance, lower possibility of leakage,
reduced piping system weight and lower cost.
The piping is also easy to insulate. However, welded joints
require special attention of a skillful welder whenever a
connection is to be made.
Smaller pipes are usually socket welded.
fla n g e *
All fittings have a recessed portion into which a pipe fits
and the weld is made around the socket edge. For larger
sizes, butt-welding is used. In this method, pipe edges are
bevelled to form a groove for placing the filler metal.
Compression joints can be used with all types of pipes. The
connection assembly requires neither the pipe preparation
nor the applying of heat. The joint consists of an inner
gasket and an outer ring or sleeve with integral bolts. The
bolts when tightened compress the gasket and seal the
joint.

SOCKET WELD JOINT

COMPRESSION JOINT

pipe
outer
filler metal sleeve
pipe end

pipe
BUTT-W ELD JO IN T bolt

UNIT 16 - VALVES AND PIPES

Glossary:

b e v e lle d
c a p illa r y a c t io n
a s o c k e t w e ld
a b u tt - w e ld in g
recessed
a p ip e f i t t in g
cut for welding at an inclination so that the two pipe ends from an angle other than 90o;
ability of a substance to draw another substance into it;
a weld around the circumference of a pipe;
end to end welding;
having an indentation;
a piece used for pipe branching, change of pipe direction or for closing a pipe;

T A S K 1. M a r E n g in e T e r m s

Fill in the blanks with words from the list:

d ia m e t e r , f it t in g s , m e a s u r e d , o u t s id e , o u t s id e , p ip e , n u m b er, d im e n s io n s

Matching PVC pipe to PVC pipe can be confusing. measurements can

be given in terms of the diameter, inside or wall thickness.

To match the of a PVC pipe fitting to a pipe, the important number is the outside diameter,

from t h e .............................. of one side of the pipe to the outside of the opposite side.

This measurement is referred to as nominal pipe size, or N PS

T A S K 2. M a r E n g in e T e r m s

Find the odd word in each o f the table rows. Justify your choice.

s p e c ifie d id e n tifie d m a rk e d m e a su re d

m e ta l p la s tic copper b ra ss

th re a d e d screw ed w e ld e d jo in e d

d ia m e t e r t h ic k n e s s shape s iz e

hexagonal sq u a re t u b u la r rou n d

f a b r ic a t e d p ro d u ce d s u p p lie d m a n u fa c tu re d

T A S K 3. M a r E n g in e G r a s p

Fill in the boxes with types o f threads (female or male) and kind diameter (OD or ID) needed for measurement
purposes.
 Elbows, also called ells are used to Regular reducers are made for gradual
6. P ip e F it t in g s
change the angle of pipe running. transition between different diameters
The most common elbows come in of pipes and sometimes take up much
: pefitt ngs are used to join two pieces
90° and 45° turns. Regular elbows space in a pipeline. Galvanized steel
: : ~z ~~e> are mounted
have female threads at both outlets. or copper reducers can be called bells
: "€ _es to change the direction
In street elbows, one end has male due to the shape they take.
o' :~e r u d how and the diameter of
threads and the other one has female
-g d CiDes.
threads. Such fittings are commonly Unions, like couplings, join pieces of
used in copper pipe joints. pipe but allow for instant disconnection
All fittings can be matched to pipes
wherever there is need for removal or
by their nominal size and schedule.
Tees, or T-fittings, are used for both replacement.
For example, a schedule 40 one inch
for connecting pipes and changing the
pipe will have fittings specified by
direction of pipe running. A straight A nipple is a short stub of a pipe with
the same name. Pipe fittings appear
tee has a straight part and a 90° two male threads at both ends.
in various shapes and have different
takeoff on one side. Reducer tees A Y, called "wye" is a type of a T-fitting
applications.
connect pipes of different diameters. with the side inlet pipe entering at 45°
For instance, plugs are fittings with
Couplings are used for joining two angle.
outside threads. They are screwed
pipes of the same diameter.
into other fittings to close openings.
If the size of one pipe is different from All pipe fittings must be clearly marked
They can have various types of
the other one, the coupling may be and identified in order to make sure
heads, such as square, slotted and
called a reducing coupling, a reducer they are of the proper strength and
hexagonal.
or an adapter. material for the particular usage.
Caps are fittings with female threads.
They screw on male threads to close
pipe ends.

coupling cap Tee Tee

plug nipple union

gM M

cross street el

reducer
union Tee bend

G lo s s a r y :

a p ip e t a k e o f f a point from which a new pipe starts at a different angle;

t r a n s itio n process of changing;
a stu b a short, truncated thing;

UNIT 16 - VALVES AND PIPES

—

T A S K 1. M a r E n g in e T e r m s

Match the names o f pipe fittings to the right pictures:

reducer
plug
female union
male elbow
female tee
male union
female adapter
female elbow
cap

T A S K 2. M a r E n g in e G r a s p

Recognize the pipe fittings indicated in the picture and write their names in the table below:

10

11

12

13

14

15
 Marine Pumps

1. T y p e s of Pum ps Although piping systems are often on stand-by.

A pump is a machine that can produce
a flow of fluid under pressure to force
it through piping systems, rise from
one level to another one and move
against any resistance.
All ship piping systems require
properly operating pumps to move
various liquids through different
machinery and other systems installed
for cooling, lubricating, ballasting,
heating and fueling purposes.
interconnected, marine pumps are
named after the system they work
for. For example, on board a ship you
can find a ballast pump, a bilge pump,
fresh water pump, cooling water
pump, fuel oil pump, lubricating oil
pump, etc.
Pump failures can prove disastrous in
case of any emergency on board. Due
to their vital role for the safe operation
of a ship, most of marine pumps are
installed in pairs. The rule is while one
pump is in operation, the other one is
Pumps can be classified in other ways.
They can be categorized on the basis
of the materials they are made from,
the way they are mounted or their
principle of operation.
Taking into consideration the way
pumps function, they can be divided
into two main categories: dynamic
and displacement pumps. Both
types can be further subdivided as
shown below:

Glossary:

to displace to force something move somewhere else;

displacem ent volume or weight of a fluid swept by a pump in certain time;
centrifugal moving away from a centre by force;
disastrous ausing great damage or loss;
bilges the lowest parts of holds, machinery spaces and tanks;
je t a rapid stream of a fluid forced out of a small opening;
 mm

T A S K 1. M a r E n g in e G r a s p

Explain the function of the pumps that are normally situated on the engine room floor. What are the names o f the
ship systems the pumps operate for?
Fill in the table with brief answers.

PUM P NAME FU N C TIO N S H IP S Y S T EM

sea water pumps

ballast pumps

heavy oil pump

diesel oilpump

lube oil pump

main engine lube oil pump

bilge pumps

fire pumps

fresh water generator pump

piston cooling pump

T A S K 2. M a r E n g in e T e r m s

Fill in the blanks with words from the list.

b a lla s t , c a s i n g , c i r c u l a t e d , c o n t r o l , d i s p l a c e , e n v i r o n m e n t , p u m p s , r e m o v e , r e p l a c e a b l e , r e s i s t a n t , s o l i d ,
ta n k s, w e a r

Sea water ,,, are used to keep sea water in motion. For example, they can be used in salt water

..... where water must be continuously to stay clean and thus sustain marine

life there. The pumps may also be used to sea water out of building sites or for some pollution

. purposes. Sea water pumps are widely used on ships to . - flood water that

may enter a vessel or to transfer . .................... or bilge water.

Because sea water ... is highly corrosive, these pumps need to be much more corrosion

................... than other pumps and they must be manufactured of materials that are less liable to

All sea water pumps contain............................... filters that prevent any ..... particles found in salt

water from entering the p u m p ...................... .........

T A S K 3. M a r E n g in e S p e a k in g

Explain the application o f the pumps shown in the photos:

2. C e n t r ifu g a l P u m p s In axial flow pumps, the impeller forces the
liquid parallel to the pump shaft. Such pumps
Centrifugal pumps contain rotating are often called propeller pumps because they
impellers housed in a stationary operate similarly to the propeller of a ship.
pump casing. The pumps operate by Mixed flow combines features of the radial
transferring kinetic energy into liquids and axial flow pumps.
and can be referred to as dynamic or Depending on the position of the pump shaft,
kinetic pumps. centrifugal pumps can also be classified as
horizontal or vertical.
A liquid enters the pump through the
center of an impeller, also known as
an eye of the impeller.
Then, the liquid flows radially out and
enters the vanes of the impeller.
While the impeller rotates, the velocity
of the liquid increases. Next, the liquid
gets to a diffuser (or a volute casing)
where its kinetic energy is converted
into pressure.
The pressurized liquid is pumped out
through the discharge nozzle.

Centrifugal pumps which have more

than one impeller within a single
casing are called multi-stage pumps.
Most of them, however, are single-
stage pumps, i.e. have one impeller.
Taking into consideration the design of
the pump casing and the impeller, we
can distinguish three types of flows
through a centrifugal pump: radial,
axial and mixed.
The picture above shows a horizontal,
single-stage, centrifugal pump for
marine. The casing houses the
pumping elements. The pumping
assembly is made up of a pump shaft,
an impeller, bearings and a sealing
chamber located around the shaft.
The basic function of the shaft is to
transmit torques encountered during
pump operation and to support the
impeller.
The bearings keep the shaft correctly
aligned with stationary elements.
The volute is a built-in stationary
element fixed at the discharge side.
Its function is to reduce the liquid
speed and to increase the pressure.
Most centrifugal pumps are not self­
priming. In other words, they require
an external priming system which
removes a fluid from the suction line
and fills the pump casing with liquid
before the pump is started.
A jet pump, also called an educator
or an ejector, is frequently found on
ships. It is used for pumping bilges or
dewatering compartments.
Ejectors are used for stripping tanks
during cleaning, removal of gases
and for any emergency stripping.
Nowadays, they are standard
equipment on most ships.
Ejectors use a high-velocity jet of
water to lower the pressure in the
chamber around a nozzle.
As the water leaves the nozzle and
passes through the chamber, the air
gets injected into the jet stream and
is pumped out of the chamber.
When the pressure in the chamber
decreases, the atmospheric pressure
pushes the surrounding water into
the chamber and mixes it with the
jet stream. Jet pumps are capable of
obtaining constant suction pressure.

In a radial flow pump, the liquid

enters the impeller eye and is forced
along the blades at the right angles to
the pump shaft.

UNIT 17 - MARINE PUMPS

Glossary:

an im p e lle r a device with blades that rotates inside a pump;

a d iffu s e r an element with floating rings surrounding an impeller used for increasing the flow area;
p u m p p r im in g a process of filling a pump with liquid before starting the pump;
a p u m p s ta g e a part of a centrifugal pump consisting of one impeller together with its components;

TASK 1. M a r E n g in e T e r m s

Choose the right verb in the following brief instruction on priming a bilge pump.

1. Before starting the pump, o p e n / c l o s e the suction valve and o p e n / c l o s e the discharge valve.
2. S h u t o ff/ S ta rt the priming unit to the suction line.
3. S h u t o f f / S t a r t the motor.
4. M o n i t o r / A d j u s t the priming process.
5. C l o s e / O p e n the discharge valve slowly.
6. M o n i t o r / A d j u s t the amount of flow with the help of the suction valve.
7. Keep the desired output flow by m o n i t o r i n g / a d j u s t i n g the discharge valve.

T A S K 2. M a r E n g in e T e r m s

Fill in the gaps with words from the list:

b lo c k , c e n t r i f u g a l , c r a n k s h a f t , e n g i n e , f l u i d , f o r c e , h e a d , l o c a t e d , p u m p , r a d i a t o r , r o t a t e s , v i o l e n t l y ;

The water pump is a sim ple............... ............ pump. It is driven by a belt connected to t h e .......... ..................

of the engine. The pump fluid whenever the engine is running. The water pump uses centrifugal

..... .... to send t h e ................ to the outside. This happens when it spins causing the fluid

to be drawn from the centre continuously. The pump inlet is . near the centre.

This way, the fluid returning from the hits the pump vanes. The pump vanes throw the fluid

.......... to the outside of the pump, where it can enter the .

The fluid leaving the pump flows first through the e n g in e ................. . and cylin d er............................... ,

then to the radiator and finally back to the

T A S K 3. M a r E n g in e T e r m s

'■ latch the names o f the portable ejector elements to the letters in the picture.

A driving water pipe

B check valve
C discharge pipe
D suction pipe
uww.teamtec.com
PORTABLE EJECTOR
3. Positive Displacement Pumps
=cs: .e ; sc s ;e ~ e n t pumps (or, in short,
pumps) not only control
various fluid flows as they pass from
ore p ace to another but also force them
'•'to designated spaces. Most positive
displacement pumps have at least two
chambers: one which sucks in a required
amount of fluid and the one into which that
fluid is discharged. Suction is used to draw
and collect the fluid into the first chamber.
This chamber can expand in order to
displace various amounts of the fluid.
Then, the first chamber is closed and the
fluid is forced into the discharge chamber.
The discharge chamber is usually a pipe
leading to the next area to which the fluid
is finally transported.
In general, displacement pumps
mechanically compress fluids by
decreasing the fluid volume chambers.
The chambers are alternatively filled and
emptied. This principle applies to all types
of displacement pumps.
Pistons or plungers are used in reciprocating
types as compressing elements. Rotating
elements like screws, lobes, vanes or gears
are used to achieve the compression of
the fluid in rotary displacement pumps.
The clearance between the compressing
components is relatively small, regardless
of the pump type. This reduces potential
leakage and provides high efficiency for
hydraulic system applications. A diaphragm
(or a membrane) pump uses a combination
of a rubber membrane and a check valve
to displace fluids.
Displacement pumps are self-priming as
they naturally remove any air or gas from
the lines drawing in fluids.
In a twin-screw displacement pump, two
screws are mounted on two shafts - a
driving shaft and a driven shaft. The fluid
entering the pump chamber is directed to
the two sides. Each portion of the fluid is
forced through the pump housing towards
the outer ends of the rotating screws. Both
parts of the fluid are moved back to the
centre where they rejoin and leave the
pump chamber through the discharge
flange. A relief valve is fitted between the
pump suction and discharge chambers to
protect from operating the pump with the
valve in the discharge line closed.
Displacement pumps produce pressure
required by the system and can handle
large quantities of liquids, vapours and
gases.

Glossary:
a lobe a round and flat projecting part of something;

T A S K 1. M a r E r t g in e S p e a k in g
Explain in details how the simple water pump works and where it is used.

T A S K 2. M a r E n g in e G r a s p
Fill in the blank column with possible remedies that should be undertaken in case o f the following failures in a positive
displacement pump.

FAILURE POSSIBLE REASONS REMEDIES

leakage in suction line
leakage in suction line
no suction by pump
closed suction line
broken valve
leaking valves
pump speed too low
pumping capacity too low
leakage in suction line
safety valve set wrong
 0 Engine Room Systems
1. Fuel Oil S upply System
Fuel oil systems installed on ships are
usually divided into two sub-systems:
external fuel systems (also called
fuel oil supply systems) and internal
fuel systems (also referred to as fuel
injection systems).
The design of an external fuel system
may vary from ship to ship but the
aim of every system is to provide an
engine with well-cleaned fuel at the
correct temperature and pressure.
When using heavy fuel, it is important
for the fuel to be free of solid particles
and water. The system is usually
arranged in such a way that both
diesel oil and heavy fuel oil can be
used.
First, the oil is pumped from the
bunker tanks or normal fuel tanks.
Both of them are used for storing
fuel oil and can also be called
storage tanks. The oil is pumped to
an intermediate tank, also called a
settling tank (sometimes known as
J
a collecting tank). Then, the oil is led
through heaters and centrifuges for
purification. Centrifugal purifiers are
used for purification of both fuel and
lubricating oils, Fuel oil often contains
catalyst fine particles which are
extremely hard and erosive and can
cause serious damage to the engine.
The standard way of removing
sediments and other contaminants
from marine diesel oil is by the
centrifugal separation process.

An oil purifier makes use of centrifugal force. When water is involved

in the purification process, the purifier is usually called a separator.
If the principal contaminant is dirt or sediment, the purifier used is
called a clarifier. To obtain the most efficient cleaning, the centrifugal
purifiers are often equipped with preheaters.
After passing through centrifuges, cleaned, pre-heated oil is
transferred to respective service tanks (also called day or daily
tanks).
Two of these are used interchangeably. When one tank is in use,
the other is being filled. Next, an engine-driven pump (also called a
booster, circulating or primary pump) forces the fuel from the service
tank in operation through the viscosity regulators, filters and flow
meters to the injection fuel system.

The supply system is fitted with a pressure regulating valve.

This relief valve returns excess pressure to the system either to the
service tank or to the mixing tank.
This tank is used to collect recirculated oil and also acts as a reserve
tank as it can shortly supply fuel when the daily tank is empty.
The system must include various safety devices such as alarms and
remotely operated tank outlet valves which can be closed in the
event of fire.
a b o o s te r p u m p an engine-driven high-pressure pump that forces fuel oil through a system and
pressurizes it;
a fin e filt e r a final filter for removing small solid particles from fuel oil;
a flo w m e te r fuel consumption indicator;
a p r e s s u r e r e g u la t in g v a lv e a valve that ensures constant pressure to fuel.

T A S K 1. M a r E n g in e G r a s p

Explain how the following fuel system operates.

to burners

UNIT 18 - ENGINE ROOM SYSTEMS

TASK 2. Grammar Workpiece

In English, duties implying obligation are expressed in many ways.

For example:

1. by using m ust "They must inspect fuel oil system" (active)

"Fuel oil system must be inspected" (passive)
2. by using be to + in fin it iv e "You are to replace filters elements' active)
"Filter elements are to be replaced" (passive
3. by using w ill "You will clean all pumps" (active)
"All pumps will be cleaned" (passive)

Arrange the information from the table into passive sentences expressing duties.
Follow the example:

"Fuel tanks are to be dewatered daily", "Fuel tanks will be dewatered daily", "Fuel tanks must be dewatered daily".

AC TIO N FR EQ U EN C Y
Paint fuel tanks. as required
Check level controls. month (one)
Check tank heaters. month (two)
Examine internal pump parts. year(one)
Inspect fuel oil coolers. month (one)
Lubricate transfer pumps. year (half)
Check fuel level manually. week
Test fuel oil system alarms. month (one)
Exercise control valves. week

T A S K 3. M a r E n g in e G r a s p

Decide whether the following statements are true or false. Justify your opinion.

A. All fuel storage tanks should be inspected and cleaned every day.
B. Bunker oil for combustion on ship engines is of very high grade.
C. Oil purification is a kind of filtration.
D. An oil purifier makes use of gravity force to separate the water from oil.
E. High rotational speeds of a purifier never cause vibrations.
F. A viscosity regulator controls the pressure of the fuel flow.
 When fuel is injected too early during particles, the shorter the ignition
2, Fuel Injection System
the cycle, ignition may be delayed delay. Finally, it must inject the fuel
because the temperature of the air with sufficient force, which is vital for
The primary function of the fuel
charge might not be high enough. the effective distribution of the fuel
injection system is to provide the
On the other hand, late injection inside the combustion space. The
right amount of fuel at the right
results in uneven, noisy engine lack of proper penetration results in
~c~ ent in the suitable condition for
operation. igniting small particles before they
the combustion process.
It must also correctly control the feed can reach deep enough into the
In order to accomplish this, there are
rate during injection. combustion chamber.
certain basic requirements for any
The rate of injection determines the There are two basic fuel injection
fuel injection system to be met.
combustion efficiency. An incorrect systems in use. Each of them employs
rate of injection affects the engine a combination of mechanical and
First of all, the system must measure
operation in the same way as improper hydraulic operations. The jerk pump
the fuel as the quantity of fuel
timing. When the fuel injection rate is injection system is widely applied
injected determines the amount of
too low, the symptoms are similar to to marine engines. Flowever, the
energy available. The specific fuel
those caused by late fuel injection. common rail injection is gradually
consumption depends to a great
Next, the injection system must replacing the previous one, especially
extent on the air-to-fuel ratio.
properly atomize the injected fuel. in marine diesel engines of new-
Secondly, the system must time the
In general, the smaller the fuel technology concepts.
injection accurately.

G lo s s a r y :

a ir - t o - f u e l r a t io the ratio by volume and weight between air and fuel;

c o m m o n r a il type of fuel injection system with a pressurized manifold serving all injectors;
je rk sudden action;

T A S K 1. G r a m m a r W o r k p ie c e
Change the following sentences into passive:

1, It must measure the fuel.

2. It must time the injection.

3. It must control the feed rate.

4. It must atomize the injected fuel.

5. It must inject the fuel with sufficient force.

T A S K 2. M a r E n g in e T e r m s
Following the example, develop family words from the verbs in the first column of the table.

VERB N O U N (A C T IV IT Y ) N O U N (D E V IC E) GERUND

to in je c t injection injector injecting

to c o m p re s s

to ro ta te

to o p e ra te

to d is t r ib u te

t o ig n it e

to a t o m iz e

t o t im e

to co o l

to h e a t

UNIT 18 - ENGINE ROOM SYSTEMS

 The needle valve in the injector lifts Engine manufacturers use different
3. Jerk-type Fuel Injection
at a pre-set pressure, which initiates methods to vary fuel injection timing
atomization of the fuel once it enters to achieve fuel savings when an
The jerk pump injection (also known as
the cylinder. Fuel injectors make use engine operates under part load
the in-line injection) is a conventional
of a spring-loaded needle valve. conditions. This procedure is called
injection system with a separate
The high-pressure fuel from the fuel variable injection timing.
injector pump for each cylinder.
pump is fed down into the injector For example, the Wartsila 64 engine
The injector pump is operated once
body to a chamber in the nozzle just ^ses a fuel pump with two plungers
every cycle by a cam on a camshaft.
above the valve seat. and two barrels with common suction
A barrel (or a cylinder) and plunger
As the fuel pump plunger rises In the and discharge. The plunger for
(which is a spring-loaded ram of an
barrel, the pressure builds up acting controlling the start of injection has a
injector pump) are dimensioned to
on the underside of the needle. helix at the top of the plunger.
suit specific engine fuel requirements.
When this force overcomes the The plunger for controlling the end of
Ports or holes in the barrel and slots
downward force exerted by the injection is a conventional scroll-type
in the plunger serve to regulate fuel
spring, the needle valve starts to fuel pump plunger.
delivery. The cylinder and the plunger
open. The fuel then starts to press The same cam operates both
are built into the injection pump body.
on the seating area of the valve, thus plungers. In this way, the injection
When the cam rotates, the plunger
increasing the lift. As a result, the fuel can be freely adjusted independently
moves up and down in a barrel.
flows into the space under the needle of the injected quantity.
As the plunger moves up the barrel,
at high speed and is forced through
the fuel pressure in the barrel above
the small holes in the nozzle. A jerk fuel injection pump can have
the plunger rises very quickly.
Once the delivery is finished, the a separate unit for each cylinder or
The high-pressure fuel then opens the
pressure drops sharply and the spring multi-units where a number of pump
injector and fuel is sprayed into the
closes the needle valve. elements and a camshaft are housed
engine cylinder. Each injector pump
in one casing.
supplies fuel for one cylinder only.

SPRING
HOUSING
FUELOIL SPRING
INLET

FILTER
NOZZLE
BODY
NEEDLE VALVE
SLEEVE

VALVE FUEL CHAMBER

SEAT NOZZLE TIP

Injection nozzle Fuel pump with two plungers

G lo s s a r y :

a b arrel a revolving cylinder in a device;

s h a r p ly suddenly and with considerable force;
p a r t lo a d a partial power output of an engine;
a ram a guided rod for exerting pressure;
a h e l ix v a l v e a valve with a round steel rod of a spiral shape;
a s c r o ll- d o w n p lu n g e r a plunger with a spiral-shaped tip;
TASK 1. MarEngine Grasp

Describe now the fuel system shown below functions.

T A S K 2. M a r E n g in e G r a s p

Arrange the four stages o f fuel injection designed for Wartsiia 64 engines in a correct order.

INJECTOR

DELIVERY VALVE

- quantity plunger shuts

excessive fuel is off spill port
- tappets rotate; - both ports shut off
led out through - excessive fuel is led out
- injection pump filling - delivery valve opens
spill port

The concept introduces a mechanically or camshaftless engines.

4. Com m on Rail In je ctio n
The introduction of common rail
injection technology has been the
major step in marine diesel engine
development. The system (called RT-
flex by Wartsiia) has been used in
many Sulzer RTA-series engines.
simpler engine with lower emissions
at all loads and lower part-load fuel
consumption. Moreover, the RT-flex
engines are controlled electronically
and there is no need for the camshaft
for either fuel injection pumps or
valve-actuating pumps.
This is also a reason why the RT-flex
engines are sometimes called camless
In the common rail system, fuel is
distributed to the injectors from a
high pressure accumulator, called the
rail.
The rail is fed by a high pressure fuel
pump. The pressure in the rail, as well
as the start and end of the injection
in each cylinder are controlled
electronically.

UNIT 18 - ENGINE ROOM SYSTEMS

The common rail for fuel injection is
a manifold running along the length
of the engine, just below its cylinder
cover level. The manifold is fed with
heated fuel oil at high pressure ready
for injection. The supply unit has a
number of high-pressure pumps.
From the rail, the fuel passes through
the injection control unit to the
standard fuel injection valves.
The injectors in a common rail
injection system are often referred to
as fuel injection valves.
UNIT 18 - ENGINE ROOM SYSTEMS
The control unit for each engine
cylinder regulates the timing of fuel
injection and provides precise control
of the amount of fuel injected.
The shape of the injection pattern
can be set by the three fuel injection
valves in the respective cylinder
covers.
The fuel injection valves are
independently controlled so they can
be programmed to operate separately
or together, as necessary.
An additional common-rail system
provides hydraulic actuation of the
exhaust valves.
The exhaust valves are operated
with actuating energy coming from a
servo oil rail. Electronic control is also
applied to the starting air system.
Wartsila has launched a computer-
controlled system called WECS.
It controls the fuel oil delivery from
the common rail to the individual
cylinders.
The bas'c featj'e of the MAN Diesel common rail (CR)
injection s.3te~ is the electronic control unit (ECU).
ECU ca c_ a:es the feed pressure, injection timing and
volume o~ the basis of numerous operational parameters
recorded oy sensors.
A sersors required for common rail, the power supply and
the control modules are duplicated, so a malfunction in one
area can never cause the whole engine to fail.
The sensors keep track of the engine speed, cylinder top
dead centre, load pressure and common rail pressure.
The calculated output is received by the solenoids of the
control valves installed on the rail segments and the suction
valves of high pressure pumps. At precisely the right time,
the control valves receive a pulse that causes the injection
valves to open. As soon as enough fuel has been injected,
the valves close.
The ECU ensures flexible combustion and thus reduces
emissions at a low level of fuel consumption.

The MAN Diesel concept based on pressure booster common

rail system is known as ME technology. It has been recently
applied to low-speed two-stroke engines. It differs from the
four-stroke common rail technology primarily in its servo
rail system that supplies high pressure fuel to each cylinder
via the pressure booster and simultaneously activates the
exhaust valve.
Apart from delivering electronically-controlled amount
of fuel oil, the common rail injection system significantly
decreases the engine noise level during operation MAN ME Fuel Injection System

G lo s s a r y :

a h ig h p r e s s u r e a c c u m u l a t o r common rail;
a n E L F I v a lv e a MAN valve for electronic control of fuel injection and exhaust valve actuation;
W ECS Wartsila Engine Control System;
e m is s io n s exhaust gases from diesel engines;
s e r v o o il hydraulic oil used for valve actuation;

T A S K 1. M a r E n g in e G r a s p

Explain how the system illustrated below operates.

low pressure
fuel oil
return

ELFI valve ¥ ¥ ¥

fuel oil pressure booster

servo oil

Fuel injection System for MAN Me Engines (MAN sources)

UNIT 18 - ENGINE ROOM SYSTEMS

TASK 2. MarEngine Grasp

Fill in the blanks in the following sentences which explain the steps of the high pressure booster operation.

1. The pistons move to the position.

2. The fuel inlet is

3. Hydraulic oil the hydraulic oil chamber via the ELFI valve.

4. The accumulators are supplied by the Hydraulic Power Supply. The ... hydraulic oil is

held back by the ELFI valve.

5. The ELFI valve is upwards, closing the return flow and

the flow of pressurised hydraulic oil. The oil passes through the ELFI and fills the

hydraulic chamber.

6. The high pressure ............... the pistons upwards.

7. The fuel oil ........................ ............ is closed.

8. The pressure of the fuel oil and exceeds the force of the spring in the fuel

valve.

UNIT 18 - ENGINE ROOM SYSTEMS

 The mixture of air and gas in the The engine is started in diesel mode
5. Dual Fuel Injection
cylinder has more air than is needed using both main diesel and pilot fuels.
for complete combustion. The gas is At 300 rpm, the main diesel injection
mixed with air before entering the is disabled and the engine switches to
Some marine diesel engines are
intake valves during the air intake gas mode.
des;cnec to be fuel flexible, which
period. After the compression phase, Natural gas is supplied to the engine
means they can operate either on
the gas and air mixture is ignited by through the valve station.
natural gas or fuel oil. Such engines
a small amount of liquid pilot fuel. To ensure clean supply, gas needs
are called dual-fuel engines.
After the working phase, the exhaust to be filtered first. The gas pressure
gas valves open and the cylinder is is controlled by a valve located near
The main feature of the dual-fuel
emptied of exhaust gases. the engine driving end. Its pressure
engine technology is the fact that
The inlet air valves open when the depends on the engine load.
it incorporates two different fuel
exhaust gas valves close, and the The system includes the necessary
injection systems. When operating
process starts again. shut-off and venting valves, which
on gas, the electronically controlled
ensures safe gas supply. The gas is
common rail pilot fuel injection
Lean combustion reduces peak supplied through large common-rail
system injects a very small amount of
temperatures and consequently, pipes running along the engine.
liquid fuel. The conventional system
the nitrogen oxide (NOx) emissions. Each cylinder has an individual feed
is used when the dual-fuel engine is
Injecting a small amount of the pilot pipe leading to the gas admission
operated on standard liquid marine
fuel into the cylinder starts lean valve on the cylinder head.
fuels. The switch between fuels can
combustion. The pilot fuel is ignited in Both the gas admission and pilot fuel
be made automatically and without
a conventional diesel process. injection are controlled electronically.
loss of power.
Every cylinder is individually controlled This ensures the correct air-to-fuel
to ensure operation at the correct air- ratio for each cylinder individually.
Wartsila 32DF and Wartsila 50 DF
fuel ratio and timing of pilot fuel with During the engine operation,
four-stroke marine diesels are fuel
the needed injection amount. all parameters are controlled
flexible.
The fuel system of the Wartsila 50DF automatically.
They both operate on the lean-burn
has been divided into two: one for gas
combustion process when operating
and the other for diesel oil.
on gas.

gas valve electrical connection

injection valve electri

connection gas manifoc

gas bellows

fine filter

gas valve

gas nozzle
pilot fuel
common rail

main fuel
injection pipe
main fuel
injection pump
inlet valve
twin-nozzle
injection valve
main fuel
pipe

Fuel injection system

UNIT 18 - ENGINE ROOM SYSTEMS

Glossary:

le a n thin, lacking the richness;

peak te m p e ra tu re s maximum temperatures;
to d is a b le to make unable, unfit;
v e n tin g v a lv e s valves that permit air escape from a system;
a d m is s io n entrance, the right to enter;
a b e llo w pipe expansion joint;

T A S K 1. M a r E n g in e G r a s p

Fill in the blank boxes with the proper headings for the three stages o f the lean-burn principle illustrated below:

T A S K 2. M a r E n g in e T e r m s

Choose the right verb for each sentence:

1. The gas pressure ................... . the engine load.

a. d ep en d s on b. s u p p lie s c. en su res

2. The engine can ....... ............ on either gas or fuel oil.

a. depend b. ru n c. s u p p ly

3. The venting v a lv es....... ............ safe gas supply.

a. ru n b. e n su re c. s u p p ly

4. Large common-rail pipes . ........................... along the engine.

a. ru n b. co n tro l c. o p e ra te

5. Lean combustion .......... harmful emissions.

a. s u p p lie s b. en su res c. re d u ce s

6. A pump u n it........................... ......... the high-pressure pilot fuel.

a. s u p p lie s b. ru n s c. d e p e n d son
TASK 3. MarEngine Terms

Change tne following phrases into compound nouns with a hyphen (-), as shown in the example:

Example:
a pum p th a t is d r i v e n b y a n e n g i n e - a n e n g in e - d r iv e n p u m p

1. a pump that is driven by a camshaft - ..............................

2. a valve that is loaded with a spring - ................ .............

3. gas that is supplied from a valve - .................................... —

4. a valve that is operated by hand - . ..........................

5. emissions that are related to health -

6. a plunger that is equipped with a coating - .............

7. gas admission that is actuated by a valve - ...........

8. fuel amount that is controlled by WECS - ............................... .

6. Lu b ricatin g Oil System

The engine lubrication system supplies lubricating oil to various

engine moving parts. Its main function is to form an adequate oil film
between moving parts to reduce friction and wear.
Engine parts should be lubricated with the oil that meets quality
requirements. The oil should contain additives that give good oxidation
stability and corrosion protection. It should prevent deposit formation
on internal engine parts. Lack of proper lubrication can cause sticking
of piston rings, scuffing of pistons, overheating of bearings and
excessive wear.
The performance of diesel engines depends on the effectiveness of
lube oil systems.
To be effective, such a system should successfully perform six following
functions:
it should control friction between load-bearing surfaces;
it should reduce wear by preventing metal-to-metal contact between
moving parts;
it should limit the temperature by carrying away heat from fluid
friction and fuel combustion;
it should reduce corrosion by coating metal parts;
it should dampen mechanical shocks in gears;
it should form a seal on cylinder walls.

The lubricating system of an internal combustion engine can be

divided into two sub-systems: the one that is inside the engine (called
the internal lubrication system) and the one that operates outside the
engine (called the external system).
After being used in the engine, the lube oil is
The internal system mainly consists of passages, lubricators, valves, drained back to the sump or drain tank for reuse.
filters and pumps. The external one includes such parts as tanks and
sumps, pumps, coolers, strainers and filters.
In the separate conventional lubrication
All modern diesel engines use the force-feed lubrication system
system for cylinder liners, lube oil is injected
operating under pressure.
between the liner and the piston by mechanical
lubricators which supply individual cylinders.
In the system shown right, the lube oil is stored in a drain tank located
A special type of oil is used and it is not
beneath the engine. The circulating pump draws the oil from the drain
recovered. Piston rings glide on this lubricant
tank through a strainer and feeds it into one of the doubled fine filters.
film.
Before entering the engine, the lube oil passes through a cooler.
Next, it is distributed to various branch cylinder pipes that may feed
It is important to inject the proper amount
particular parts, such as, for instance, main bearings.
of oil to prevent excessive lubrication. The oil
Some of this oil can pass along drilled passages in the crankshaft to the
contains additives that bind dirt. At very high
bottom end bearing and then up a drilled passage in the connecting
temperatures, these additives are burnt and
rod to the gudgeon pin or crosshead bearing.
may stick to the piston and piston rings.
Modem marine diesel engines are CYLINDER LUBE OIL SERVICE TA N K
fitted with electronically-controlled
cylinder oil lubrication system which
precisely measures the amount of
lube oil injected into the cylinder liner.
Both the Alpha Lubricator developed
by MAN B&W and the Pulse Lubricating
System introduced by Wartsila ensure
that accurate cylinder oil feed rate is
delivered at the correct time for that
particular engine load.
The computer-controlled system
traces and records the position of the
piston and then adds the calculated
quantity of lubricating oil between the
first and second piston ring.
This takes place at high pressure so
the oil is injected in a very fine spray
and the cylinder liner is moistened
evenly and precisely where friction
actually occurs.
Compared to the conventional cylinder
lubricating systems, this one can save
up to 30% of lube oil consumption.

Feed-back
sensor

other
cylinders

Alarm
Cylinder lub.
system
oil pipes
M a ste r control unit and b a c k u p con trol unit

Electrical Index Slow-down

connections signal system

G lo s s a r y :

lu b e o il a d d i t i v e s chemicals added to lube oil to improve its properties;

o x id a t io n reaction of a substance with oxygen;
s t ic k in g fastening together like with glue;
s c u f f in g making matt area on sliding metal surfaces;
l o a d - b e a r in g s u r f a c e s surfaces under load;
c o a t in g covering metal surfaces with paint or other substances that are corrosion protective;
a s t r a in e r a filter for removing solid particles;
T A S K 1. M a r E n g in e T e r m s
F, n th e b la n k s n th e s e n t e n c e s a b o u t th e o p e r a tio n
o f t r e p u se u b n c a t ln g s y s te m .

1. There are eight attached to the

cylinder ................. ............... .

2. They get the ......... , oil supply from the

electronically-controlled................................... pump.

3. The lube oil i s ............ ....... to the dosage

pump from daily ...................................... via the

4. The lubricators have passages for storing metered

of oil.

5. The area o f ............... and the quantity

of can be altered at the correct

of piston movement.

T A S K 2. G r a m m a r W o r k p ie c e
T r a n s fo r m th e s e n t e n c e s fo llo w in g th e e x a m p le :

1. Before it enters the engine, it is cooled down.

a. Before entering the engine, it is cooled down.
b. After being cooled down, it enters the engine.
2. Before it reaches the engine, it is filtered.

a ...........................................................................................

b.
3. Before it lubricates the moving parts, it is pressurized,

a. . .............................................................

b. .
4. Before it gets to the engine, it is cleaned,

a.

b. ...
5. Before it flows to the engine, it is tested,

a.

b.

T A S K 3. G r a m m a r W o r k p ie c e
C h a n g e th e fo llo w in g s e n t e n c e s in to p a s s iv e :

1. It should control friction between load-bearing surfaces.

2. It should reduce the wear of various moving parts.

3. It should limit the temperature of parts involved in combustion.

4. It should reduce the corrosion of metal-covered elements.

5. It should dampen mechanical shocks in gears.

6. It should form a seal on cylinder walls.

7. Engine Cooling Systems
Modem diesel engines are strictly
limited as to the maximum
temperature at which they can safely
operate.
To maintain the temperature below
the maximum allowable limit, various
types of cooling systems are used.
Cooling of an internal combustion
engine can be accomplished by the
use of either a cooler (also called a
heat exchanger) or a radiator.
There are two types of cooling
systems with heat exchangers - the
open system and the closed system.
In the open system, the engine is
cooled directly by sea water.
The term open comes from the source
of cooling water - the water is drawn
directly from the open sea.
Next, it passes through the system
and is then discharged overboard.
FRESH AND SEA WATER COOLING SYSTEM
In the closed system (or fresh water
cooling system), the engine is cooled
by fresh water which is then cooled by
seawater. Closed cooling systems are
in common use today in all modern
marine diesel engines.
In the freshwater (also called jacket-
water) cooling circuit, fresh water is
reused continuously for engine cooling.
The water circulates throughout the
engine cooling spaces. This motion
is usually supported by means of a
circulating fresh water pump. The
engine coolant must always flow in a
direction that makes the fresh water
temperature increase gradually. This
way, the thermal shock of the hottest
parts of the engine can be prevented.
Before leaving the engine, the coolant
is directed to flow around cylinder
liners and cylinder heads. The water
is then led to a fresh water cooler,
where it is cooled by sea water (raw
water).
thermometer
(SW from sea chest)
After it leaves the cooler, the fresh
water may or may not (depending
on the installation) go through the
lubricating oil cooler where it acts
as a cooling agent for lubricating oil.
The water then returns to the fresh
water pump and the cooling circuit is
complete.
Fresh water temperature is usually
regulated by means of a thermostatic
valve which keeps the fresh water
temperature at any desired value.
An expansion tank is a part of the
fresh water circuit. Some expansion
tanks are identified as surge tanks
or supply tanks. The expansion
tank should compensate for volume
changes in the cooiing water systems,
serve as venting arrangement and
provide sufficient static pressure in the
cooling water circuit. The expansion
tank is also equipped with a sight
glass which allows for monitoring the
level of water at all times. If the water
level is too low, the system should be
replenished immediately
The sea water section of the closed-
type cooling system consists of a
pump which draws sea water through
a sea chest, stop and check valves
and a strainer. After passing through
the fresh water cooler, the sea water
is discharged overboard.
Some modern ships use a central
cooling system with only one large
sea water-circulated cooler.
The drawing below shows the
arrangement of a central cooling
system installed on the Wartsila 64,
medium-speed engine.
 •**

The cooling system is divided into the

" g- : 5 ~ " e H T ) and the low
temoera:~-e LT) circuits.
The c rcu t controls the cylinder liner
arc cy ~aer head temperatures. For
safe gnition, the temperatures in the
h_ circuit are kept at about 95°C. For
heat recovery purposes, the circuit is
connected to the high-temperature part
of the two-stage charge air cooler.
The LT circuit serves the low-temperature
part of the charge air cooler and the
lube oil cooler. It is fully integrated with
engine parts such as the LT water pump,
the LT thermostatic valve with the lube
oil module and transfer channels in the
engine block. In addition, the LT circuit After-cooling (also called inter- air blown by a turbocharger is also
provides separate cooling of the exhaust cooling or charge air cooling) is cooled by a heat exchanger before
valve seats. only relevant to turbocharged entering the combustion chamber.
A central cooling system of this design marine engines where compressed
allows reducing the amount of seawater
air
pipework and provides for improved separator
cooling control. C e n tr a l C o o lin g S y s te m

55°C

___ :___ _________

LO charge air
cooler
cooler
HT
:
pre­ ;
heating :
cylinder
1 jacket

XI - IX]
exp.
: : 0.7-1.5
75°C bar
I
ry

38°C
G lo s s a r y :

a r a d ia t o r a cooling device with fins;

a heat exchanger a device used either as a heater or a cooler, or both; in internal combustion engines used
p r im a r ily f o r c o o lin g commonly called a cooler;
a c ir c u it a loop, a circular route;
a c o o la n t a substance, usually a fluid, used to remove heat; a cooling agent:
a s u rg e ta n k a tank with a mass of water;
to c o m p e n s a t e fo r to make up for, to counterbalance;
a s ig h t g la s s a glass tube or arrangement of glass plates fitted to a gauge used to give a visual indication
of the level of liquid in a tank or a boiler;
t o r e p le n is h to refill, to make full again;
a sea ch e st a built-in structure below waterline used for supplying seawater to ship systems;
a ir c h a r g e fresh air supplied to a diesel cylinder just before a compression stroke;
TASK 1. MarEngine Terms TASK 2. MarEngine Grasp

F ill in th e te x t w ith w o r d s lis t e d b e lo w : E x p la in h o w th e s y s te m illu s t r a t e d b e lo w o p e ra te s .

c ir c u it s , c ir c u la t e s , c o o la n t , c o o lin g , d is c h a r g e ,
e n g in e , e x ch a n g e r, e x p a n s io n , fe e d , fitte d ,
h e a t, m a r in e , p u m p , s p a c e , t a n k , v o lu m e

The ......... .......................tank is an essential

part of a closed cooling system. When the engine

gets hot, it expands and

consequently increases its

The expansion tank provides

for the increase in volume. In some systems, the

exchanger is mounted onto

the top of the expansion .

In other systems,

the expansion tank is

separately.

The heat system is the

most common arrangement of cooling system

employed in engines.

It has two water

The closed one .................................... through

the block.

The open, or exchange circuit uses salt water which

i s ............... overboard after having

been used once. One is

needed to force the fresh water through the engine

and the heat exchanger and the other one to

the heat exchanger with

seawater.

T A S K 3. M a r E n g in e G r a s p

C o m p le te th e ta b le b e lo w b y w r itin g d o w n f u n c t io n s o f v a r io u s h e a t e x c h a n g e r s f o u n d in th e e n g in e r o o m :

Heat Exchanger F u n c t io n

fresh water cooler

pre-heater

lube oil cooler

lube oil heater

air cooler

air heater

fuel oil heater

8. Engine Starting Systems Moreover, the oil discharged from
Most of diesel engines installed on the compressors should be kept to a
marine power plants are started with minimum.
compressed air directed straight into To reduce the risk of an explosion,
cylinders in an established sequence. pipelines are fitted with flame traps
A supply of compressed air is stored (also called flame arresters), relief
in air receivers ready for immediate valves and bursting caps or discs.
use.
The loss of cooling water from an
In the starting air system shown air compressor could lead to an
below, the compressed air is injected overheated air discharge and possibly
by air compressors to the air receivers. an explosion in the pipelines leading
The compressed air is then supplied to the air reservoir. To guard against
through a large-bore pipe to a remote- such a possibility, a high-temperature
operating non-return or automatic alarm or a fusible plug (one which
valve and then to the cylinder air would melt) is used.
starting valve. The opening of this
valve admits the compressed air into
the cylinder. STARTING AIR REMOTE VALVE
STARTING AIR
The opening of the cylinder valve SUPPLY
and the remote operating valve are
controlled by a pilot air system.
The pilot air is drawn from the large
pipe and passes to the pilot air control
valve which is operated by the engine
air starting lever.
When the air starting lever is operated,
a supply of pilot air opens the remote
valve. Pilot air is also supplied to an
air distributor governing the direction
of the operation. This device is usually
driven by the engine camshaft.
The pilot air is then supplied in the
appropriate sequence for the required
direction.
When not in use, the cylinder air
starting valves are held closed by
springs. They are only opened by the
pilot air enabling the compressed air
to enter the engine cylinder. STARTING AIR
DISTRIBUTOR
The remote operating valve line has
also got an interlock which prevents
valve opening when the engine
turning gear is engaged.

The stored energy of compressed air

should be treated with caution and
proper maintenance.
Lubricating oil from the compressor
passes along the air lines.
In the event of air starting valve
leakage, hot gasses would pass into
the air pipes and ignite the lubricating
oil. If the starting air is supplied to
the engine, this would further feed
the fire and could cause an explosion STATION
in the pipelines. To prevent this from
happening, cylinder starting valves
should be properly maintained and
the pipelines drained regularly.
Glossary:

a n a ir s t a r t in g v a lv e a valve that admits compressed air to the air starter;

a n a ir c o m p r e s s o r a device used to increase air pressure;
a f la m e t r a p ( fla m e a r r e s t e r ) a metal cover over an opening or a vent to prevent the passage of flame;
a b u r s tin g c a p o r d is c a screw cover or lever housing in a valve that v. thstands bursting;
a p lu g a piece in a cock that can regulate the flow of liquid or gas;
a fu s ib le p lu g a plug that is melts down when too high temperature is aop ed;
a rem ed y something that can be done to correct, to put bac< to omper functioning.

T A S K 1. G r a m m a r W o r k p ie c e

A r r a n g e th e w o r d s in a c o r r e c t o r d e r to m a k e s e n t e n c e s .

1. engines, on, the compressed air, system, admission, large, engines, used, is;
2. holds, the air pressure, starting, air, the, main, valve, seat, its, against;
3. parallel to, the starting air manifold, runs, of, the, right, cylinders, bank;
4. air, opens, valve, check, each, pilot;
5. shut, be, must, main, the, valve, locked, starting.

T A S K 2. G r a m m a r W o r k p ie c e

M a k e s e n t e n c e s a b o u t p o s s ib le c a u s e s a n d r e m e d ie s to b e u n d e r t a k e n in c a s e o f fa ilu r e s in e n g in e s t a r t in g p r o c e d u r e s .
F o llo w th e s e n t e n c e s s h o w n in e x a m p le s A - D :

A. I n c a s e o f too low pressure in the starting air receiver, we should start the compressors.
B. I f the pressure in the starting air receiver is too low, we should start the compressors.
C. W h e n the pressure in the starting air receivers is too low, we should start the compressors.
D. When the pressure in the starting air receiver is too low, the compressors should be started", ( p a s s iv e )

D iffic u lt y : E n g in e f a ils t o t u r n o n s t a r t in g a ir a f t e r S T A R T o r d e r h a s b e e n g iv e n .
(s o u rc e : o p e ra tin g in stru c tio n o f M A N B& W 5 0 -9 0 M C e n g in e s)

P o s s ib le C a u s e Rem edy

1. pressure in starting air receiver too low start the compressors;

check if they are working properly
2. valve on starting air receiver closed open the valve
3. no pressure in the control air system check the pressure
change over to the other reducing valve and clean the filter
4. main starting valve locked in closed position lift locking plate to working position
5. control selectors are wrongly set correct the setting
6. starting air distributor has not activated its lubricate and make the shaft movable so that the distributor has
end stop valve an easy axial movement
check air cylinder stop valve and adjust
7. pistons in starting air distributor sticking lubricate and make the pistons movable
overhaul the starting air distributor
8. starting air valves in cylinder covers defective test the valves for pressure;
replace or overhaul defective valves

UNIT 18 - EN G IN E RO OM S Y S T E M S
9 . A ir C h a r g in g S y s te m s
Diese e-gine a - s-a'ging is a system
■■■ - ::~ :'esses air and squeezes it
mo tre erg re cylinder.
a ows for providing more air and
'j e :: tre engine and, consequently,
moroves engine efficiency, lowers
fuel consumption and reduces harmful
emissions.
In the air charging process,
pressurized fresh air can be forced
into engine cylinders either by means
of a supercharger or a turbocharger.
Basically, the two mechanisms have
an identical operation principle.
They only differ in the source of
energy that is needed to drive
them. A supercharger can be driven
mechanically by gears or fed with air
by of an external charging pump.
A turbocharger uses energy generated
by exhaust gases let out from an
engine. Turbocharging is widely
applied to marine diese! engines.
G lo s s a r y :
TCR an abbreviation used by MAN to name a turbocharger with radial flow;
TCA an abbreviation used by MAN to name a turbocharger with axial flow;
a fr ic t io n w e ld in g a type of welding that generates heat through mechanical rubbing of two pieces to be fused;
c la w c la m p in g assembly of two flanges and a threaded bolt used for compressing or sealing:
Generally, a turbocharger consists of
a compressor and a turbine fitted on
a common shaft.
Exhaust gases drive both the turbine
wheel and the shaft coupled to the
compressor wheel.
When the compressor wheel rotates,
pressurized fresh air charge is forced
into the combustion chamber.
All modern marine diesels are fitted
with turbocharging systems. In low-
speed diesel engines, an electrically-
driven auxiliary blower supports
a turbocharger to deliver enough
fresh air to engine cylinders. Modern
turbochargers are able to increase the
engine output by about 300%.
A good example of a modern
turbocharger is a turbocharger with
a radial flow (a TCR) by MAN. It can
be coupled with both two-stroke and
four-stroke marine diesel engines.
A TCR turbocharger is composed of
the following major parts:
WHISPERING
SILENCER
VOLUTE
_______________________GAS CASING__________ J
TCR Turbocharger Construction (MAN sou^aa
- a cast turbine wheel connected to
the rotor shaft by means of friction
welding
- a milled compressor wheel that
builds up the charge pressure
and supplies the engine, with the
required amount of air,
- a rotor shaft on which the
compressor wheel and the turbine
are seated,
- plain bearings which enable precise
alignment of the rotor shaft,
- a cast iron compressor volute
which collects the air and slows it
further down,
- a diffuser which slows down the
high-velocity air,
- a whispering silencer with an air
filter that keeps a compressor,
diffuser and charge air cooler free
from dirt particles,
- an adjustable gas casing fastened
to the bearing casing with clamping
claws and
- a cast turbine nozzle ring with
profiled vanes.
PLAIN BEARINGS GAS OUT^T
CASING
DIFFUSER
COMPRESSOR
WHEEL TURBINE WHEE.
WITH SHAFT
T A S K 1. M a r E n g in e T e r m s

W rite d o w n w o r d s t h a t h a v e o p p o s it e m e a n in g to th e o n e u n d e r lin e d :

1. flow instability ........ .................... ...............................

2. pressure increases - ... , ...........

3. outlet casing - ........................... ............

4. discharging process - ...............

5. maximum flow rate - . ....................

6. Jow engine speeds - ......... ......... ............

7. high speed of rotation - ..........................

8. rising temperatures -

9. advantage ..... ..........................................................

10. compressor inlet - ....................................................................

T A S K 2. M a r E n g in e T e r m s

F ill in th e b o x e s w ith n a m e s o f th e tu r b o c h a r g in g s y s te m e le m e n ts .

T A S K 3. G r a m m a r W o r k p ie c e
F ill in th e b la n k s w ith v e r b s in th e p a s s iv e fo rm .

1. Fuel consumption can in turbocharged engines.

2. Both a compressor and a turbine on a common shaft.

3. The air in order to raise its density.

A
4. Before entering a compressor, the fresh air by a filter.

5. A turbine side cast metals.

6. Turbine wheels in a casing.

7. Fresh a i r ............ from deck spaces. CAUTION

8. An intercooler . , to lower the temperature of charging air. Turbocharger operating at
high speed and high temperature!
TA S K 4. M a r E n g in e G r a s p Do not stay near
turbocharger during operation!
W h a t is th e p u r p o s e o f th e n o t ic e s h o w n in th e p h o t o o n th e r ig h t ?
r
Marine Boilers
1. Early B o ilers
Boilers are closed tanks that use
a fuel source or electricity to heat
water or generate steam for various
applications. Generally, a boiler
consists of a furnace and a number
of tubes which function as heat
exchangers. Boilers can be classified
in a number of ways.
For instance, taking into consideration
the fuel source, we can distinguish
oil-fired boilers, gas-fired boilers and
exhaust gas boilers. If a boiler is
designed to heat water, it is called a
water boiler. If it is used to generate
steam, it is referred to as a steam
boiler. Boilers that are designed to
produce both hot water and steam are
called dual-circuit boilers. On the basis
of a method of heat exchange, boilers
can fall into two major categories:
water-tube and fire-tube boilers.
The first advancement in a boiler
design came with the invention of a
plain cylinder boiler. It was of a simple
design and easy construction.
A boiler was a long metal cylinder set
horizontally in brickwork. When a half
of the cylinder was filled with water, a
fire was set in furnace.
Until then, a furnace had always been
placed beneath a water cylinder.
J
Later on, the idea of placing fire inside End plates were reinforced by heavy
water cylinders was introduced. bolts. Such a construction made the
Thus, a Cornish boiler was invented. boiler extremely.
The furnace of a Cornish boiler was A number of relatively small metal
placed inside a metal tube of about tubes passed horizontally through the
3 feet in diameter. Mounting a tube water cylinders and flues.
inside a boiler considerably increased Fire tubes were arranged above
the amount of heat transferred to furnaces but below the water surface,
water. Nowadays, marine steam boilers have
Next, a vertical, also called upright, become a less evident part of the
steam boiler was designed. engine room than they used to be in
A boiler was a vertical tank, different the old days. They mainly perform
from horizontal cylinders found in the auxiliary functions. Various types of
previous boilers. The furnace was boilers have been adapted to fit into
located inside a water tank. Close to limited engine room space available
the bottom, the tank was surrounded for shipboard installation and to burn
by water. There were also a number any types of fuel oil efficiently.
of brass tubes going along which the
height of the boiler up to the chimney.
Fire passed through the tubes and
this is where the name of this boiler
originated from - a fire tube boiler.
The relationship between the amount
of heat generated in a furnace and the
ability of water to absorb that heat
had always been considered the main
value in designing boilers.
Generally, the larger the water surface
exposed to the heat, the more heat
can be transferred through that water.
Internal furnaces with a fire box were
also used in a cylindrical, multi-tubular
Scotch boiler. The only difference was
that the water tank was made from
corrugated plates instead of brass
tubes.
Glossary:

a m a n h o le a covered opening in an enclosed space allowing access be-'eatr

co rru g a te d shaped into a series of grooves;
a flu e a tube in a fire-tube boiler;

T A S K . 1. G r a m m a r W o r k p ie c e

P u t th e v e r b s in b r a c k e t s in to th e P r e s e n t P e r fe c t T e n s e o r S ~ip e P a s t ~ e rse .

1. Several types of burners (design) . . to be used on cargo vessels,

2. Metal tubes (not cool) adequately by water,

3. A Scotch boiler (build) to deliver up to 300 bhp.

4. Water circulation within the boiler poor.

5. The proper insulation (not allow) . the metal to overheat.

T A S K 2. M a r E n g in e T e r m s

C h o o s e th e w o r d o f th e c lo s e s t m e a n in g to th e o n e h ig h lig h t e d in e a c h s e n te n c e .
1. Brass tubes e x te n d e d through the boiler up to the chimney,
a. spread b. lengthened c. measured
2. The furnace was p la c e d inside a metal tube.
a. built b. located c.manufactured
3. The design in c r e a s e d greatly the amount of heat transferred to water.
a. applied b. directed c. passed
4. Marine steam boilers are still an im p o r ta n t part of shipboard systems,
a. efficient b. additional c. vital
5. The designers chose to m a n u fa c tu re a water tank from corrugated plates.
a. maintain b. produce c. generate

2. W ater-T u b e B oilers
One of the most commonly used
types of marine boilers is a water-
tube (sometimes called a water-in-
tube) boiler. It is fitted with small-
diameter tubes filled with steam or
water. The tubes are heated by high-
temperature combustion gases which
surround them inside a boiler.
Water circulation in such boilers may
be either natural or forced. However,
the vast majority of marine boilers
are of natural circulation design.
The operation principle of a natural-
circulation boiler is simple. It relies
on the difference in weight between
the cool, heavier water and the hot,
lighter water.
Early water-tube boilers used a single
drum and hot gases from the furnace
went over the tubes in a single pass.
A boiler with two drums is a later
development and is much more
complicated. Boilers with a large
number of tubes are most common
due to their ability to produce large
quantities of steam or hot water.
A large tube-like casing at the top of
the boiler is called a steam drum. Its
function is to separate steam from
water. In fact, it is the heart of a
boiler. Steam collects there before it
is discharged to application lines.
Hot water circulates naturally through
the coolest tubes, called circulating
tubes. Water heats up and flows
back to a steam drum. Because not
all water is turned to steam, the
whole process restarts. Water keeps
on circulating until it turns to steam.
In most boilers, additional tubes are
installed outside the casing which
surrounds a furnace and a boiler.
Such additional tubes are known as
downcomers. They supply denser
and relatively cool water to the lower
drum and displace the water-steam
mixture going upwards.
Due to the heat transfer method used,
water-tube boilers have relatively
high thermal efficiency. They are used
where high steam pressures up to
3,000 psi are required.
The ability of water-tube boilers to
generate superheated steam makes
them particularly attractive for
applications that require dry and high-
energy steam, e.g. for steam turbine
power generation.
However, they are more complex
to construct and require adequate
treatment of feed water to operate
effectively.
 Alfa Laval W ater-tub e Boiler
(Alfa Laval sources)
G lo s s a r y :

a d ru m a cylindrical tank filled with water, steam or gas;

fe e d w a te r
a b o ile r h e a d e r
t o c lin g ( c lu n g / c lu n g )
t o c lo g
s u p e r h e a t in g
water entering a boiler;
boiler part to which all tubes are connected;
to stick, to adhere;
to obstruct;
increasing steam temperature to dry it of water particles.

T A S K 1. G r a m m a r W o r k p ie c e

C h a n g e th e s e n t e n c e s in to p a s s iv e :

1. The control system is measuring the temperature of the steam drum.

2. Sensors control the amount of water entering a boiler.

3. They supply relatively cool water to the steam drum.

4. Boilers can produce large quantities of steam.

5. Steam drums separate steam from water.

T A S K 2. M a r E n g in e G r a s p

C o m p le te th e s e n t e n c e s .

1. When water is changed into steam, its volume

2. A boiler can be an extremely dangerous item because

3. Water is a useful and cheap medium for

4. A feed water system provides

5. A burner is the principal device for

6. If necessary safety standards are not followed, ......

T A S K 3. M a r E n g in e T e r m s

F ill in th e b la n k s in th e t e x t o n m a r in e b o ile r s a f e t y w ith w o r d s fr o m th e list:

a c c i d e n t , b o i l e r s , c o n t i n u o u s , e n v i r o n m e n t , f a i l u r e s , f l o w , m a r i n e , m a l f u n c t i o n s , o il, p a r a m e t e r s , p r e s s u r e ,
s e a , s e r v ic e , s h ip b o a r d , s o c ie t ie s , s t e a m , s y s t e m s , t e m p e r a t u r e

1. Marine require adequate control to secure boiler units

and detect and .........

2. The automatic control arrangement on a boiler includes the safety system

and monitoring of various for water level control,

steam control, fuel pressure control and fuel oil

control.

3. The combustion control system maintains constant pressure by controlling the

of air and oil to the burner.

4. All classification......... have special requirements for. ................. applications

due to the ........... and the fact that one cannot escape from t h e ......................................

when a ship is at in case of an

UNIT 19 - M A R IN E BO ILERS
3. Fire-Tube Boilers
Apart from a wide range of marine
applications, Scotch marine boilers
have become known as fire-tube
boilers.
Fire-tube boilers are usually chosen
for low-pressure steam production on
vessels requiring steam for auxiliary
purposes. Their operation is relatively
simple and their feed water may be
of lower quality. Fire-tube boilers are
sometimes called tank boilers because
they have large water capacity.
Other names include smoke tube
boilers or donkey boilers.
On a modern ship, a fire-tube boiler
is fitted to meet the ship heating
requirements and perform auxiliary
duties. For example, steam produced
by a boiler can circulate through a
number of coils in cargo and fuel
tanks, as well as in the accommodation
heating system.
Most fire-tube boilers are now supplied
as a one-unit package.
A boiler package includes an oil burner,
a fuel pump, a fan, feed pumps and
automatic control systems.
A combustion chamber of a fire-tube
boiler has a circular cross-section, is
placed inside a shell and surrounded
by water.
Fire-tube boilers are available in two-,
three- and four-pass designs.
A single pass is defined as an area
where combustion gases travel along
the length of a boiler.
In a fire-tube boiler with a single
furnace and four passes, the main
pass is arranged through a combustion
chamber.
Then, the heat from flue gases travels
through three different sets of tubes.
All tubes are surrounded by water
which absorbs heat.
The second pass is through a
corrugated furnace and into the
cylindrical combustion chamber.
The third pass is back over a furnace
through small-bore smoke tubes.
Then, the flow splits at the front of
a central smoke box. The fourth
pass goes through the outer smoke
tubes to the gas exit at the back of
the boiler. As water turns to steam,
pressure builds up within a boiler.
When the pressure has built up,
the main steam outlet valve opens
slowly supplying steam for onboard
purposes.
Fire-tube boilers are rated in boiler
horsepower which designates the
capacity of a boiler with regards to its
ability to evaporate a definite amount
of water per hour under a given set of
conditions.
To meet growing demands for ship
boiler efficiency, economy and space
requirements, new marine technology
offers a fire-tube boiler that combines
both an oil-fired section and exhaust
gas section. Two firing modes in one
boiler lead to a smaller and more
economical steam system onboard.
The design of such a boiler comprises
a common water and steam space
and separate sections for the two
heat sources. A combined boiler is
controlled automatically and activated
on exhaust gases which are the main
heating source. If the capacity is too
small to keep the steam pressure at
the sufficient level, the oil burner is
activated.
Modern boiler systems are operated
electronically and are equipped with
control panels with touch screens.
COMBINED FIRE-TUBE BOILE:

a b o i l e r s h e ll outside plating of a boiler;

a c o m b u s t io n c h a m b e r a part of a boiler to which combustion process is confined; can be referred to as a combustion
tube or a combustion furnace;
b o ile r m o u n t in g s steam and water fittings mounted on a boiler to ensure its efficient and safe operation;
a vessel here: a closed container with a fluid inside;
 ■ ■ H H Pa

T A S K 1. M a r E n g in e S p e a k in g T A S K 2, M a r E n g in e G ra s p

R e c o g n iz e th e b o ile r ty p e and b r ie fly E x p la in th e re a s o n o f e x p o s in g th e fo llo w in g la b e l in e n g in e r o o m s p a c e s

e x p la in its fu n c tio n .

T A S K 3. M a r E n g in e T e r m s

M a tc h th e fo llo w in g nam es o f b o ile r

m o u n t in g s w ith th e s h o r t d e s c r ip t io n s
o f th e ir f u n c t io n s p r o v id e d in th e ta b le :

b o ile r , f e e d c h e c k v a lv e , f e e d p u m p ,
fe e d s to p v a lv e , g a u g e g la s s , m a in
s te a m lin e , m a n h o le , p re ssu re
g a u g e , r e lie f v a lv e , s a f e t y v a lv e

BOILER MOUNTING FUNCTION

1 supplies water to a boiler

2 prevents backflow from a boiler through a feed water line

3 permits or prevents water flow to a boiler

4 provides access to a combustion space for inspection

5 carries steam from a boiler to distribution lines

6 relieves excessive pressure

7 indicates pressure amount inside a vessel

8 ensures safe operating pressure within a boiler

9 generates hot water or steam in a closed vessel

10 enables visual checking of a water level in a vessel

 Maintenance and Troubleshooting
1. M a in t e n a n c e

ISM code makes a ship operator

responsible for ensuring safe
operation of a ship. A special emphasis
is put on a ship hull, engine room and
deck machinery, life-saving and fire­
fighting equipment to be maintained
in compliance with the applicable
regulations. The ISM code has become
a guideline for ship operators and
assists them in establishing obligatory
maintenance management plans on
board of their ships.

In order to prepare an effective

machinery maintenance plan,
ship operators should take into
consideration a number of elements.
First of all, machinery operating
procedures should be followed.
Operating procedures or manuals
are delivered by manufacturers and
Servicing must be performed in Ship machinery inspections need to be
contain detailed instructions on safe
accordance with the engine operation carried out on a regular basis to ensure
and effective machinery operation,
manuals for the specific engine proper maintenance. Inspections are
recommend servicing and overhauling
installed. usually based either on calendar days
schedules and provide guidelines on
Any maintenance procedure that or operating hours. All inspections
remedies to be taken to eliminate
requires disassembly of an engine aim to evaluate machinery condition,
risks of failures and malfunctions.
or removal of its components is confirm that a machine operates
A good maintenance plan should
considered a major maintenance. properly for a certain time, or to
include a history of previous machinery
Short-term maintenance activities are offer advice on repair improvements.
defects or damages, together with all
usually scheduled with a frequency Following preventive maintenance, all
repair works undertaken.
of 1,000 hours or less. Long-term ship systems are tested regularly.
The plan should also account for the
maintenance activities are normally All failures, their causes and repair
ship class, age and engine type.
planned for with a frequency greater activities are logged in detail and kept
Next, checklists are prepared. They
than 1,000 hours of running time. available for future reference at any
define tasks to be carried out by in
time.
line with the relevant maintenance
procedures defined in the ISM code.
R O U TIN E A C TIV IT Y FREQUENCY
The engineering department crew
carries out servicing works on engine c h e c k f u e l l e v e l in d a i l y t a n k 8 hrs
room machinery. Their daily routines c l e a n c e n t r i f u g a l l u b e o il f i l t e r s 1 K hrs
include for example, inspecting and
r e p l a c e f u e l o il f i l t e r s 1 K hrs
checking. Cleaning, lubricating,
in s p e c t e n g in e f o r a n y u n u s u a l n o is e daily
greasing and draining belong to the
250-hour routine activities. Some c h e c k s m o k e le v e l o f e x h a u s t s weekly
examples of the 1000-hour routines A fe w e x a m p le s o f th e o p e r a t in g m o d e s h o r t- te r m a c t iv it ie s a re p r e s e n te d

include, replacing, verifying, refilling in th e t a b le a b o v e .

and adjusting activities.

G lo s s a r y :

th e IS M co d e "International Safety Management Code" means the International Management Code

for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention; as adopted by the IMO;
p r e v e n tiv e m a in t e n a n c e machinery inspections at a pre-determined schedule;

U N IT 20 - M A IN T E N A N C E A N D T R O U B LE S H O O T IN G
T A S K 1. G r a m m a r W o r k p ie c e

U n d e r lin e " a c t iv it y " v e r b s in th e m a r in e d ie s e l c h e c k lis t. R e w r ite th e m in t h e ir im p e r a tiv e fo rm in to th e la s t c o lu m n

o f th e ta b le .

M a k e p a s s iv e s e n t e n c e s fo llo w in g th e e x a m p le :
" A ir filte r s s h o u ld b e in s p e c t e d w e e k ly o n th e e n g in e s t a n d - b y m ode.

M ode A c t iv ity Freq u en cy Verb (Im perative)

stand-by check operation of heating system 8 hrs

stand-by check starting air pressure 8 hrs

stand-by inspect air filters weekly

stand-by report any problems weekly

stand-by listen for any abnormal noise 8 hrs

operating change fuel filters 1 K hrs

operating lubricate auxiliary pump bearings 1 K hrs

operating clean turbocharger 4 K hrs

operating replace coolant 8 K hrs

operating drain cooling system 8 K hrs

operating remove and inspect one cylinder head 8 K hrs

T A S K 2. M a r E n g in e T e r m s

F ill in th e A C T I V I T Y c o lu m n o f th e m a in t e n a n c e s c h e d u le w ith p r o p e r v e rb s :

FREQUENCY ACTIVITY ENGINE/SYSTEM COMPONENT

1. 8 hrs starting air pressure

2. weekly coolant level in expansion tank

3. weekly air filter

4. 1 K hrs operation of safety alarms

5. 250 hrs lube oil sample for test

6. 1 K hrs auxiliary pump bearings

7. 750 hrs fuel injection pressure

8. 1 K hrs fuel oil filters

U N IT 20 - M A IN T E N A N C E A N D T R O U B LE S H O O T IN G
2. O p e r a t in g M a n u a ls
B e sure that the
~ s z ~ 'e '. :ce-ating manuals area around the
must 2 .-.ays oe available for the working space is
e " ; "2 : : 2 '=: crew. completely clean
The manuals provide information before and during
0 " engine main characteristics, dismantling of the
operational specifications and engine hydraulic system.
arrangement. They are a source of
reference for maintenance and repair
of all engine systems, especially the Shut off the oil supply.
fuel oil, engine cooling and engine
lubricating ones. Operating manuals
provide users with step-by-step
instructions, sketches and drawings Close valve 420
explaining how to, for instance, and
dismantle engine elements or how
to replace components of engine open valve 421
systems. (MAN sources

The troubleshooting and emergency 4 d e t a ile d in s t r u c t io n o n h o w to d is m a n t le a h ig h - p r e s s u r e p ip e in th e e x h a u s t s y s ­

operation sections list possible te m s t r a ig h t fro m M A N ME e n g in e o p e r a t in g m a n u a l.

causes of failures and recommend

appropriate remedies. E n g in e s ta r tin g E n g in e r e v e r s in g
1. Position the direction handle A. When running at manoeuvring
Marine diesel operational procedures to "ahead" or "astern". The speeds:
instruct precisely how to start an handle may be built into the 1. Start up auxiliary blowers if they
engine, how to shut it down, how to telegraph recover. The camshaft are operated manually.
start it after a long shut-down and is then positioned relative to the 2. Shut off the fuel supply to slow
how to start after dismantling and crankshaft. down the engine.
overhauling. 2. Move the manoeuvring handle to 3. Move the direction handle
the "start" position. Compressed to "astern" position to admit
Medium- and low-speed marine air is admitted into the cylinders compressed air to the engine.
diesels follow fairly similar starting in the correct sequence to
B. When running at full speeds:
and manoeuvring procedures. turn the engine in the desired
1. Start up auxiliary blowers if they
The following general procedure lists direction.
are operated manually.
the main sequence of operational 3. Move the manoeuvring handle
2. Shut off the fuel from the engine.
activities. to the running position when the
3. The engine is slowed down.
engine reaches its firing speed.
4. When the engine is stopped,
P r e p a r a tio n fo r s ta n d - b y : Fuel is admitted.
position the direction handle to
1. Heat up the engine. "astern".
2. Check appropriate supply tanks,
filters, valves and drains.
3. Start up the lubricating oil pumps
and circulating water pumps.
?
4. Examine all control and alarm
equipment for correct operation. ■
5. Open the indicator cocks. ■
v- Mi-.c
6. Engage the turning gear.
IOS‘MAX ^% ■
7. Turn the engine through several 70-FUU ■ '
60-HAtF i ff B
S0-51ÔW:
complete revolutions. C.2-DÎÀÜ StOW
É
fa ■
8. Check the fuel oil system. "ZS-MÂ8’§C3$T
-
§1ÛW m
9. Start auxiliary scavenging
;t
blowers, if started manually. B
10.
11.
Remove the turning gear.
Turn over the engine on air before
m START

closing the indicator cocks

@

V - .
TELEGRAPH RECOVER MANÔËUV
G lo s s a r y :

on s ta n d -b y ready to operate;
to h e a t up to get hot again;
to s h u t o ff to stop supply;
to s h u t d o w n to stop operating;
to s ta rt u p to start operating;
to s lo w d o w n to reduce speed;
to co o l d o w n to get less hot;
t o d r a in o u t to get very dry, to cause to become very dry;
to c u t o ff to disconnect;
to e n g a g e to move into position ready for operation;
to d is e n g a g e opposite of "engage";
t o p u ll o u t to make something involve into operation;
t o c le a n o u t to empty;

T A S K 1. M a r E n g in e G r a s p

P u t th e fo llo w in g s t e p o f a n e n g in e s t a r t in g p r o c e d u r e in to a p r o p e r o rd e r:

a. Set the switch for auxiliary blowers to position 1

"auto". 2
b. Start up the fuel oil supply pump.
3
c. Start up the cooling water pumps.
d. Drain out the starting air systems of water.
4
e. Turn the engine for one revolution in each di­ 5
rection. 6
f. Start up all lubricating pumps 7
g. Disengage the turning gear.
8
h. Drain off the control air system of water.

T A S K 2. M a r E n g in e T e r m s

C h o o s e p r o p e r v e r b s fr o m th e lis t to c o m p le t e th e c a r e n g in e s t a r t in g p r o c e d u r e :

c h e c k , d i s e n g a g e , t u r n o n , s w i t c h o n , p u ll o u t , s t a r t , d r a i n o u t , r e le a s e

a ...... .............................. . . . that the handbrake is on.

b ...................... — . . . . . . . . . . . . ---- .... that the gear lever is in its neutral position.

C......... ................ . — ........ ........... choke if necessary.

d. ......... ........................................... . .. the ignition.

e ..................................... ............ ........... if the ignition and oil lights come on.

f ................. ......... ............. .................. the starter key

T A S K 3, M a r E n g in e T e r m s

F ill in th e b la n k s w ith p h r a s a l v e r b s in c lu d e d in th e r e a d in g g lo s s a r y :

1. .......................... the engine and allow it to run for a few minutes to make sure the fuel line is free of air.

2. Before changing the fuel filter, - , , the fuel supply.

3. ........... ........... ............................ . the knob for engine heat-up.

4. .... — ....... ..................... the engine block of engine coolant by removing the drain plug.

5. ......................... — — ............. . by pressing the “speed reduction" button.

6. .......................................................the engine before engaging the turning gear.

U N IT 20 - M A IN T E N A N C E AND TR O U B LE S H O O T IN G
4, T r o u b le s h o o tin g
ng generally refers to
a p'ocess of solving problems with a
oe. ce, —acninery or a system caused
b • sc~e sort of failure.
~-oubleshooting of machinery is the
major task that engine room personnel
have to deal with. Problems with ship
machinery should be solved as fast
as possible to ensure further safe and
scheduled voyage of a vessel.
Normally, symptoms of malfunction
indicate a problem. Troubleshooting
deals with discovering causes of these
symptoms.
When a cause is identified, repair
activities can be arranged.
Operation manuals include
troubleshooting charts which are
often the first source of reference for
the engine room crew in diagnosing a
potential cause of any failure.
In troubleshooting charts, various
possible symptoms of malfunction
or difficulties are listed, followed by
possible causes and remedy activities
to be taken up.
The chart below presents an example
of a troubleshooting guideline in case
an engine fails to turn on starting air
after the "start" order has been given.

D IFFIC U LT Y P O SS IB LE CA U SE REM ED Y

starting air pressure is too low start up the compressors

valve on starting air receiver is closed open the valve

Engine fails to turn on starting air

pistons in starting air distributors are sticking lubricate the pistons

The "remedy' column gives instructions how to solve To be able to follow instructions and, consequently,
problems. perform a required task, a user should be familiar with
The instructions are short, precise orders or these verbs and their meaning,
recommendations telling a user what activities should be
performed. Instructions start with verbs in their imperative The verbs most frequently used in troubleshooting charts
forms and they convey the crucial meaning for a user, and in operating manuals verbs are listed below:

a c tiv a te , a d ju s t, align , a sse m b ly , a tta ch , bolt, ch e ck , c h a n g e , cle a n , clo se , co n n e c t, co n tro l,

cool d o w n , c o rre c t, d e c re a s e , d ia g n o se , d is e n g a g e , d is m a n tle , d is a sse m b ly , d is c o n n e c t,
d is m o u n t, d ra in , d rain ou t, e n g a g e , e x a m in e , g re a se , fill, fit, fla sh , h a n d le , hear, h e a t up,
in c re a s e , in s p e c t, in sta ll, lift, lo ca te , lo o se n , lower, lu b rica te , m a k e su re ,m a in ta in , m o u n t,
o b s e rv e , o p e n , o p e ra te , order, o v e rh a u l, pla ce, p la n, p o sitio n , p re ss, pull out, p u m p , p ush ,
raise, re c h a rg e , re c o n d itio n , re d u ce , re g u la te , re le a se , re lie v e , re m o v e , repair, re p la ce ,
rep ort, scre w , se rv ice , set, s h u t d o w n , s h u t off, s lo w d o w n , start, s ta rt up, sw itch off,
s u p e rv is e , s w itch on, ta k e out, te st, tig h te n , tu n e , v e n tila te , w a tch , u n in sta ll, u n s c re w

T A S K 1. M a r E n g in e T e r m s T A S K 2. M a r E n g in e T e r m s

C h o o s e th e m o s t s u it a b le v e rb fr o m th e R E M E D Y c o lu m n . M a tc h th e v e r b s fr o m th e le ft c o lu m n
w ith t h e ir o p p o s it e s fr o m th e r ig h t
DIFFICULTY POSSIBLE CAUSE REMEDY c o lu m n .
A. engine turns on 1. auxiliary blowers are 1. start/ unscrew/ reduce
fuel but runs not functioning auxiliary blowers screw lo w e r
unevenly 2. fuel filter blocked 2. clean / lower / mount the s h u t o ff d is m o u n t
3. fuel pressure is too filter
c lo s e u n in s ta ll
low 3. increase/lower/ position
m ount tig h t e n
the pressure
s w it c h o n open
B. engine speed 1. oil pressure is too low 1. raise/ decrease/ shut off
decreases 2. defective fuel valves the pump pressures to in c r e a s e u n s cre w

normal lo o s e n s w it c h o ff
2. overhaul/tighten/ install r a is e sta rt
the valves and pumps
connect d is c o n n e c t
C. smoky exhaust 1. air supply is 1. check/ connect/ dismount
in s t a l l d ecrease
insufficient engine room ventilation
2. fire in scavenge air 2. activate/ open/ take out
box the fire alarm
T A S K 3. M a r E n g in e G r a s p
W rite v e r b s fr o m th e r e a d in g u n d e r th e p r o p e r h e a d in g s .
MAINTENANCE
5. Engine Room Safety
An engine room is considered one of
the most hazardous ship spaces.
For safety reasons, a notice prohibiting
the access of unauthorized persons is
always displayed on the engine room
door.
Engine room crew works in a dangerous
environment, among machines
operating on highly inflammable fuel
oil, high-pressure systems and high-
temperature steam and water lines.
Additionally, high level of noise and
high temperature inside engine room
spaces can affect job performance of
the operating personnel.
U N IT 20 - M A IN T E N A N C E A N D TR O U B LE S H O O T IN G
TROUBLESHOOTING
The exterior of the engine must always
be kept clean and the paintwork
maintained so that even the smallest
oil leakages can be easily detected.
According to the DNV reports on
casualty statistics, more than 60%
of all engine room fires have been
caused by oil leakages getting into
direct contact with hot spots or
surfaces.
The IMO SOLAS convention requires
ship engine rooms to be equipped
with double pipes in all high-pressure
fuel oil lines and insulation on all high-
temperature surfaces. Additionally, all
lines with inflammables like hydraulic
oil, fuel oil and lubricating oil located
in the vicinity of ignition sources must
be equipped with protective shields.
REPAIR
Critical information signs, in the
form of warning and caution labels,
are posted all over the engine room.
Anybody who has access to an engine
room should pay utmost attention to
these safety issues.
A sign with a heading "caution"
indicates that it is relatively easy
to cause damage to the labeled
equipment A sign with "warning"
heading informs in advance about
serious injury or even death of a person
who does not obey instructions.
Neglecting safe working practices
sometimes can easily result in
accidents and incidents in the engine
room spaces.
G lo s s a r y :

to p o st to put up a notice, to announce by exposing signs or labels;

DNV Der Norske Veritas, a classification society;
a n a c c id e n t an unintended event involving injury, death or serious damage;
a n in c id e n t an unexpected event which may have the potential to become an accident;
a p r e c a u t io n a measure taken in advance to prevent something dangerous;
a c o n fin e d s p a c e , a n e n c lo s e d s p a c e a space with limited access and poor ventilation, not intended for long
human occupancy; i.e. a ballast tank, a boiler;
grit rough, small particles of sand or stone;

T A S K 1. M a r itim e G r a s p

F ill in th e b la n k s in th e t e x t o n s a f e t y p r e c a u t io n s to b e ta k e n w h ile e n te r in g
c o n fin e d s p a c e s .

Entry into spaces should solely take place

under certain specified conditions. An enclosed or a ,

..... .................space, such as a double ......... ............ ........... .............

..... tank, or a ... ....... cannot be assumed to

contain much

Anyone who needs to enter such a

should only do so with the permission of the officer in charge.

The space should be well before

entry. The apparatus should be taken

along. Another person should remain at the ..................... .........

in order to call for ......... ................ ............ .............. if necessary.

There should be a means of arranged

between the person inside the space and the attendant.

T A S K 2. M a r E n g in e G r a s p

F ill in th e b la n k s in th e t e x t o n p r e c a u t io n s o n e n g in e ro o m c le a n lin e s s .

The engine room should be kept clean both above and below the , plates.

If there is a risk of grit .................... into the engine room when the ship is in port,

the should be stopped and ventilating ducks, skylights and engine room
— ......... . .............. ...dosed.

................ ...................or other work which causes ......... of grit, must

not be carried out near the engine unless it is closed or .......... and the turbocharger

air intake covered. The exterior of the engine should be kept clean and the

paintwork so that leakages can be easily

TA S K 3, M a r itim e S p e a k in g

D is c u s s th e s a f e t y s ig n s in th e p h o t o b e lo w :

A ®

T A S K 4. M a r itim e G r a s p

D e c id e w h e t h e r th e fo llo w in g p r e c a u t io n s a r e w a r n in g s o r c a u tio n s :

1 No service perform on running engine

2 Protect engine from grit

3 Wear close-fitting clothes

4 Secure ladders properly

5 Attendance required on entrance

6 Before overhauling isolate from power

W ÊfÊÊÊÈÊBSBËÊÊÊÊÊIÊÊÊIÊÊÊÊB
M A IN T E N A N C E A N D T R O U B LE S H O O T IN G
 Glossary
abandon a vessel to evacuate all people from a vessel following a distress;
abeam position on either ship side and in line with a ship;
a b r a s iv e mineral or other substance used for grinding, e.g. diamond dust;
a b so rb to take in and not reflect;
AC alternating electric current;
a c c id e n t an unintended event involving injury, death or serious damage;
a c c o m p lis h to complete, to succeed in doing something;
a c c u s a tio n a charge that someone has done something illegal or wrong;
a c id chemically, any compound that can react to form a salt;
a ctu a te to put into action;
a ctu a to r a motor which puts a mechanism into motion;
a d j o i n in g touching the same point or a line;
a d ju s t to change parameters of a device to get a desired setting, to regulate;
a d m is s io n entrance, the right to enter;
a d m it t e d allowed to enter;
adopt take up and follow a way;
A -fra m e a construction at stern for handling submersible, unmanned vehicles;
A -fra m e a structural part of an engine in the form of the letter A; an engine block;
a ir c h a r g e volume of fresh air supplied to a diesel cylinder just before a compression stroke;
a ir c o m p r e s s o r a device used to increase air pressure;
a ir s t a r t in g v a lv e a valve that admits compressed air to the air starter;
a ir - fu e l r a t io ratio by volume and weight between air and fuel;
a lle g e d so-called, declared but without proof;
a llo y a mixture of at least two metals;
a llo y a substance that is a mixture of at least two metals;
a lu m in a AI203;
a m b ie n t t e m p e r a t u r e the temperature of the surrounding;
a m m o n ia NH2, a colourless gas;
anchor a heavy object lowered into water to keep a ship in place;
a n g le a shape made by two straight lines starting at the same point;
a n t ic lo c k w is e in direction opposite to the rotation of clock hands, counterclockwise;
a n t im o n y (S b ) a silvery metal occurring in alloys;
a p p lic a t io n practical usage; a formal request in a written form;
a p p lic a t io n putting something into usage or operation;
a p p ro a ch a way of dealing with a problem or subject;
a p p r o p r ia t e right, suitable, proper;
a r b itr a r y not fixed by rules, up to choice;
a rc flow of sparks formed by electricity;
ARCOS American Region Caribbean Ring System; a cable network interconnecting the USA and
18 countries in Latin America;
ASD Azimuth Stern Drive, a propulsion system of azimuth thrusters installed under the stern;
a s s e m b le to fit together separate components to make a whole;
a s s e m b ly several parts fitted together to make a whole;
a s s e m b ly s t a t io n an assigned place on a ship where crew and passengers must meet when an emergency
announcement is made;
a s s ig n to attribute, to give a specific task;
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials;
a to m the smallest particle of an element; it combines to form a molecule;
a u t h o r it y power to give orders and require obedience;
a u to m o tiv e having to do with cars or motor vehicles;
a u x ilia r ie s engines used for supplementary power;
a u x ilia r y providing additional support;
a x is (p i a x e s ) a straight line along which an object rotates;
B&W Burmeister and Wain, the name of today MAN Company;
backbone main support;
bang to strike hard and noisily;
b a rre l a revolving cylinder in a device;
b a rre l a large, cylindrical or wooden container with flat, circular ends:
b a u x ite claylike ore from which aluminum is obtained;
b e in c h a r g e to have control, supervision and responsibility;
b e lia b le likely to get, to suffer from;
beam maximum breadth of a ship;
b e a r in g a part of a machine in or on which another part revolves;
b e a r in g c a g e a part of a bearing designed to separate rolling elements;
b e a r in g c a p a bearing cover;
b e a r i n g lo a d force to which a bearing and its elements are subjected;
b e a r in g s h e ll steel, semi-circular shell lined with anti-fiction material;
b e llo w pipe expansion joint;
b e n d ( b e n t/ b e n t) to make something become curved;
b e rth a place for securing a vessel in a port;
b e v e lle d cut for welding at an inclination so that two pipe ends get an angle other than 90o;
b i a s s p r in g deflected or curved spring;
b ilg e s the lowest parts of holds, machinery spaces and tanks;
b la d e a broad, flat part of something;
b le n d e d being a mixture of some varieties;
b lo c k a spar holding the foot of a fore-and-aft sail;
b lo w to force air into or through;
b lo w e r a device for increasing amount of air supplied to a cylinder;
boat a smaller craft for travelling on water;
b o d ily in one mass; as a whole;
b o ile r a tank in which water is turned to steam for heating purposes;
b o ile r h e a d e r boiler part to which all tubes are connected;
b o ile r m o u n t in g s steam and water fittings mounted on a boiler to ensure efficient and safe operation;
b o ile r s h e ll outside plating of a boiler;
b o ilin g t e m p e r a t u r e temperature at which a liquid changes to a vapour;
b o lt a metal rod with a head used with a nut to hold parts together;
bond to stick together;
boom a spar holding the foot of a fore-and-aft sail;
b o o ste r p u m p an engine-driven high-pressure pump that forces fuel oil through a system and pressurizes it;
b o r in g making large holes in a workpiece with a single-point tool;
b re a k to damage by separating into pieces;
b re a k d o w n an act of going out of working order;
b r ig a n tin e a two-masted vessel with the foremast square-rigged and the mainmast fore-and-aft rigged;
b u b b lin g a process of making small spheres of gas or air;
bucket a deep, round container with a curved handle used for carrying water, coal, etc,;
b u lb a very front part of a bow below waterline intended to reduce water resistance;
b u lk c a r g o loose cargo, not packed;
bunker to supply a ship with fuel;
b u n k e r o il oil in fuel tanks of a ship;
b u n k e r in g supplying a ship with fuel;
b u r s t in g c a p o r d is c a screw cover or lever housing in a valve that withstands bursting;
b u ry to hide underground;
b u s h in g an inside lining in a hole in which a shaft or a rod moves;
b u s h in g removable metal lining for insulation or reduction of friction;
b u tt- w e ld in g end to end welding;
c a b l e g u id i n g s h e a v e a tough, tubular housing for a cable used for protection;
c a b le t r a y s ducts for housing cables;
c a b le a rope or chain fastened to an anchor, (also, a nautical unit of distance, l/10th
of a nautical mile);
c a lc u la te to determine amount of something using mathematics; to compute;
c a m s h a ft th ro w one crankpin with its two webs;
c a p a c ity volume, content, amount of space that can be filled;
c a p illa r y a c t io n ability of a substance to draw another substance into it;
c a r b o n d i o x id e C 0 2, gas present in the products of burning;
c a r g o h a n d lin g a process of moving and transporting cargo;
c a r r ie r a vessel engaged in transporting goods or people across waters;
cast to make a casting;
c a s t in g an object formed by pouring molten metal into a form;
c a te r fo r to provide and serve food;
c a v ity a hole or a hollow place;
c e llu la r consisting of, or containing cells;
ce n te rb o a rd a movable board lowered through an opening in the floor of a sailboat to
prevent drifting;
c e n tr ifu g a l moving away from a centre by force;
c h a in d r i v e a drive mechanism with wheels fitted to both a crankshaft and a camshaft;
cham ber an enclosed space used for a special purpose;
ch a rg e a load;
c h e c k lis t a list of things to be done;
c h e m ic a l e le m e n t a substance that cannot be chemically separated and is distinguished by its
atomic number;
c h ip a small piece of material chopped off or cut off;
c ir c lip a ring sprung into a groove to hold something in place; a snap ring;
c ir c u it a loop, a circular route;
c la w c la m p in g assembly of two flanges and a threaded bolt used for compressing or sealing:
c le a n o u t to empty;
c lin g ( c lu n g / c lu n g ) to stick, to adhere;
c lip o f f to move rapidly through some area;
c lo c k w is e in direction in which hands of a clock rotate;
c lo g to obstruct;
c lo s in g m e m b e r an element that coses something;
c lu t t e r e d filled with an untidy collection of objects;
co a s ta l located on or close to a coast;
c o a s t w is e along, by way of or following a coast;
coat to provide a layer or a covering of something;
c o a tin g covering metal surfaces with paint or other substances that are corrosion protective;
c o ffe rd a m a space for safety between compartments left empty or filled with ballast water;
c o il insulated wires wound in a series of turns;
c o in c id e w it h to be identical, to take up the same position;
coke coal from which most of gases have been removed, used as fuel in industry;
c o lla p s ib le able to be folded into a small space;
c o llis io n striking at something with force;
c o m b u s t io n c h a m b e r a part of a boiler to which combustion process is confined; can be referred to as
a combustion tube or a combustion furnace;
c o m b u s t io n c h a m b e r an enclosed space in an engine where combustion takes place;
c o m m e r c ia l connected with trade, made for profit;
c o m m o n r a il type of a fuel injection system with a pressurized manifold serving all injectors;
c o m p e n s a te fo r to make up for, to counterbalance;
c o m p lia n c e an action or fact of obeying orders or rules;
com pound chemically, a combination of elements that can be broken by chemical techniques;
concave curved like the. inside of a ball half;
co n d u cto r a material or a device that transmits electricity or heat;
c o n fin e d restricted in area or volume;
c o n fin e d s p a c e , a n e n c lo s e d s p a c e a space with limited access and poor ventilation, not intended for long human
occupancy; i.e. a ballast tank, a boiler;
c o n n e c t in g ro d a rod connecting piston to a crankshaft;
conquer to get control by overcoming some forces, to win;
c o n s e c u tiv e following in an order, successive;
c o n t a m in a t io n process of making impure with unwanted or dangerous substances;

G LO S S A R Y
co n te m p o ra ry in the state of present times;
c o n t in u o u s going on or extending without interruption or break;
co n tra ct a formal agreement between people, or parties;
c o n t r a c t io n a process of making smaller;
c o n t r a - r o t a t in g p r o p e lle r ( C R P ) an azipod propeller installed behind a fixed propeller;
c o n t r o lla b le p it c h p r o p e lle r a propeller with a pitch that can be changed by the bridge or engine room control;
conveyor a mechanical chain or belt for carrying;
c o o k in g u t e n s ils things used for cooking;
cool to bring the temperature down;
cool d ow n to get less hot;
c o o la n t a substance, usually a fluid, used to remove heat; a cooling agent:
c o o le r a device for lowering temperature of liquids or gases;
c o o lin g j a c k e t an outer casing forming a space around a cylinder for coolant circulation;
c o p e w it h to deal with something difficult successfully;
c o r r o s io n a process of slow damage of metals by water or chemicals; rusting;
c o r r o s iv e gradually worn by rusting, or causing rusting;
co rru g a te d shaped into a series of grooves;
crab a crustacean with four pairs of legs and one pair of pincers;
crack a break, usually without separation of parts;
crack to damage by breaking without a complete separation of the parts;
c r a n k p in a part of a crank to which a connecting rod is attached;
c ra te a large basket, or box, made of wood or plastic;
cre w all of a ship personnel;
c r o s s s e c tio n a cutting through something;
cro ssh e a d a lower end of a piston rod carrying top end of a connecting rod;
c r u c ia l of great importance and influence;
c r u d e o il flammable liquid naturally found in rock formations;
cru sta ce a n s water animals having a shell or a crust;
c u s h io n a soft pad for absorbing shock or for comfort;
c u t o ff to disconnect;
c y lin d e r a cylindrical chamber where a piston can move freely;
c y lin d e r b lo c k a metal casting that houses engine cylinders;
c y lin d e r h e a d a casing with valves and injectors bolted to the top of a cylinder block;

dam age harm that reduces usefulness or operation;

dam p to reduce vibrations;
dam per a device for reducing vibrations of moving parts;
d a ta c a b le s cables carrying media traffic;
d e fic ie n t lacking something, inadequate, incomplete;
d e fla t e let air or gas out of;
d e fo r m a t io n action of distorting shape or form under load;
dem ands desires of services, clients, conditions, etc;
d e n s ity mass of an object to its volume, thickness;
d e p lo y to place something into the position for operation;
d e p o s its something left, sediments;
d e r r ic k a large device on a ship deck used for lifting and moving heavy objects;
d e s ig n a t e d appointed, indicated, specified;
d e s t in a t io n p o r t a port where cargo is delivered;
d e te ct to manage to notice, to discover;
d e t e r m in e to define, to calculate, to decide;
d ia p h r a g m a dividing membrane or a thin partition;
d ie a cubical metal form for shaping molten metal;
d ie s e l o il oil used as fuel for Diesel engines;
d iffu s e r an element with floating rings surrounding an impeller used for increasing the flow area;
d im e n s io n s measurements in length, width and sometimes depth;
d is a b le to make unable, unfit;
d is a s tr o u s causing great damage or loss;
d is e m b a r k to leave a ship;
d is e n g a g e opposite of "engage";
d is m a n tle to put a structure into pieces;
d is p la c e to force something move somewhere else;
d is p la c e m e n t volume or weight of a fluid swept by a pump in certain time;

G LO S S A R Y
 d is p o s a l an act of getting rid of;

© d is p o s e o f
d is t in g u is h
to get rid of by throwing or giving away;
recognize as different;
DNV Der Norske Veritas, a classification society;
dom e of an elliptical shape;
DP dynamic positioning; an automatic system for controlling the vessel position and course
relying on data transmitted from ship propellers and thrusters;
d r a in o u t to get very dry, to cause to become very dry;
d ra w b a ck a disadvantage;
d r ill a tool for boring holes in materials;
d r ip s a m p le a fuel sample taken by special equipment which allows fuel to drip into sample containers;
d r o p t r a ile r a trailer that can be left as a place to work or live;
d r o p le t a very small drop;
d ru m a cylindrical tank filled with water, steam or gas;
d r u m c a b le e n g in e ( C D E ) a machine for controlling speed and tension of a cable on a drum installed on a cable layer;
d ry d o ck a dock with a watertight gate used for building or repairing ships;
d u c tin g a tube or a canal through which some liquid or gas moves;
d u r a b le able to withstand wear, pressure or damage;
d u tie s activities required morally or legally;

e a r p ro te c to rs a device protecting ears against noise;

O e ffic ie n c y
e le m e n t
ability to get a desired effect with a minimum of energy, cost, etc;
chemically, a substance that cannot be broken into simpler components by chemical
techniques;
E L F I v a lv e a MAN valve for electronic control of fuel injection and exhaust valve actuation;
e m e rg e to become, to get visible;
em erg en cy sudden and dangerous situation requiring immediate action;
e m is s io n s exhaust gases from diesel engines;
e n c lo s e d shut in all around, surrounded, confined;
e n co u n te r to face, to meet accidentally;
engage to move into position ready for operation;
e n g in e a machine with moving parts that converts power into motion;
e n g in e b e d p la t e part of an engine resting on a foundation; also: a crankcase subbase;
e n g in e e f f ic ie n c y amount of power obtained compared to the energy input measured by the heating value
of the consumed fuel;
enhance to intensify, to improve further;
e n v ir o n m e n t surroundings together with all conditions that influence it;
epoxy adhesive, plastic material belonging to synthetic polymers;
e q u ip m e n t a set of devices necessary for a particular operation; gear;
ero d e to wear away, to vanish gradually;
e s c a p e ro u te a clearly marked way out of a vessel to be followed in case of emergency;
e v a c u a t io n c h u t e a vertical or inclined passage deployed to enable people access to lifeboats;
e x ca v a te to get material from the ground by digging;
e x e rt to apply with great energy or effort;
exhaust gases gaseous products of combustion that are expelled from an engine;
e x p o s e to to lay open to something, to leave unprotected;
exposed unprotected, especially from weather conditions;
e x tra c t to obtain by drawing out;
e x tr u s io n process of shaping a plastic material by forcing it through a die;

fa cto r any condition or element that brings about a result;

O f a ilu r e
fa n
breakdown in operation of mechanism, a default;
a device for blowing air or some light cargo in bulk. i.e. grain;
fe e d w a te r water entering a boiler;
fe n d e r a soft and heavy element hung over a ship side to protect it against impact;
fe r tiliz e r something put into the soil to improve its quality;
fig u r e h e a d a curved figure, or a head, in the ship front;
file a tool for smoothing surfaces;
f ilm a thin layer covering a surface;
fin e filt e r a final filter for removing small solid particles from fuel oil;
fir e e x t in g u is h e r a portable device containing chemicals for putting out a fire;
fir e m o n it o r a mounting for a nozzle that allows for proper direction of water stream;
fla m e glowing body of heat created by open fire;

G LO S S A R Y
fla m e tr a p ( fla m e a r r e s te r ) a metal cover over an opening or vent to prevent the passage of flames;
fla m m a b le easily set on fire;
fla s h a sudden burst of flames;
fla w a defect, an error, a fault;
fle x ib le able to adapt easily;
fle x ib le able to bend without breaking;
f lo a t to stay on a liquid surface;
flo a tin g b o o m a barrier of floating poles to prevent fire so'eac nc
flo w m e te r a fuel consumption indicator;
flu e a tube in a fire-tube boiler;
flu id a substance that lacks a fixed shape, a : j d o r a gas
f lu x c o r e d w ir e a wire with a built-in flux which generates sire c ~g gas c_ ' rg r.e c ng;
f ly w h e e l a heavy wheel attached to a crankshaft;
fo o t a unit of length equal to 30.48 cm;
fo re ru n n e r a sign of something new to come;
fo r m u la , (p i fo r m u la s , f o r m u la e ) a rule or mathematical method for calculating something;
fr a c tio n a part broken off a larger piece;
fra c tu re a crack or a break in a material;
fr a g ile easily broken or damaged, delicate;
fra m e s hull side elements attached to a keel like ribs;
fre s h w a te r water that is not salty and/or can be consumed by people;
fr ic t io n w e ld in g a type of welding that generates heat through mechanical rubbing of two pieces
to be fused;
fu e l c o n s u m p t io n amount of fuel used per defined unit;
fu e l in je c t o r a device with a nozzle through which fuel passes at high velocity;
f u e l o il oil used as fuel in engines;
fu s io n joining elements by melting them together;

g a n try cra n e a crane with a hoist fitted in a trolley for parallel moving;
gauge ( Am. Eng. - a gage) - any device for measuring something;
gear equipment for some particular operation;
g e n e ra l ca rg o cargo packed into boxes, crates or any other than containers packages;
g e n e ra to r a machine for producing gas, steam or electricity;
g la n d a kind of bushing used for compression;
g ra b a mechanical device that grips and lifts cargo;
g r in d in g polishing a surface of a hard material with a revolving disc;
g r in d s t o n e a revolving stone disc for polishing and sharpening metal items;
g r it rough, small particles of sand or stone;
g ro o v e a long, narrow cut in a surface;
g ro u n d to run or go aground while underway;
g u id e a part that controls motion of other parts;

ham m er a machine with a metal block used for knocking in something;

ham m er a T-shaped hand tool used for pounding, with metal head and a handle;
b o lt a metal pin with a head used for holding things together;
h a n d p a lm inner surface of a hand, from fingers to a wrist;
h a n d le to manage, to deal with;
h a n d y s iz e b u lk c a r r ie r a bulk carrier of 30,000 tons deadweight, equipped with own cargo gear;
h arsh unpleasant, severe, cruel;
h a tch a lid, an opening in a deck through which cargo is loaded and discharged;
h a za rd o u s risky, dangerous;
heat exchanger a device used either as a heater or a cooler, or both; in internal combustion
engines used primarily for cooling; commonly called a cooler;
h eat up to get hot again;
h e a te r a device for warming liquids or gases;
heel to lean to one side;
h e lic o id a lly in a form of a coil, spiral;
h e l ix v a l v e a valve with a round steel rod of a spiral shape;
h ig h p r e s s u r e a c c u m u la t o r common rail;
h in g e d equipped with joints that enable swinging;
hog and sag to make a ship curve up in the centre and get downwards at its ends due to strain;
h o is t a b le being able to lift, pull up;
h o llo w having empty space inside;

G LO S S A R Y
O honing abrasive process of removing small amounts of material from a surface;
hopper a self-unloading container for loose material in bulk;
h o p p e r b arg e a barge for carrying away dugout material from a dredger;
h o p p e r ta n k an enclosed space formed as a permanent structure in ship hull, self-unloading, used
for storing ballast water;
h o r iz o n t a l parallel to a plane of horizon;
h o rse p o w e r unit of engine power equal to 745,7 watts;
hose a flexible tube for conveying water or other liquid substances;
house to provide with shelter or accommodation;
h o u s in g a frame, a box for containing some part or a mechanism;
hub a central and cylindrical part of a wheel;
h u b (a b o s s ) a central part of a screw propeller to which blades are attached;
HVAC High Voltage Alternating Current;
HVDC High Voltage Direct Current;

o IB C C od e
International Bulk Chemical Code, a code issued by the IMO; contains rules and
regulations for carriage of dangerous chemicals;
I-b ea m a piece of metal with the cross section in the shape of letter "I"
ic e c l a s s s h i p s ships classified to operate in ice conditions with or without an icebreaker;
ic e b e r g an ice mountain, mass of ice floating on water;
ig n it e to cause to start burning;
im m e r s e to submerge in liquid;
im p a c t action of getting forcibly into contact with something;
im p a r t to give a portion off;
im p e lle r a device with blades that rotates inside a pump;
in a l i g n m e n t arranged in a straight line;
in b o u n d v e s s e l a vessel entering a port;
in c id e n t an unexpected event which may have the potential to become an accident;
in c lin e to get a leaning;
in c lin e d having a leaning;
in c r e a s e to get or make greater in amount, size or degree;
in d e n t a t io n a notch on the surface of something;
in d ic a t e to show, to point out, to express;
in d u c e d caused;
in e r t ia tendency of a body to remain motionless;
in fla t e to fill with air or gas;
in je c tio n m o u ld in g a process of shaping plastic materials by heating them and injecting into a mould.
in n o v a t iv e featuring new ideas, designs, methods;
in o c u la t e to inject with a serum to create immunity, to vaccine;
in s u la t o r a material or a device that does not conduct electricity or heat;
in t e r n a l c o m b u s t io n e n g in e an engine in which fuel is consumed inside the engine;
in te r s e c t io n a point where two lines or surfaces meet or cross;
in te r v a l a period of time between two points of time or events;
in v e n t to create or design something new;
ir o n Fe;
IS M co d e "International Safety Management Code" means the International Management Code
for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention; as adopted by the IMO;
IS O the International Organization for Standardization;

ja c k e t outside covering or casing;

O je r k
je t
sudden action;
a rapid stream of a fluid forced out of a small opening;
j e t fu e l fuel used in aviation;
je tty a landing pier, a dock;
jo in t a place where two parts are joined;
jo u r n a l a finished part of a shaft that rotates in a bearing;

keel longitudinal structure at a bottom of a hull;

O k e ro se n e

keyed
light fuel oil obtained by distilling petroleum; paraffin oil;
fastened with a key tightener;
a unit of speed equal to one nautical mile per hour;
knot
l a d d e r r ig g i n g stiff arrangement of a pilot ladder;
la u n c h to set a boat or ship onto water after docking;
la y e r a single thickness of some material;
le a k a hole through which a liquid or gas gets out;
le a k to escape accidentally through a hole ora crack (refers to liquids and gases);
le a k a g e a crack that causes fluid escape;
le a n thin, lacking richness;
le t g o t u g to unfasten a tug from a ship;
life b o a t a boat kept on board to rescue people from a ship in distress;
lif e - s a v in g a p p lia n c e s equipment designed for people to use in order to survive;
lifte r ( c a m fo llo w e r ) element of a pushrod that is connected to a cam;
lin e a long, thin mark, sometimes indefinite;
lin e a r c a b le e n g in e ( L C E ) a machine for controlling speed and tension of a cable consisting of several
wheel pairs arranged horizontally on a cable-layer;
lis t inclination of a ship to lean to one side;
LN G liquefied natural gas;
lo a d to put cargo into or onto a ship;
lo a d a force pushing onto a material;
lo a d - b e a r in g s u r f a c e s surfaces under load;
lo b e a round and flat projecting part of something;
lo b s te r a large, sea crustacean with five pairs of legs; turns red while boiled;
lo c k to fasten by means of a lock, to close tightly;
lo g b o o k a book into which events concerning a ship are entered;
lo g to make a record in a log book;
lo n g it u d in a l situated or running along length; opposed to transverse
lo u n g e a public space for sitting and relaxing;
LPG liquefied petroleum gas;
l u b e o il ( l u b r i c a t i n g o il, l u b r i c a t i o n o il) oil used for smoothing surfaces of moving parts;
l u b e o il a d d i t i v e s chemicals added to lube oil to improve its properties;
l u b r i c a t i n g o il oil used for making moving parts operate smoothly;
lu x u r io u s extremely comfortable and elegant, involving great expense;

m a c h in e to o l a powered tool used for cutting and shaping metals and other materials;
m a id e n v o y a g e first voyage of a new ship after delivering it to a shipowner;
m a in te n a n c e keeping equipment in good operational condition;
m a jo r important, significant;
m a k e fa s t tu g to fasten a tug to a ship;
m a lfu n c t io n a failure in proper functioning of something;
m a n d re l a shaft to which a workpiece is fixed while being turned; a pin;
m a n h o le a covered opening in an enclosed space allowing access beneath;
m a n ifo ld a system of pipes, pumps and valves operating together;
m anned with crew on board controlling operation of a vessel;
m anoeuver to turn and direct objects;
m a n u a lly done with hands;
m a r in e related to sea and water transport;
m a r itim e connected with sea and naval matters;
m a tte r a physical substance;
m e d i a ( s in g , m e d i u m ) means which help in achieving aims;
m e ltin g t e m p e r a t u r e temperature at which a solid changes to a liquid;
m em ber an essential piece of a complex structure;
M ES the Marine Evacuation System;
m in u t e extremely small;
m ix t u r e a combination of mixed substances;
m o d ify to change something in order to improve;
m o lt e n m e t a l solid metal temporarily changed to liquid;
m onom er a molecule that can form a polymer by bonding;
m o t io n le s s stationary, not moving
m o u ld to make a required solid form for molten plastic or metal;
m o u ld a pattern structure of sand in which molten metal is cast;
m ount to place, fix or fasten something on a support;
 n a il a thin, pointed piece of metal, driven with a hammer;
nano denoting a 10-9 unit of measurement; also short for nanotechnology;
n a p h th a flammable oil obtained by dry distillation of coal or petroleum;
naval relating to a ship;
n a v a l a r c h it e c t a person who designs ships;
n a v a l a r c h it e c t u r e science or profession of designing ships;
I n a v ig a b le having waterways suitable for ships to sail on;
needs necessities, things required or wanted;
net a loosely-knotted structure made from threads, used for catching;
n o m in a l s p e e d speed designed for an engine;
n o v e lty something totally new;
n o z z le a device installed at the end of a pipe or a hose used for controlling stream of liquids;
nut a small, metal block with a hole for fastening a bolt;

oar a long, wooden pole with a blade at one end used for rowing a boat;
obey to carry out instructions or orders;
OBO ore-bulk-oil;
O B O c a r r ie r a bulk carrier with hull structure reinforced to deal with ore and high density cargo;
occur to take place, to happen;
o d o u r le s s having no odour; cannot be detected by smelling;
o ffs h o re fa rm a group of wind turbines located in the same water area;
o il f i l m a thin layer of oil;
o il g r o o v e s passages in bearings for lubricating oil distribution;
o il r ig a large installation for drilling oil at sea;
on s ta n d -b y ready to operate;
o p e r a t in g m a n u a l a book with usage and maintenance guide provided by a producer of equipment;
o p e r a t io n action of functioning;
o p tic a l fib r e very thin, flexible fibre that transmits light;
o re any natural substance from which metals and non-metals can be extracted;
o s c illa t e move back and forth rhythmically;
o u t le t a passage or vent for letting something out;
o v e r a ll including everything, total;
o v e r h a u lin g a thorough examination of a device for good working order;
o v e rp re ssu re increase of pressure above the set pressure;
o x id a t io n reaction of a substance with oxygen;
oxygen 0, a chemical element essential to life and burning;.

p a d d le each of boards fitted around a turning wheel;

a precious whitish metal;
Q
p a lla d iu m (P d)
p a r a ll e l lines or surfaces side by side with the same distance between them along all their length;
p a ra m e te r a measurable feature of a technical thing;
p a r t lo a d a partial power output of an engine;
p a r t ic ip a t e to take part;
p a rty people forming one side in an agreement
p a s s e n g e r s h ip a ship that carries more than twelve passengers;
p e a k te m p e ra tu re s maximum temperatures;
p e n d u lu m a heavy object suspended on a chain that moves from side to side;
p e rfo ra te d with many small holes;
p e rfo rm to act, to accomplish, to do;
p e r m it to allow, to give possibility;
p e r p e n d ic u la r at 90o angle to a line or a plane;
p e t ty o ffic e r a rank between an officer and a rating;
p ig ir o n crude iron coming straight from furnaces;
p i l la r a tall vertical element made of strong material and used for support;
p ilo t s t a t io n a place where pilot services are offered;
p in io n a small wheel that engages with a larger one;
p ip e a tube for conveying liquids or gases;
p i p e f i t t in g a piece used for pipe branching, change of pipe direction or for closing a pipe;
p ip e t a k e o f f a point from which a new pipe starts at a different angle;
p i p e l i n e ( a lin e ) a system of pipes and channels for supplying liquids and gases;
p is t o n a pipe-shaped piece of metal that fits tightly into an engine cylinder;
p is t o n b o s s reinforced area around the piston pin bore;
p i s t o n p in ( a g u d g e o n p in ) a short shaft connecting piston and connecting rod in a trunk piston engine;
p i s t o n p in b e a r i n g a bearing in the eye of a connecting rod;
p is t o n ro d a rod connecting a piston to a crosshead;
p it c h a distance that a point on the face of a propeller blade covers in one revolution;
p la n t a place where an industrial or manufacturing process takes place;
p la t e to cover a construction with metal sheets;
p lie r s a tool with jaws used for holding small objects;
p lo u g h (about a ship) to travel through water area;
p lu g a piece in a cock that can regulate the flow of liquid or gas;
p lu n g e r a cylindrical part or a device sliding in a thrusting movement;
p ly w o o d thin wooden board consisting of several layers glued and pressed together;
POD an acronyme of Propulsion with Outboard Drive;
p o is o n o u s capable of injuring or killing by a substance, toxic;
p o le a long, thin piece of wood or metal;
p o llu t a n t a substance that is harmful to the environment;
p o p a c t io n sudden opening like bursting;
poppet a flat end piece that is lifted in and out of an opening;
p o rt an opening in an engine cylinder through which gases enter or leave a cylinder;
p o r ta b le that can be carried and used in a different place;
p o s it io n to locate or direct in a particular way or place;
post to put up a notice, to announce by exposing signs or labels;
p o u n d in g rhythmical beating;
p o w e r o u tp u t amount of power produced by an engine expressed in kilowatts (kW);
p r e c a u t io n a measure taken in advance to prevent something dangerous;
p r e s s u r e r e g u la t in g v a lv e a valve that ensures constant pressure to fuel;
p r e s s u r iz e d a ir air placed under high pressure;
p r e v e n tiv e m a in te n a n c e machinery inspections at a pre-determined schedule;
p r in c ip le a fundamental truth, a law;
p r is o n e r a person captured and kept confined by his enemy;
p r iz e a gift for the winner of a contest;
p ro je c t to put forward beyond the rest of a surface;
p r o je c tio n an extension beyond a surface;
p ro m e n a d e a wide path for taking a walk;
p ro p e l to move or to drive a ship;
p r o p e lle r a device with twisted blades which rotate and make a boat move;
p ro p e rty quality of something;
p u ll to apply extra and steady force to move something towards you;
p u ll o u t to make something involve into operation;
p u ll e y a small wheel with a rope or chain used for lifting;
pum p a device used to force and move liquids or compress gases;
p u m p p r im in g a process of filling a pump with liquid before starting a pump;
p u m p s ta g e a part of a centrifugal pump consisting of one impeller together with its components;
p u re m e ta l a metal that consists of one type of atoms;
p u r ifie r a device that separates water and solid particles from oil;
push to apply force on something or somebody to move them away; to press;
p u sh ro d a rod that transmits the action of a cam to a valve; a valve tappet;

a solid structure built at the shore of a harbour with cargo handling facilities;
G
quay

ra ck a flat bar with teeth;

r a d ia t o r
ra ft
a cooling device with fins;
a flat boat made of boards fastened together; O
ram a guided rod for exerting pressure;
ra m p a movable slope surface for joining two levels to enable access;
ran g e an amount or extent of possible variations;
r a t in g not an officer; the relative standing of a sailor in a ship rank;
r a t io a proportional relation;
r e a s s e m b le to put a structure together again;
r e c e iv in g s h ip a ship into which fuel for machinery operation is loaded;
re ce sse d having an indentation;
r e c y c le to use the same material again and again;
r e d u c tio n a process of making smaller or lower;
reef coral or rock just above or below the surface of water;
re e fe r refrigerated vessel; designed forcarrying goods requiring transportation at low temperatures;

G LO S S A R Y
re e l a big, cylindrical spool on which wires or cables are wound;
r e fin e to make minor changes in order to improve quality;
r e fin e r y an industrial plant where a substance is refined;
re g a in to get back to, to reach something again;
r e g is t e r to enter an official list;
r e in fo r c e to strengthen with extra elements;
r e je c t to refuse to accept;
r e le v a n t relating to, having a logical relationship with;
r e lie f valve an automatic valve that prevents creation of overpressure;
r e p a irs works on putting something back to good condition;
replace to provide a substitute for something;
replenish to refill, to make full again;
rescue boat a boat designed for the purpose of rescuing;
residue remaining at the end of some process;
resistance a force that opposes motion;
resistance opposition to something;
resources something that a country owns and can use for its advantage;
restrain to limit, to restrict, to hold back from action;
retard to make slow, to delay in progress or development;
retractable that can be withdrawn;
retrieve to find and extract;
reverse to change position or direction of something to contrary;
rig to prepare for use;
right angle an angle of 90o;
rigidity ability not to bend or change shape easily;
riveted fastened with metal bolts inserted through holes;
roar to make loud, deep sound;
rocker arm a lever that transmits the action of a cam usually by means of a pushrod;
roller bearing a bearing with rolling elements;
rope a thick, strong cord;
rope a thick, strong line made of twisted strands of wire, fibre or leather;
RO-RO vessels roll on / roll off ships for carrying vehicles;
rotate to turn around, to revolve;
rough waters stormy, turbulent waters;
route a way or a course of travelling;
row to propel a boat by oars;
rusty covered with rust, or having its colour;

safety valve

O
a valve that opens rapidly in case of excessive pressure;
saw a cutting tool with a thin, sharp-edged blade;
to clean up, to remove burnt gases from a cylinder;
scavenge removing the combustion gases from a cylinder by a stream of compressed air;
scavenging to make smooth by rubbing;
scrape a rotating device with twisted blades used for pushing a ship or an aircraft;
screw propeller a metal device for fastening things together, with a cylindrical piece and a head;
screw a plunger with a spiral-shaped tip;
scroll-down plunger making matt area on sliding metal surfaces;
scuffing a built-in structure below waterline used for supplying seawater to ship systems;
sea chest a sailor, a seaman;
seafarer to close tightly to make something watertight or airtight;
seal a line formed by joining together two pieces of material;
seam a layer of solid matter at the bottom of a liquid;
sediment a heavy lift ship that is capable of going below water surface in order to load large cargo
semisubmersible ship mounted on barges;
hydraulic oil used for valve actuation;
servo oil inlet pressure at which a valve is adjusted to open under service conditions;
set pressure the way waste substances on a ship are dealt with;
sewage treatment a bar transmitting motion to a mechanical part;
shaft of small depth;
shallow suddenly and with considerable force;
sharply smooth water areas;
sheltered waters to protect, to hide from;
shield a large group of fish in one area;
shoal of fish
 V

shore facilities facilities located on shore used for vesse s a~c :~e - ca'co "andling;
shoulder a piece of something that extends beyonc cs case
shrimp a small, long-tailed crustacean, highly va „ec for *ooc
shroud standing rigging supporting a mast on either s ce:
shrunk into fixed tightly by slipping into something whi e exca-ce-c
shut down to stop operating;
shut off to stop supply;
shuttle tanker a tanker used for loading oil from offshore drilling units and transporting it to shore,
SI the International Metric System of Units;
sight glass a glass tube or arrangement of glass plates fitted to a ga^ce ^sec :c g . e a . sua1indication
of a level of liquid in a tank or a boiler;
sign to write down a signature in order to confirm or agree to something;
silica sio2,
simulator a machine for providing an imitation of real actions;
sink (sank/sunk) to go beneath surface of water and be covered by it;
slave someone who is forced to obey another person;
sleeve a tube part fitting over, or around another one;
slipway a slope leading down into water, used for launching and landing vessels;
sloop a single-masted fore-and-aft rigged vessel with a single sail on the forestay;
slow down to reduce speed;
smooth having even, polished surface;
snatch to take something over eagerly;
socket weld a weld around the circumference of a pipe;
SOLAS convention International Convention on Safety of Life at Sea;
solenoid an electromagnetic coil with a movable plunger;
solicitor a member of a legal profession who asks for contributions or permission;
solidly firmly, strongly;
soot a black carbon substance formed by incomplete combustion;
spacious large, having more than enough space;
spanner a wrench, a tool used for holding and turning nuts, bolts and pipes;
SPAR ingle Point Anchor Reservoir;
spar a general term for a mast, a yard, a boom;
spare additional, to be used as replacement;
spare equipment extra equipment stored for replacement purposes;
spark plug a piece fitted into a cylinder to ignite air-fuel mixture in spark-ignited engines;
specimen a sample piece of something used for testing or advertising;
speed a rate of movement;
splash a small quantity of liquid that has fallen or been dashed against a surface;
spreader a small spar between a mast and a shroud;
spring a leak to begin to leak suddenly;
spring bearing a bearing located at intervals along a propulsion shaft to keep it in a straight line;
spring clip a clip working with a spring;
spud a heavy pole that can be dropped from a dredger into a seabed;
spur gear a gear with straight teeth;
squeeze to press hard and tight;
stanchion a pillar that supports decks;
start up to start operating;
stateroom an apartment on a ship;
static not in progress; at rest;
stationary not moving;
stay a line or a wire from a mast to a bow or stern of a ship, for supporting the mast, leading
forward (forestays) and on the sides (backstays);
steer to guide or control movements of an object;
stem a structural element forming a ship bow;
stern tube propeller shaft housing;
sternpost a vertical piece coming from the keel to the main deck at stern;
sticking fastening together like with glue;
stiffen to make or become stiff or rigid;
stiffener an element that makes something more rigid;
stinger an on-board framed construction with special guides for controlling deflection of pipelines;
storehouse a house for keeping supplies and stock;
stow to pack in an orderly, compact way;
strainer a filter for removing solid particles;
 s tre n g th e n to make or become stronger;

© s tre s s
s t r ik e
s t r ik e ( s t r u c k / s t r u c k )
pressure or tension exerted on a material object;
to hit against something; (about a ship) to collide with an object;
to hit with force;
s t r u t b e a rin g a bearing in an outboard column-like support for the propeller shaft;
s tu b a short, truncated thing;
s u b d iv id e to divide a separate unit further on;
suck to draw in water or air by creating vacuum;
s u c tio n drawing up fluids by means of a pump;
s u ite a set of rooms for exclusive usage;
sulphur sulfur, symbol S, a pale-yellow, non-metallic element found in crystal form;
superheating increasing steam temperature to dry it of water particles;
superstructure a permanent housing above the main deck;
supplier a person or a company that provides with something ordered;
supply to give, to provide what is needed or wanted;
surface finishing operations applied to a surface of a manufactured item in order to achieve desired properties;
surge tank a tank with a mass of water;
survey general examination of something for reporting purposes;
suspended fastened with the top part fixed and the lower part free to move;
suspension a mixture of solid particles dispersed in a fluid;
swallow to pass food or drink down to a stomach;
swing (swung/swung) to move, or cause to move, back and forth or side to side;

tackle an arrangement of blocks with connecting ropes;

O tank

tanker (a tank ship)

a large container for storing fluids;
a vessel for carrying liquid cargo;
cutting screw threads in a round hole;
tapping an abbreviation used by MAN to name a turbocharger with axial flow;
TCA an abbreviation used by MAN to name a turbocharger with radial flow;
TCR a damage caused by pulling something to pieces with force;
tear (tore/torn) to open violently, by force, to remove by pulling;
tear open to improve hardness of metal by reheating and then cooling;
temper a piece of rigid material used as a pattern for cutting out or drilling;
template a strong, flexible line or cable used for support;
tendon stretched after applying some force;
tensioned to fasten with a rope or chain to hold something in place;
tether a setting given to some public area for evoking a particular country, culture, etc.;
theme a process of getting thin;
thinning very exactly, completely;
thoroughly one crankpin with its two webs;
throw a sudden push; driving force of a propeller in line with a shaft;
thrust a bearing that limits friction and absorbs the axial thrust of a shaft;
thrust bearing a part of a thrust bearing;
thrust collar to make closely and firmly held;
tighten a horizontal bar fitted into the head of a rudder used for steering;
tiller to incline, to list;
tilt wood for building;
timber very small;
tiny to turn over, to turn upside down;
tip over cyclical twisting and untwisting of a shaft due to variations in applied turning force;
torsional vibrations complete, entire, including all elements;
total pull of a tug; amount of static force that can be exerted when tethered to a measuring device;
towing force towing equipment on a tug including a hook, towing winch or reel;
towing gear a rope or a steel cable used for towing; a hawser;
towline acting as a poison, or caused by it;
toxic a person who trades, a ship used for trading;
trader a large van designed to be pulled by a van;
trailer process of changing;
transition situated or running across; opposite to longitudinal;
transverse caught inside, not able to escape;
trapped to dig a long, narrow ditch in the ground;
trench a large road vehicle used for carrying goods;
truck of square or even end, as if cut off;
truncated

G LO S S A R Y
trunk
trunk piston
trunk
tube
the main stem of a tree;
a piston which has neither a crosshead nor a piston rod;
a boxlike casing for a centerboard;
a pipe or long cylinder used for housing something;
o
tubular in shape of a tube;
twin-screw propeller a revolving device with two screws used to a ship:

ultimate utmost, maximum;

underslung
underway
suspended from the underside of someth r-c :
(about a ship) moving, not at anchor, not agrounc
©
uniformly in the same manner, without variation or diversity:
unload (to discharge) to remove cargo from.a ship, a container or a vehicle;
UTC Co-ordinated Universal Time, previously known as GMT (Greenwich Mean Tim e]:

vaccination inoculation, applying an injection against a disease;

valve any device that permits for fluid flow in one direction;
valve body outer framework that holds all valve parts together;
valve bonnet a cover for an opening in a valve body;
valve disc a movable part that allows, throttles or stops fluid flow; can get other names depending
on the valve type, i.e. valve ball, valve plug, valve needle;
valve guide a hollow shaft pressed into a cylinder head to hold a valve in alignment;
valve packing a sealing gasket at any end of a valve stem;
valve seat a part of a valve mechanism upon which the valve rests;
valve spring a spring that closes a valve;
valve yoke a valve part that connects a valve body with an actuating device;
van a closed truck for carrying cargo;
vapour tiny particles of liquid suspended in the air;
vehicle a construction used for transporting people and goods;
velocity a rate of motion in a given direction measured in meters per second;
venting valves valves that permit air escape from a system;
vertical at 90o to the horizontal plane;
vessel a craft designed for water transport; a ship;
vessel a closed container with a fluid inside;
via by means of, by way of;
vise a holding device with two jaws that grip and hold a workpiece in place;
visor a movable section of a bow, usually on ferries;
volatile able to change into vapour very fast;
volume amount of space occupied in three dimensions;
vulnarable likely to get or suffer from;

waterproof keeping out water completely;

watertight constructed so tightly as not to leak, or take into any water;
wave crest a top of a wave;
wave trough a bottom of a wave;
web cheek; part of a crank throw between a pin and a main journal;
W ECS the Wartsila Engine Control System;
wedge a piece of a hard material with a thin edge that can be forced into a narrow opening;
weld pool a pool of molten metal created by heat during welding;
weld to join permanently pieces of metal by melting their edges;
welded joined together by heating metal surfaces;
well a deep hole dug in the ground in order to get water, oil or gas;
wellhead a structure or equipment installed directly over a well;
wharf a structure of wood, stone or concrete, built at a shore of a harbour for ships to moor
alongside as for loading and unloading;
winch to hoist with a winch;
winch a device operated for hoisting heavy objects with a drum to which a cable is attached;
wind (wound/wound) to turn something long and thin around something else many times;
wind turbine a turbine driven by wind and used to generate electricity;
wing the main side structure of an airplane designed for balance;
wipe to make clean or dry by rubbing;
witch a person supposed to have supernatural power and contact with devils;
withstand to oppose, to resist;

yard a spar fixed horizontally to a mast for supporting a sail;

o
r "\

Answer Key
v ________________________________________ _____________________________________________________ )

U N IT 1. TASK. 2.

TERM D E FIN IT IO N
Reading 5. "Engineering Department"
TASK. 1.
Starboard bow The front right bow
Port bow The front left bow
screw unscrew
Starboard beam The right centre side
shut off start
Port beam The left centre side
close open
Starboard quarter The right rear section
mount dismount
Port quarter The left rear section
switch on switch off
outboard Direction from the centre line
increase decrease
towards either starboard or
loosen tighten port side
raise lower inboard Direction from either side
connect disconnect toward the centre line
install uninstall athwart ships A line running from side to side

R e a d in g 7. 'Watch Keeping" R e a d in g 4. "Linear Dimensions of Ships"

TASK. 2. TASK. 2.
The half-h o u r s of a watch are traditionally marked by
striking of the ship bell. One bell is struck when the first
h a lf- h o u r passes, two bells after one h o u r passes,
three bells after one h o u r and a half, four bells after
two h o u r s and so on. When eight bells are struck, it
is a signal to complete a watch, which is four h o u r s in
length. Completing a watch without any troubles used to
be reported in this way:" Eight bells and all is well".

TASK. 5.
1. sight
2. tasting
3. touching
4. hearing
5. smelling 1 Length overall
2 Length between perpendiculars
3 Length on the waterline
UNIT 02.
4 Breadth overall
R e a d in g 1, "A Hull" 5 Depth
TASK.2. 6 Draught
7 Freeboard
A. Cargo Hold Empty
B. Cargo Hold Full 8 Air draught
C. Unloading Cargo
D. Loading Cargo R e a d in g 5. "Displacement and Tonnage of a Ship"
TASK 1.
R e a d in g 2. "A Bow and a Stern"
TASK. 1. deadweight = displacement - lightweight
displacement = light weight + deadweight
1. hull 6. shaft
2. bow 7. blade TASK 2.
3. anchor 8. tank llSlPIPfl 4- I Gross Tonnage (GT)
4. bottom 9. plate
5. engine 10. screw Nett Tonnage (NT)
Reading 6. "Sea-Going Qualities TASK. 1.
TASK 3.
exclusive use of steam engines 7
hull, crew, fuel, voyages, States, full, Harbour, pump, ocean,
exclusive use of steam engines 1
port, decision, collided, ship, side, ballast, sank
use of steam engines supported by wind force 6
Reading 7, "Ship Movements on Water" use of manpower supported by wind force 2
TASK 1. use of diesel engines 9
exclusive use of wind force 4
LINEAR MOTION ROTARY MOTION
use of wind force supported by man power 3
Surging Rolling
use of wind force supported by steam engines 5
Heaving Yawing
use of steam engines supported by diesel power 8
Swaying Pitching
TASK 2.
TASK 2. A - Transatlantic G - Caravel
heaving B - Motorboat H - Raft
C - Floating trunk I - Steamship
yawing
D - Huge vessel K - Sailing Vessel
E - Egyptian vessel L - Roman Vessel
F - Primitive boat M - Gaily

Reading 2. "Steps of Building a Ship"

TASK 3.
a 8 d 10 g 6 j7
FEATURE sway­ pitch­ heav­ rol­ yaw­ sur­ b 9 e l h 2
ing ing ing ling ing ging c 3 f 4 i 5
linear X X X
Reading 3. "A Hull Structure"
along axis X X X
TASK. 1.
vertical axis X X

side-to-side X X X X transverse frame 5

transverse X X hull side girder 9
around axis X X X main deck plating 1
bow-to-stern X X X inner bottom shell plating 3
longitudinal X X keel frame 6
rotary X X X outer bottom shell plating 4
transverse bulkhead 2
Reading 8. "The Story of the TITANIC"
longitudinal stiffener 8
TASK 2.
longitudinal girder 7
A B
ship vessel
TASK.2.
with hand manually
move out of place displace steel, plates, framing, longitudinal, structure, bulkheads,
sections compartments plating, bottom, framed, sections, reinforce

buoyancy floatability
Reading 4. "Bulkheads"
outfitting adding equipment TASK 1.
knots nautical miles
freight cargo Form /Admit holds for storing cargo.
Deform/C reate accommodation spaces.
to make holes in to perforate
P rov id e /Confine structural stability.
Enclose/Ensure structural rigidity.
Reinforce/M in im ize forces generated by waves.
UNIT 03.
P rev en t/Provide water from entering in case of flooding.
Reading 1. "History of Shipbuilding"
TASK 3.
bulkheads, ships, safety, hull, divide, watertight, case,
compartments, different, flame, number, arrangement,
bulkhead

A N S W E R K E Y U N IT 2 + 3
U N I T 04. U N IT 0 5 .
Reading 2. "Containerships"
Reading 1. Se rg Ship Rigging" 1. The faster the ship, the cheaper the transport of
goods.
TASK 1. 2. The bigger the port, the easier going ashore.
3. The bigger the containership, the more cargo it can
carry.
4. The less the time of cargo handling, the lower the
harbour fees.
5. The better the loading gear, the larger the number
of containers it can handle.
6. The less messy the cargo, the safer the ship voyage.
7. The stronger the guide rails, the better the stowage
of containers.

R e a d in g 4 . "Bulk Carriers"
TASK 2.

W ORD DEFINITION
any natural substance from which
o re
materials can be extracted
d u c t in g a tube through which some gas moves

sand
tiny, loose particles of worn rock deposited
along shores, or in deserts
device for blowing air or some light
fa n
material in bulk
conveyor mechanical belt for transporting goods

fe r t iliz e r
something put into the soil to improve its
quality
coke coal without gases used as fuel

g ra b
device for clutching something to be
hoisted

R e a d in g 5. "Car Carriers"
1 2 3 4 5 TASK.2.
E C A B D
1 2 3 4 5 passenger cars
E C A B D deck capacity
car transport
R e a d in g 2. "Tall Ships and the Races"
stern ramp
TASK 3. shore facilities
clipper, captain, crew, launched, tons, named, built, tea, trailer quays
hull, masts, sails, voyage
deck lift
TASK 4. cargo access
1. FOOT 7. BRIG drive way
2. STERN 8. BOW
3. FIGUREHEAD 9. CLIPPER R e a d in g 6. "Crude Oil Tankers"
4. BULWARKS 10. COURSE TASK 1.
5. RIG 11. BRIDGE
6. KNOT 1. FALSE
2. TRUE
TASK. 5. 3. FALSE
4. FALSE
The saying originated from a custom practiced among many 5. TRUE
old sailing ships. When a ship lost its captain or an officer 6. TRUE
during a voyage, the crew used to fly a blue flag and paint 7. TRUE
a blue band along the entire hull before returning to their 8. FALSE
home port.
Reading 7. "Product Tankers" Reading 6. "Coastwise Vessels"
TASK 1. TASK 2.
A. through G. over
tank, days, cargo, coating, ventilation
B. between H. up
C. across I. at, on
R e a d in g 8 . "Chemical Tankers"
D. to J. above
E. in K. below
a. gas
F. into onto
b. oxygen
c. sulphur
TASK 3.
d. corrosive
e. poisonous I. A between V. C through
f. ammonia II. B on VI. A among
g. acid III. B over VILA round
h. deficient IV. A on VIII.B up

UNIT 06. U N IT 07.

Reading l."Passenger Liners"
Reading 2. "Offshore Units
TASK 1. TASK 1.
passengers, ships, voyage, cabin, lifeboat, crew, drill, life 1. drilling derrick 6. floaters
jackets, passenger, escape, stations, instructed, stairs; 2. helicopter deck 7. deck
Reading 2. "Cruise Ships" 3. deck cranes 8. anchor racks
4. anchor winch 9. diagonal braces
TASK 3. 5. columns
The ... large archipelago of... Indonesia, which is located at
the ... south-east of the ... Asiatic mainland at the latitude TASK 2.
of the equator and between the Indian and Pacific Oceans,
has a population of approximately ... 210 million, the third A. floating rig
largest in ... Asia , after ... China and ... India. B. FPSO
The total area of the state, including territorial waters, is C. semisubmersible unit
about 5.2 ... million square kilometers, but the actual land
area, including the West New Guinea and the East Timor,
U N IT 08
amounts only to about 2 km2. Almost two-thirds of the
population of... Indonesia live on ... Java, ... Bali and ...
R e a d in g 1. "Pilot Boats"
Madera.
TASK 1
The five- star comfort cruise yacht is employed mainly
on.... American charter duties and also for ... German
organizers such as ... Hapag-Lloyd in the North Sea and inbound outbound
the Baltic, in the western Mediterranean in ... autumn and leave enter
in the coastal waters of ... Venezuela, ... Mexico and ... get on get off
California in ... winter.
disembark embark

Reading 3. "The COSTA CONCORDIA Case" high low

before after
TASK 2 possible impossible
slow fast
The captain changed the
safely unsafely
course of the route.
below above
The ship struck a rock with
comfortable uncomfortable
its port side.
important unimportant
Passengers were winched
by helicopters.
TASK 3.
The cruise liner left the port
at 19.00. 1. starboard 5. required
2. unsafe 6. port side
The vessel listed to the port
3. forward 7. astern
side.
4. on 8. outward

A N S W E R K E Y U N IT 5 + 6 + 7 + 8
Reading 3. "Tug Boats" Reading 3. "Pipe Laying Ships"
TASK 1. TASK 2.

1. a station monitor 1. LPG 10. ferry

2. a water jet fire blanket 2. general cargo ship 11. roro
3. a portable pump 3. LNG 12. icebreaker
4. a respiration mask 4. containership 13. tanker
5. a sand bag 5. reefer 14. pilotboat
6. C 0 2 extinguishers 6. dredger 15. passenger ship
7. a portable monitor 7. floating crane 16. bulk carrier
8. an emergency escape ladder 8. tug 17. rescue boat
9. an angled, foam nozzle 9. trawler
UNIT 10.
TASK 2.
primarily, principally, mainly Reading 1. "Properties of Materials"
TASK 1.
TASK 4.
1 - a towed vessel
1. machinability
2 - a tug
2. strength
3 - fenders
3. hardness
Suitable phrases 3, 7, 10.
4. ductility
5. elasticity
UNIT 09.
TASK 3.
R e a d in g 1. "Dredgers"
TASK 1.
used, sound, noise, materials, waves, Soft, absorbed,
Echoes, hard, concrete
1. Lowering
2. Loading
Reading 3. "Testing of Materials"
3. Closing
TASK 1.
4. Hoisting
5. Swinging
6. Lowering A STRESSES
7. Opening B SHEAR LOADS
8. Discharging/Unloading C TENSILE STRENGTH
D STRESS TO STRAIN RELATION
TASK 3.
E BENDING
A - suction dredger
B - grab dredger F DAMAGES
C - bucket ladder dredger
D - cutter suction dredger Reading 4. "Types of Engineering Materials"
E - backhoe/dipper dredger TASK 1.

R e a d in g 2. "Cable Laying Vessels" moulded, properties, corrosion, resistance, thermal,

TASK 1. applications, softened, shape, cooling, state, change,
hard;
power, laid, cable, length, plough, constructed, under,
seabed; TASK 2.

TASK 2. 1 RUBBER
2 RESIN
1. A-frame
2. plough 3 MELAMINE
3. cable tank 4 CLAY
4. bridge 5 FIBREGLASS
5. lifeboat
6 PVC
6. cable engines
7. cable marker buoys
Reading 5. "Metals and Alloys"
TASK 4.
TASK 3.
1. BRASS 4. STEEL
1 2 3 4 5 6 2. BRONZE 5. STERLING SILVER
A E C B D F 3. SOLDER
UNIT 11. UNIT 12.

Reading 2. "Forging" Reading 1. Propulsion Units"

TASK 1. TASK 2.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 N um ber Name Function

b d a e g c f 1 engine produces mechanical power
2 thrust/encme t'a-'s'ers the propeller thrust
TASK 2. shaft :o roe s~ p structure
3 reduction gear :_e "_~ce- of engine
ben ch a d ju s t a b le j o in t p lie rs n a il p u lle r w ood
box revolutions
v is e spanner c h is e ls
4 shaft generator supplies the ship with e'ectricity
9 2 7 6 10
when the engine is running
5 stern tube with houses and supports the
bearings propeller shaft
C-clamp pipe nut claw long nose
6 propeller shaft/ holds the propeller in place
spanner eyebolt hammer pliers
tailshaft
1 3 5 8 4
7 propeller /screw drives the ship
propeller
TASK 3.

Reading 2. "Common Ship Propulsion"

shaping, steel, hammers, machine, cooled, metal, sizes,
TASK 2.
temperatures

1. What does the choice of the prime mover depend on?

Reading 3. "Welding"
2. What does a propulsion unit consist of?
TASK 2.
3. How is a shaft kept in line?
4. How can the speed of the vessel be controlled?
A - tungsten electrode; 1. TIG 2. PAW
5. Why does the ship move through water?
B. - shielding gas
C. - plasma gas
Reading 3. "Propellers"
D. - plasma nozzle
TASK 2.

Reading 4. "Machining"
TASK 3. 6 stern tube
hub 2
1. Make sure the motor is in OFF position. 1 propeller blade
2. Install the appropriate tool and tighten.
3 stern tube sealing
3. Set the workpiece on the worktable and secure it.
4. Adjust the worktable (y-axis). 5 propeller shaft
5. Set the saddle (x-axis). 4 stern tube frame
6. Loosen the limit block handle.
7. Set the block in position. Reading 4. "Rudder Propellers"
8. Clear obstacles from around the machine.
9. Turn on the motor. TASK 3.
10. Refer to the ruler on the column and set the desired
milling depth. A - CRP thruster; B - TWIN thruster; C - Wing Thruster
11. Do not change the speed when the spindle is running.
12. Clean the machine of chips and dirt.

Reading 5. "Heat Treatment"

TASK 4.

temperature, scale, degrees, astronomer, freezing, boiling,

sea, air, measures, inventor.

TASK 5.
°F °C °K
H20 boils 212 100 373
CO? freezes -189 -123 150
Nitrogen boils -320 -196 77
U N I T 13. UNIT 14.

Reading 1 i'-.e'-a C;~iBustion Process" Reading 1. "Background of Marine Fuels"

TASK 4. TASK 2.
Engine parts Engine operation
piston propulsion
connecting rod compression
cylinder combustion
combustion chamber power
crankshaft rotation
rod end ignition

Reading 2. "Types of Diesel Engines

TASK 3.
1 is ignited 5. are designed
2. are classified 6. is achieved
3. are used 7. are coupled
4. is attached 8. are made
Reading 4. "The Two-Stroke Cycle"
TASK 2.
1 - TRUE 3 - FALSE 5 - FALSE
2 - FALSE 4 - TRUE

TASK 3.
efficient, consumption, shorter, loads, operation, unsuitable,
range

Reading 5. "A Four-Stroke Engine"

TASK 1.
IV Injection Valve
CC Combustion Chamber
EV Exhaust Valve TASK 3.
SP Spark Plug
processes, engines, requirements, general, clean, fitted,
PR Piston Ring
equipment, spray, fuel, cylinder, mist, ignition, burn;
P Piston
CR Connecting Rod Reading 2. "Marine Fuel Characteristics"
CS Camshaft TASK 2.

TASK 2. established, shipping, Maritime, sulphur, seas, Channel,

areas, emissions, restrict
covers supports
houses enters TASK 4.
moves transmits
ignites forms CHARACTERISTICS UNIT RESULT
joins consumes Density kg/m3 930
Viscosity cSt 80
Reading 6. "A Two-Stroke Engine" Flash point °C 70
TASK. 1.
Pour point °C 30
ENGINE CONSTRUCTION ENGINE OPERATION
Sulphur % 3,5
connected to reduced by
Carbon residue % 9
attached to used to
Ash % 0,01
joined to scavenged by
Net specific energy kJ/kg 10,5
supported by injected into
mounted on compressed by
located in expelled from
secured to drawn into
UNIT 15. TASK 3.

various _se
Reading 1. 'Engine Housing"
manufacturing oil
TASK 1.
ring connect

1. BEDPLATE Reading 6. Cm"*s"=~s

2. A-FRAME
3. FRAME BOX TASK 2.

TASK 4.
A flywheel flange

1. transverse members B oil passage

2. waisted bolts C pins
3. long tie rods D counterweights
4. detachable doors
E main journals

Reading 2. "Stationary Parts of an Engine" F main bearing journal

TASK 2. G crankshaft free end
H oil passage
7 A-frame I counterweight
3 crankpin bearing J web
4 crankshaft
2 connecting rod Reading 7. "Camshafts"

6 foundation bolt
TASK 2.
8 lubricating oil pipeline
5 oil sump a. The camshaft lifters must be lubricated before instal­
lation.
1 tie rod
b. We are running the engine extremely slowly.
c. The cam actuates rocker arms that press down on
Reading 3. "Pistons"
the valves.
TASK 2.
d. Springs return the valves into their closed position.
e. Chains need to be adjusted at regular intervals.
A - trunk piston engine
f. Long rods add mass to the system.
B - crosshead engine

TASK 3.
TASK 3.

valve, converts, rotary, camshaft, chains, vertical, serve,

1. consists of
bottom, cylinder, up-and-down, rocker arms, end, opens
2. has
3. use
Reading 8. "Bearings"
4. made
5. enlarge
TASK 1.

Reading 4. "Piston Rings and Pins"

TASK 1. A lower half bearing shell
B elastic stud
snap ring 7 C round nut
piston pin 6 D upper half bearing shell
piston skirt 5 E main bearing cover
oil control ring 4
TASK 2. TASK 3.
firing ring 2
piston crown 1
A ball 1 outer ring
compression ring 3
B cylindrical 2 ball
connecting rod 8
C needle 3 inner ring

TASK 2. D tapered 4 cage

E spherical
noise, engine, design, clearance, rod, piston, innovative,
freely, float, reduction
UNIT 16. Reading 3. "Multifunction Automatic Valves"
TASK 1.
Reading 1. Stee .= vés'
TASK 1. controlled, reduced, lowered, adjusted, maintained,
increased, relieved

TASK 3.

prevent, leakage, pipeline, valve, diaphragm, fuel,

mounted, watertight

Reading 5. "Pipe Connections"

TASK 1.

fittings, pipe, outside, diameter, dimensions, measured,

outside, number

TASK 2.

TASK 3. measured
plastic
Valves can be activated, operated, opened, closed, shut, joined
isolated, lubricated shape
tubular
TASK 4. supplied

A - cross flow TASK 3.

B - straight flow
C - angle flow A - female thread - OD
B - male thread - ID

Reading 2. "Check Valves"

Reading 6. "Pipe Fittings"
TASK 1.
TASK 1.
Swing check valve
reduceer I
plug H
female union F
male elbow E
female tee D
male union G
female adapter C
female elbow A
BODY SEAT cap B

TASK. 2. TASK 2.

valve, pressure, seat, action, flow, reversed, leakage

1 plug 9 nipple
2 45° elbow 10 45° street elbow
A the smaller ball
3 cap 11 nipple
B the bias spring
4 bell reducer 12 union
C the larger ball
5 reducing tee 13 tee
D the spring
6 90° elbow 14 90° street elbow
E the valve body
7 cross 15 coupling
8 reducing tee

mmmmmmmammmmm
A N S W E R K E Y U N IT 16
UNIT 17. Reading 5. Duai Fuel Injection"
TASK 1.
Reading 1. "Types of Pumps"
TASK 2. 1. Air and Gas Intake
pumps, tanks, circulated, displace, control, remove, 2. Compression of Air and Gas
ballast, environment, resistant, wear, replaceable, solid, 3. Ignition by Pilot Fue'
casing
TASK 2.
Reading 2. "Centrifugal Pumps"
TASK 1. 1. - a
2. - b
1. open 3. - b
2. start 4. - a
3. start 5. - c
4. monitor 6. - a
5. open
6. adjust Reading 6. "Lubricating Oil System"
7. adjusting TASK.

TASK 2. 1. lubricators, liner

2. lubricating, dosage
centrifugal, crankshaft, rotates, force, fluid, located, 3. delivered, tank, fine filter
radiator, violently, engine, block, head, pump 4. quantities
5. passages, lube oil, position
TASK 3.
Reading 7. "Engine Cooling Systems"
A suction pipe TASK 1.

B driving water pipe

expansion, coolant, volume, space, heat, tank, cooling,
C discharge pipe fitted, exchanger, marine, circuits, circulates, engine,
D check valve discharge, pump, feed;

UNIT 18. TASK 3

Reading 1. "Fuel Oil Supply System" heat exchanger function

TASK 3.
fresh water cooler fresh water cooling for
engine
A. FALSE
B. FALSE pre-heater engine cooling water
C. TRUE heating at standstill
D. TRUE lube oil cooler cooling of engine lube oil
E. FALSE lube oil heater lube oil heating prior to
F. FALSE purification
air cooler cooling of combustion air
Reading 3. "Jerk-Type Fuel Injection"
after turbine compression
TASK 2.
air heater air-conditioning purposes;
4, 2, 1, 3 accommodation heating
fuel oil heater heating of fuel oil prior to
Reading 4. "Common Rail Injection" purification
TASK 2.
Reading 8. "Starting Air Systems"
1. bottom TASK 1.
2. open
3. leaves 1. The compressed air admission system is used on
4. pressurized, closed many large engines.
5. activated, opening, valve 2. The air pressure holds the main starting valve against
6. forces its seat.
7. inlet 3. The starting air manifold runs parallel to the right
8. rises, injection bank of cylinders.
4. Pilot air opens each check valve.
5. The main starting valve must be locked shut.

A N S W E R K E Y U N IT 17 + 18
Reading 9. Air Charging Systems" UNIT 20.

TASK 2. Reading 1. "Maintenance"

TASK 2. (suggestions)
1. engine
2. charge air cooler (after cooler, intercooler) 1. verify
3. compressor wheel 2. check
4. exhaust gas (waste gas) 3. inspect
5. compressor casing (compressor housing) 4. verify
6. turbine wheel 5. take
7. air inlet 6. grease
8. exhaust gas outlet (exhaust gas discharge) 7. check and adjust
9. charging air (compressed air) 8. replace

TASK 3. Reading 2. "Operating Manuals"

1. be reduced TASK 1.
2. are mounted/are fitted
3. is compressed 1 d
4. is cleaned
2 h
5. is made of
6. are contained 3 f
7. is drawn/is provided 4 c
8. is used 5 e
6 g
UNIT 19.
7 b
Reading 1. "Early Boilers" 8 a
TASK 2.
TASK 2.
1. - a. spread
2. - b. located 1. Check
3. - c. passed 2. Check
4. - c. vital 3. Pull out
5. - b. produce 4. Switch on
5. Check
Reading 2. "Water-Tube Boilers" 6. Release

TASK 3. TASK 3.

boilers, systems, malfunctions, failures, shipboard, 1. Start up

continuous, parameters, pressure, oil, temperature, 2. shut off
steam, flow, societies, marine, environment, service, sea, Pull out
accident; Drain out
Slow down
Reading 3. "Fire-Tube Boilers" Heat up
TASK 3.
Reading 3. "Troubleshooting
1 feed pump
TASK 1.
2 feed check valve
3 feed stop valve A. 1. start
4 manhole 2. clean
5 main steam line 3. increase
B. 1. raise
6 relief valve
2. overhaul
7 pressure gauge C. 1. check
8 safety valve 2. activate
9 boiler
10 gauge glass
 1

TASK 2.

srew unscrew
shut off start
close open
mount dismount
switch on switch off
increase decrease
loosen tighten
raise lower
connect disconnect
install uninstall

Reading 4. "Engine Room Safety"

TASK 1.

enclosed, confined, bottom, boiler, oxygen, space,

ventilated, breathing, entrance, assistance, communication

TASK 2.

floor, blowing, ventilation, doors, welding, spreading,

protected, filters, maintained, detected

TASK 3.

1 No service perform on running engine caution

2 Protect engine from grit caution
3 Wear close-fitting clothes warning
4 Secure ladders properly warning
5 Attendance required on entrance warning
6 Before overhauling isolate from power caution
B ibliog rap hy

1. Buczkowska.W., English Across Marine Engineering, Fundacja Promocji Przemystu Okretowego i Gospodarki
Morsk ej, ed., 1st edition, 2003
2. Damen Shipyards Group, company leaflets, available at Nor-Shipping , Oslo, 2009
3. GenstarTechnologies Inc., digital marketing materials, available at Marinetec, Shanghai, 2011
4. I.M.E Corporation, Busan, Korea Engine Valves and Seats, online, available from: http://ime21.com, accessed:
13th Feb 2013
5. MAN Diesel & Turbo, Turbochargers, online, available from http://marinedieselturbo.com/turbocharges ,
accessed:November 2011
6. MAN Global, leaflets, e-sources, available at Nor-Shipping, Oslo, 2009
7. Marine Propulsion and Auxiliary Machinery, Gas Turbines, April/'May 2009 edition
8. Meier-Peter, H., Bernhardt, F., Compendium Marine Engineering, Seahafen Verlag, ed., 1st edition, 2009
9. Oxford Dictionaries, Language Matters, online, available from www.oxforddictionaries.com
10. Shipbuilding, History o f Shipbuilding, online, available from http://pfri.uniri.hr/pov , accessed: August 2011
11. Taylor, D.A., Introduction to Marine Engineering, Butterworth-Heinemann , ed., 2nd edition, 2002
12. The Maritime Industry Foundation Knowledge Centre, Events, online, available from http://
maritimeindustryfoundation.com/events, accessed: December 2010
13. Theomasnet, Machining, online, available from http://theomastnet.com/articles, accessed: September 2010
14. Turbocharging Principles, Products, online, available from http://3K-warner.de/products, accessed: January 2011
15. Van Dokkum, Klaas, Ship Knowledge, Dokmar, ed., 8th edition, 2013
16. Wartsila Corporation, company leaflets, digital marketing materials, available at Marinetec, Shanghai, 2011
17. Wikipedia, Ship Motions, online, available from http://en.wikipedia.org/ship-motions; accessed: October 2011
18. Wyzsza Szkofa Morska w Szczecinie and IMO, Standard Marine Communication Phrases, 1st edition, 1997

Acknowledgements

I would very much like to express my great appreciation to the staff of the maritime exhibitors, who participated in the
Nor-Shipping 2009 in Oslo, and the Marinetec China 2011 trade fair in Shanghai, for providing me with leaflets, digital
marketing materials and other e-sources, and allowing me to use these materials for educational purposes in my book.

I am particularly grateful for the permission to use photos, sketches and diagrams given by the stall staff of the following
companies: Damen Shipyards Group, Wartsila Corporation, MAN Global and Genstar Technologies Inc..

Front cover: "The Safe Caledonia", May 2013, Courtesy of "Prosafe Offshore Ltd"

■ H H
B ILIO G R A P H Y + A C K N O W LE D G E M E N T S
/
 I

I
mm